An Appeal to Our Brethren in the Atlantic Union Conference NP January 24, 1910 [typed] See variant Ms 1a, 1910. This manuscript is published in entirety in AUGleaner 06/08/1910.
It is important that we all realize that there is a great work to be done quickly, the work of giving to the world the message of present truth. Instruction has been given me by the Lord that the work for the cities should now be carried forward with increasing earnestness. Instruction regarding this work has been before our people for many years, and yet this work is largely left undone.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 1)
In Portland, Maine, where the Advent message was given in 1844 in the power of the Spirit of God, a good work is going forward. The camp-meeting there was an intensely interesting one. There were large congregations, and the best class of people were in attendance.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 2)
The city of Portland was greatly moved by the proclamation of the message in the early days; a great work was accomplished, and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner. Now the third angel’s message is to go forth again with power; the city is to be supplied with laborers. New, strong workers must come in to do wise, thorough work. Let no forbiddings be raised to hinder the work that should be done in this place. Portland has been specially noticed by the Lord God of Israel; should we not have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people?
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 3)
In Rochester and Buffalo, New York, and in other places, our brethren need encouragement and help to pay for suitable meetinghouses. Wake up, brethren. The work of lifting the banner of truth must now go forward with new power. The Lord has shown me that the efforts of many laborers must now turn eastward and be a help in the eastern, unworked fields. Wide-awake, strong, healthy workmen are to break up new ground. This will bring encouragement to the hearts of those who have sacrificed in the past until means and health have all been given to the cause. Let the vigor of healthful, devoted labor be brought into these cities where the first and second angels’ messages went with power, and where many of our faithful workers have fallen at their post of duty.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 4)
The principles of health reform are to be promulgated as a part of the work in these cities. The voice of the third angel’s message is to be heard with power. Let the teachings of health reform be brought into every effort made to get the light of truth before the people. Let workers be selected who are qualified to teach the truth wisely in clear, simple lines. Let us not wait before beginning this work until all the way is made clear. Faith says, Move forward. Christ says, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Go on, step by step, departing not from that spirit of sanctification through the truth which the presence of the Spirit of God and obedience to the truth will give. Let none who have accepted this blessed faith and hope be found lacking in the spirit of self-sacrifice as they engage in the sacred work of presenting to the people the truth in its simplicity.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 5)
I am instructed to say, Lower not the standard set for the minister of Christ in the life and labors of the Son of God. Cherish a Christlike simplicity. Study the requirements of the Word of God. Buckle on the armor for warfare, remembering that the reward will be given to every humble believer who labors in faith and love.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 6)
All should be interested in doing their utmost, not boastingly, but with earnestness and a fervent spirit. Teach the people to sense their accountability to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 1, 1910, 7)
Ms 1a, 1910
Portland, Buffalo, and Rochester NP January 1910 [typed] Variant of Ms 1, 1910, which is published in entirety in AUGleaner 06/08/1910.
It is important that we all realize that there is a great work to be done quickly,—the work of giving to the world the message of present truth. We need wisdom how to time our labors. Let us not, when there is a world to be warned, spend on any one place a disproportionate amount of labor and money.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 1)
Instruction has been given me by the Lord that the work for the cities should now be carried forward with increasing earnestness. Instruction regarding this work has been before our people for many years, and yet it has scarcely been touched.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 2)
In Portland, Maine, where the message of truth was first given in the power of the Spirit of God, a work is going forward. The camp-meeting there was an intensely interesting one. There were large congregations, and the best class of people were in attendance. At the meetings which we attended in the west I had a burden to call for means for the Portland meeting house, and at several places I appealed to the people for help. We did not obtain large sums of money at any place, but altogether it amounted to four or five hundred dollars.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 3)
The city of Portland was greatly moved by the proclamation of the message in the early days; a great work was accomplished and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner. Now the third angel’s message is to go forth again with power; the city is to be supplied with laborers. New, strong workers must come in to do wise, thorough work. Let no forbiddings be raised to hinder the work that should be done in this place. Portland has been specially noticed by the Lord God of Israel; should we not have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people?
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 4)
In Rochester, New York, and the other places, our brethren need encouragement and help to secure suitable meeting-houses. Wake up, brethren. The work of uplifting the banner of truth must now go forward with new power. The Lord has shown me that our efforts must now turn eastward, and be a help in the eastern, unworked fields. Wide-awake, strong, healthy workmen are to break up new ground. This will bring encouragement to the hearts of those who have sacrificed in the past until means and health have all been given to the cause. Let the vigor of healthful, devoted labor be brought into these cities where the first and second angels’ messages went with power, and where many of our faithful workers have fallen at their post of duty.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 5)
The principles of health reform are to be promulgated in the state of Maine. In Buffalo, New York, the voice of the third angel’s message is to be heard with power. Let the teachings of health reform be brought into every effort made to get the light of truth before the people. Let workers be selected who are qualified to teach the truth wisely in clear, simple lines. Let us not wait before beginning this work until all the way is made clear. Faith says, Move forward. Christ says, “Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Go on, step by step, departing not from that spirit of sanctification through the truth which the presence of the Spirit of God and obedience to the truth will give. Let none who have accepted this blessed faith and hope be found lacking in the spirit of self-sacrifice as they engage in the sacred work of presenting to the people the truth in its simplicity.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 6)
I am instructed to say, Lower not the standard set for the minister of Christ in the life and labors of the Son of God. Cherish a Christlike simplicity. Many have lost sight of the truth and its simplicity. Study the requirements of the Word of God. Buckle on the armor for warfare, remembering that the reward will be given to every humble believer who labors in faith and love.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 7)
All should be interested in doing their utmost, not boastingly, but with earnestness and a fervent spirit. Teach the people to sense their accountability to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 1a, 1910, 8)
Ms 3, 1910
An Appeal to Our Churches Throughout the United States St. Helena, California January 20, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 05/18/1911.
An Appeal to Our Churches Throughout the United States, Dear Brethren and Sisters:
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 1)
I wish to make an appeal to you in behalf of the work in Portland, Maine. The believers in Portland are endeavoring to complete the building of a suitable house of worship; and unless they receive help from their brethren and sisters, they will be greatly embarrassed.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 2)
The city of Portland was remarkably blessed by God in the early days of the message. At that time able ministers preached the truth of the soon coming of the Lord, giving a startling warning of the near approach of the end of all things. In halls, in meetinghouses, and in private houses, the mighty power of God was revealed in the messages borne. The light of the Lord shone from one end of the city to the other. Meetings were appointed in various sections of the city, and the genuine work of the Holy Spirit was evidenced. The first and second angels’ messages sounded all through Portland, and the city was greatly moved. Many were converted to the truth of the Lord’s soon coming, and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 3)
In the city of Portland the Lord ordained me as His messenger, and here my first labors were given to the cause of present truth. After a period of despair, the blessed Saviour revealed to me His love and brought joy and happiness to my soul. When I was but a child, the Lord placed upon me a burden for souls. I worked earnestly for the conversion of my playmates, and at times ministers of some of the churches would send for me to bear testimony before their congregations. After the great disappointment, the Lord revealed Himself to me in a special manner and bade me bear His messages to the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 4)
For years I have cherished a hope that I might once more speak to the people in Portland. This hope was realized at the camp-meeting held last July in a favorable place in Portland. Elder Haskell and several other experienced ministers were present. Day after day the large tent was well filled with earnest people. The Spirit of the Lord came upon me and gave me power to make appeals to the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 5)
The last Sunday afternoon every seat in the tent was full; and in order to accommodate all who came, it was necessary to bring all the available chairs from the tents of the campers. We had one of the most solemn meetings that I have attended for years. After a discourse attended by the manifest power of the Holy Spirit, nearly the entire congregation arouse, pledging themselves to search the Scriptures and to follow the light of the Word of God. As a result of this camp-meeting and of the efforts that followed, some have taken hold of the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 6)
I am now urging that a strong effort be put forth to give the last message of warning to the city of Portland, Maine. Let the third angel’s message be proclaimed from one end of the city to the other. It is right that there should be a commodious house of worship in the city of Portland. Our brethren there have done well in securing a piece of land favorably situated between the business part of the city and the great park called “The Deering’s Oaks.” While I was in Portland, I saw the beginning that had been made on their church building—the first meetinghouse to be erected in that city by Seventh-day Adventists. I encouraged the brethren to go ahead with the work of building as rapidly as possible and promised that I would do what I could to raise means to help in its erection. The building is now erected, but is not finished in the interior. Our people are now meeting in the basement.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 7)
While not one penny should be expended unnecessarily in the erection of this church building, no second-class work should be done. It is planned to use the basement of the church for church-school purposes. This is right, that provision may be made by which our children can be guarded from the evils that prevail in the public schools. If this plan is carried out, the basement will have to be well finished; and this cannot be done without means.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 8)
The city of Portland must not now be neglected. This meetinghouse should be completed and furnished. Work must be opened in different sections of our cities. The various lines of work should be courageously carried forward by different companies of workers. The grace of God will accompany the effort, and the light of truth will be given in clear, straight lines. This work should go forward without delay.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 9)
The Lord has given instruction that the work of uplifting the banner of truth in the eastern states must now go forward with new power, and that the vigor of healthy, devoted labor shall be given to those cities where the first and second angels’ messages were preached. Portland has been especially pointed out as a place that should be labored for without delay. This city has been especially noticed by the God of Israel; should we not unite our efforts to have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people? I invite our churches throughout the states to lend a helping hand.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 10)
It has been proposed by friends of this enterprise that I make an appeal to our churches throughout the states, asking each church member to make a donation of ten cents for the erection of this meetinghouse in Portland. It was thought that such a small offering would scarcely be felt by the givers, while if all our churches united in giving, a sufficient sum would be raised to enable the believers in Portland to go forward and complete their meetinghouse.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 11)
Let all the churches, large and small, have a part in the work. Let the children, as well as the older members of the Lord’s family, have a share in it. We ask you in the name of the Lord to do what you can. I pray that this may be the beginning of a work that will result in the extension of a knowledge of the truth for this time throughout the State of Maine.
(25LtMs, Ms 3, 1910, 12)
Ms 5, 1910
Talk/Words of Counsel to Advanced Students Lodi, California February 5, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in 2MR 291-296. February 5, 1910 (Portion of a discourse by Mrs. E. G. White, Lodi, California)
Scripture Reading, Revelation 21.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 1)
The end of all things is nearer than many of our people seem to realize. I wish that all might sense its nearness; for then they would be untiring in their efforts to warn others who have never heard the truths of the last warning message. A few are taking up the work here and there, but there is a vast field untouched, and as a people we need to receive a large measure of the Holy Spirit, that we may feel an intense interest in those about us who are unwarned.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 2)
It is a source of astonishment to me that with the Word of God before us, so many can rest at their ease. If God sent His Son into the world to suffer a shameful death that He might save souls, should not we, as His followers, be willing to labor and suffer for our fellow men? We need a deeper conviction in our hearts regarding the precious work before us.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 3)
There is a large burden resting upon those who are connected with the school at this place, and we should all feel an interest in its success, an interest that will lead us to offer up our earnest petitions that God will greatly bless its work. Then, in harmony with our prayers, let us do all in our power to make the Lodi school a success. Last night, I felt a great burden in behalf of the many students that are gathered here, and I wrote out some things that I will read to you:
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 4)
February 5, 1910 Lodi, California
There is a most urgent and important work to be done in our world by those who understand the messages that should be proclaimed to the people. There are many large cities in which but little has been done to warn the inhabitants of God’s impending judgments. When will those who have the light of truth that the end is near at hand arise to a sense of the magnitude of their duty?
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 5)
Let there be no delay in the matter of securing for our children and youth a true education. As parents, we need great wisdom to know how to help the lambs of the flock. They need encouragement in their efforts to be obedient and to love righteousness. They should be given every possible advantage for the formation of characters that may be approved of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 6)
We have encouraged the establishment of schools in various places where the children and youth may have an opportunity to learn, in connection with their other studies, lessons from the Scriptures of truth. In these schools the religious interests must be carefully guarded; for that is the purpose of their establishment. An understanding of the lessons of Christ is to be imparted to the students with clearness and solemnity. Such lessons will never be forgotten.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 7)
Upon the older students in the school rests the responsibility of helping those who are younger. The older students can be a great help to their younger associates by setting a good example in pleasant words and actions and by their influence outside of the school hours, that they may teach lessons of obedience, truthfulness, and respect to their instructors. The Lord looks with pleasure upon such helpful endeavor. When the students are out of doors, taking their exercise, or wherever they may be, let the older ones study how to speak encouraging words to the younger ones.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 8)
If in a pleasant manner you correct the wrongs you may see in other youth, sometimes reading to them lessons from the life of Christ, and presenting the requirements of the Word of God, you may assist greatly in correcting the irregularities that are always liable to occur in a large school. If you kneel down and pray with them, the angels of God will be present, and your interest in their behalf will be a converting power. Impress upon their minds the thought that the Lord beholds with pleasure their efforts to become obedient, and that His blessing will rest upon all who will do their best to overcome their faults. As you seek in every way possible to help and encourage the younger students to overcome, you yourself will be helped to overcome your own defects of character.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 9)
You may be teachers in more ways than one. Your efforts to exert a helpful influence in the school will be a great help to the preceptors and teachers in their daily work. You may lift from them a heavy burden of anxiety that they have to carry for the many youth that are placed in their care. In such an experience you will find a great blessing, and those who are willing to co-operate with the members of the faculty in maintaining a wholesome influence in the school will gain for themselves a most precious experience. When the teacher sees that you are trying to help him, his heart is greatly cheered. By setting a correct example yourselves, you may be a help to others in forming correct habits. The Lord will help every one who shall seek to be an example of propriety.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 10)
Let every one feel that this school in Lodi is to be an example of what all our schools should be. That this may be so, let the students remember that their conduct must be of the right order. The older students especially should feel that upon them rests this responsibility to maintain for themselves a high standard of propriety, that they may exert an influence for good over those who are younger. What a blessing would result if, when they see another student doing something wrong, they would say to him, “That is not right. You cannot be happy if you pursue such a course as that;” and then talk to him kindly. The Spirit of the Lord would manifest His presence in their hearts, and old and young would be restrained from doing wrong actions.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 11)
Some of these younger ones need to be helped spiritually. Some of them need to be converted. Let this be a school where the students shall labor one for another, that the glory of God may be revealed.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 12)
There is need in our schools of simple, godly religion. If this is manifest, there will be with the students, outside of school hours, a sense of the presence of the angels of God. Some, after they have been studying for a long time, are likely to become rough and boisterous in their recreations. Let the older students set an example of gentleness, carefully guarding their words and actions. A good example will be followed, as will a wrong example. You can not afford to lead others in a wrong way.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 13)
Let all the students hold up and strengthen the hands of the principal. Let him realize that you sympathize with him, that you are in harmony with his work, and he will be encouraged.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 14)
Let the children feel that they are children of God, bought with a price. The Lord wants them to give their young hearts to Him. The teachers and the older students may help to bring these children to Christ. If you are ever ready to speak a work in season, the Spirit of God will carry your words to the heart. The Lord would be pleased to see the older students feel a large responsibility for the younger ones. God will use them as His instruments to influence other students to form right and correct habits that will keep them from doing wrong, even though they are not under the eye of the teacher.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 15)
Our schools should be established in harmony with the religion of Jesus Christ, and our Sabbath-keeping students should be so firm to principle, and should have such an understanding of what is right, that they may be trusted.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 16)
The teachers and the students should have for their diet wholesome, well-cooked food that will keep them in health. The diet must be correct, if the health of the children is to be maintained. There should be also a line of physical instruction that will impart an understanding of how to care for the health.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 17)
We should encourage the unseen powers of heaven to come to the assistance of the earthly powers, that in this school, as in every school that shall be established by our people, there may be a union with the divine. We need the Holy Spirit to guide us in all things; and if we respond to this guidance, we shall be able to show much more than we do now the spirit of true religion. If true and faithful and righteous in His service, we shall have a living connection with Jesus Christ. We shall be united with Him in the work.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 18)
Sometimes teachers are burdened and do not know what to do, because students are inclined to act wild, frivolous, and headstrong. But if you older students will help to influence these younger ones, there will be seen a difference in their behavior. If they are wild, try to help them out of their wildness. Do not scold them, do not become provoked at them, but try to help them into the right road, and the blessing of God will rest upon you.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 19)
The Lord calls upon us to come into line. He wants us to work for one another. There is a heaven to win, and we cannot afford to be doing haphazard work now. We want to lay hold of every possible advantage, that we may be fitted for instructors and missionaries to carry the message of salvation to the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 5, 1910, 20)
Ms 7, 1910
A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians NP January 27, 1910 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in LLM 486-487.
(The statement given below was called forth by a question submitted by Elders I. H. Evans, E. E. Andross, and H. W. Cottrell, reading as follows: “Are we to understand, from what you have written concerning the establishment of a medical school at Loma Linda, that, according to the light you have received from the Lord, we are to establish a thoroughly equipped medical school, the graduates from which will be able to take State Board examinations and become registered, qualified physicians?”)
(25LtMs, Ms 7, 1910, 1)
The light given me is, We must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations essential to prove their efficiency as physicians. They are to be prepared to stand the essential tests required by law, and to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to fear that we are not giving in our school the instruction essential for the proper qualification of a physician. Continually the students who are graduates are to advance in knowledge; for practice makes perfect.
(25LtMs, Ms 7, 1910, 2)
The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because we have a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And whatever subjects are required as essential in the schools conducted by those not of our faith, we are to supply so that our youth need not go to these worldly schools. Thus we shall close the door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whom the Lord would have us guard religiously, will not then need to connect with worldly medical schools conducted by unbelievers.
(25LtMs, Ms 7, 1910, 3)
Ms 9, 1910
Talk/Words of Counsel to Workers Mountain View, California January 27, 1910 Portions of this manuscript are published in MM 304.
(Portion of a talk given by Mrs. E. G. White during the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 27, 1910.)
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 1)
Last night I seemed to be standing before a crowd of people who were not united. One would stand back while another desired to go forward. They were not standing in unity one with another. I saw a heavenly being come and stand before them and heard Him say: “Come into line! No one is fighting a battle on his own charges. The Master of assemblies says, Come into line!”
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 2)
After this, I did not go to sleep again. I wondered whether in this meeting our brethren were coming into line. It is very difficult for some to come into line; but every one of us is to come into line and fill our appointed place. May God help us to do this, is my prayer.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 3)
Although we may have followed our own way for a time, it is possible for us to return and get into line. We ought to be grateful to God for the privilege of returning when we have gone astray. The Lord sees that it is not best for us to go as we please and refuse to unite with our brethren who do not view matters just as we may view them. He sees that it is best for man to yield his wilful spirit. We who claim to believe the truths of God’s Word are to come into line while we still have opportunity to harmonize with our brethren. “Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him: and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 4)
There are some who are not ready to respond to the invitation to forsake their own way and come into harmony with God’s way. They prefer to follow a way of their own choosing. Those who wish to do so have the privilege of continuing to walk in their own unconsecrated way, but the end of that way is sorrow and destruction.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 5)
God has placed on no living being the authority to order and command his fellow men arbitrarily.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 6)
We have come to a time when we need to look carefully to ourselves, to see whether we are learners of the meek and lowly Jesus, or whether we desire to be leaders. The Lord has men of His appointment whom He will use in His work so long as they allow themselves to be used in accordance with His good pleasure. He can never use any one who is seeking to humble some one else. Humble yourselves, brethren. When you do this, it is possible for holy angels to communicate with you, and place you on vantage ground. Then your experience, instead of being faulty, will be filled with happiness. Let us so relate ourselves to God that we shall be susceptible to the movings of His Holy Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 7)
The Lord is coming. The end of all things is at hand. We have but little time in which to develop character. We have but a little while in which to show what the Lord can do through us if we walk humbly before Him. The Lord will do wonderful things for us, if only we let Him work through us by His Holy Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 8)
Our experience, our testimony, our daily course of action are having an influence either for good or for evil. Which shall it be? Shall we choose to humble our hearts before God? We could be a mighty, moving force for good, if we should constantly advance in Christian perfection, from grace to grace. When, as individuals, we stand still, we do ourselves untold injury.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 9)
In the lives of some who claim to be followers of the meek and lowly Jesus, there is revealed much self-esteem. The Lord desires us to get rid of all our assumptions, all our lofty ideas of ourselves, and place ourselves in His hands, as obedient children, to be molded and fashioned in the similitude of the divine. Let no man worship his own opinion. Let no one seek to serve and gratify himself. Let us all come into line.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 10)
Often in the silent watches of the night I think of the sufferings of Christ in our behalf. Behold the Redeemer in the garden of Gethsemane. The thought of separation from His Father was the burden pressing so heavily upon His soul. He felt as if He might be unable to pass through such an experience. “If it be possible,” He prayed, “let this cup pass from Me.” [Matthew 26:39.] So great was His agony, that “His sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.” [Luke 22:44.] It was for us that He passed through this agony.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 11)
While the Saviour was in the garden, the cup trembled in His hand. Should He refuse to drink it? Only through His sacrifice could the sinner be saved. Should the divine Sufferer refuse to drink of that cup trembling in His hand? It was then that a mighty angel came to strengthen Him, and He prayed, “Nevertheless not as I will, but as Thou wilt.” [Matthew 26:39.] At times, when in great trial, or great pain, I think, What is the use of continuing to work as I do? But I am ashamed of myself as soon as such a thought passed through my mind. I see Jesus, my Redeemer, suffering in Gethsemane; I see trembling in His hand the cup that is to separate Him for a time, as it were, from His Father; I see Him suffering at the hands of cruel men, who struck Him in the face, and spat upon Him, and then mockingly commanded Him to give them a sign that He was the Saviour. Oh, what if He had refused to drink the bitter cup of agony He endured? What if His prayer had been answered? But God knew best and strengthened His only begotten Son to endure the agony and the shame and become a propitiation for the sins of a lost world.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 12)
In view of the infinite sacrifice made by the Son of God, what sacrifices are we making today? There must be more Christlikeness revealed? We are to be laborers together with God. We are to labor along the lines followed by Christ during His earthly ministry. We are not to set up any standard of our own as to what we will do and what we will not do. Let us choose rather to follow Christlike methods of labor, and then we shall understand what it means to suffer for His sake.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 13)
We need to live in daily communion with heavenly agencies. Unless we do, we cannot maintain our spirituality. There is no excuse for any of us being half-hearted in Christian service. There is no excuse for us to scatter our ways, so that it can hardly be known whether we are Christians or not. Christ’s example is to be followed. When in the heavenly courts, He chose to lay aside His kingly crown and His royal robe and come to this earth as a man to live a life of poverty and self-denial. When, on one occasion during His earthly ministry, a certain man said, “I will follow Thee whithersoever Thou goest,” Christ answered, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:57, 58.] Night after night He would pray for His flock—pray that God would give them strength to obey: and then He would lie down upon the ground, as that was the only place He had to rest for the night.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 14)
When we are tempted to think that we are having a hard time, oh, let us humble ourselves! By humbling ourselves, we may come into communion with God, and then we can tell Him of our necessities. We must throw our helpless souls upon Christ Jesus. He is willing to give every one of us an experience that is of more value than gold or silver or precious stones.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 15)
The One who was exalted above all others in the heavenly courts as the Son of the Highest is the One whose hands were nailed to the cross of Calvary. He it is who was mocked and derided by those who would not receive Him. There was one poor thief on a cross beside Him, and he said to Christ, “Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom.” And Christ replied, “Verily I say unto thee today”—while hanging on this cross—“thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:42, 43.]
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 16)
We can in some measure see how God worked through His Son, but we do not half appreciate His infinite sacrifice in our behalf. We need to humble ourselves before God. Unless we do this, we shall keep exalting ourselves in our own estimation until Christ will say, You cannot be with Me in My kingdom. You would lead others astray if you were there.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 17)
We should be very careful that our influence is sacredly kept on the side of truth and righteousness. The Lord Jesus has promised to clothe us with the robe of His righteousness, if we will walk humbly with God, and He exacts humility of heart, and rightdoing from every one of us. There is a world to be warned, and we are to bring ourselves into line, that we may be prepared to co-operate with heavenly intelligences in giving the last warning message to the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 18)
Brother Haskell, will you take hold of the work as you have taken hold of it for the past two years? If you stand in the same position you have formerly occupied, God helping you, you must have help. We will try to help you. We know how it has been in the past. God will work with those who will work with Him. My very souls goes out after God, and I desire that every one who stands in an important position shall not stand as men stood at the time of our return to America from Australia—with a rod in the hand, saying, You shall do this, or, You shall not do that. We do not know where these men learned to follow such a course with God’s heritage. They certainly had not been learning of the great Teacher, who is our Leader. But we are thankful that such manifestations of arbitrary dealing are not seen so often now. We desire to place in positions of responsibility those who do not exalt themselves, but who feel that unless God helps them, it is impossible for them to carry the responsibilities placed upon them. We want men who can co-operate with God. It is so easy for men to become exalted; but God does not want any of us to exalt self. He wants us to fall helpless into His arms. If we are meek and lowly, He will care for us.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 19)
Brethren and sisters, will we covenant with God at this meeting that we will not seek for the highest place and make that the burden of our thoughts? We are to seek to the meek and lowly of the heart. Christ can then abide with us by His Holy Spirit. If we have Christ with us, if angels are round about us, as we present the sacred truths of God’s Word, a solemn impression is made upon the minds of those who hear.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 20)
There are cities all around us that have not been worked. For the past twenty years it has been presented to me that these cities should be worked. But, as yet, they have not been warned. Who is answerable for this neglect? Although the needs of the great centers of population have been presented before our people over and over again, yet comparatively little has been done. Brethren, consider how you can ever expect to be clear in the sight of a holy God, if you leave these cities unwarned. Very few of the ministers are carrying forward aggressive work in these larger centers where so many thousands are in need of the saving truths we have to proclaim. The means that should be used to carry the message to the cities seems to be taken away and used where it perhaps ought not to be. But where is seen a burden in behalf of these cities that have long been pointed out as places that must be worked without delay? Who will take up the burden of this work? Who will labor faithfully to set a right example before the inhabitants of our centers of population?
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 21)
It almost seems as if scarcely any one dares ask a worker to go into our cities, because of the means that would be required to carry on a strong, solid work. It is true that much means will be required in order to do our duty toward the unwarned in these places; and God desires us to lift our voices and our influence in favor of using means wisely in this special line of effort. Over and over again has come to us the message, “Go out into the highways and the byways, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.] This is the work we must take hold of; for it is the work that must be done.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 22)
In this effort in behalf of the cities, we greatly need the co-operation of all classes of laborers. Especially do we need the help that the physician can render as an evangelist. If ministers and physicians will plan to unite in an effort to reach the honest-hearted ones in our cities, the physicians, as well as the ministers, will be placed on vantage-ground. As they labor in humility, God will open the way before them, and many will receive a saving knowledge of truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 23)
Last night I slept only two hours; for I was thinking what I could say to help the men in positions of responsibility to realize that they are not rulers. Men in responsible positions should be Christlike in deportment. We wish to see a reformation such as we have not seen for years. We desire you to reveal that angels of God are round about you. We desire you to reveal that everything like selfishness and greed is put out of your hearts, that you may walk humbly with God.
(25LtMs, Ms 9, 1910, 24)
Ms 11, 1910
Our Attitude Toward Doctrinal Controversy St. Helena, California July 31, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in PH020 5-10.
I have words to speak to my brethren East and West, North and South. I request that my writings shall not be used as the leading argument to settle questions over which there is now so much controversy. I entreat of Elders Haskell, Loughborough, [L. A.] Smith, and others of our leading brethren, that they make no reference to my writings to sustain their views of “the daily.”
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 1)
It has been presented to me that this is not a subject of vital importance. I am instructed that our brethren are making a mistake in magnifying the importance of the difference in the views that are held. I cannot consent that any of my writings shall be taken as settling this matter. The true meaning of “the daily” is not to be made a test question.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 2)
I now ask that my ministering brethren shall not make use of my writings in their arguments regarding this question; for I have had no instruction on the point under discussion, and I see no need for the controversy. Regarding this matter, under present conditions, silence is eloquence.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 3)
The enemy of our work is pleased when a subject of minor importance can be used to divert the minds of our brethren from the great questions that should be the burden of our message. As this is not a test question, I entreat of my brethren that they shall not allow the enemy to triumph by having it treated as such.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 4)
The work that the Lord has given us at this time is to present to the people the true light in regard to the testing questions of obedience and salvation—the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 5)
In some of our important books that have been in print for years, and which have brought many to a knowledge of the truth, there may be found matters of minor importance that call for careful study and correction. Let such matters be considered by those regularly appointed to have the oversight of our publications. Let not these brethren, nor our canvassers, nor our ministers magnify these matters in such a way as to lessen the influence of these good, soul-saving books. Should we take up the work of discrediting our literature, we would place weapons in the hands of those who have departed from the faith and confuse the minds of those who have newly embraced the message. The less that is done unnecessarily to change our publications, the better it will be.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 6)
In the night seasons I seem to be repeating to my brethren in responsible positions words from the First Epistle of John:
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 7)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 8)
“And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth, but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 9)
“If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His Word is not in us.”
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 10)
Our brethren should understand that self needs to be humbled and brought under the control of the Holy Spirit. The Lord calls upon those of us who have had great light to be converted daily. This is the message I have to bear to our editors and to the presidents of all our conferences. We must walk in the light while we have the light, lest darkness come upon us.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 11)
All who are led by the Holy Spirit of God will have a message for this last time. With mind and heart they will be carrying a burden for souls, and they will bear the heavenly message of Christ to those with whom they associate. Those who in speech act as the Gentiles act cannot be introduced into the heavenly courts. My brethren, receive the light, redeeming the time because the days are evil.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 12)
Satan is busily working with all who will give him encouragement. Those who have the light, but refuse to walk in it, will become confused, until darkness pervades their souls, and shapes their whole course of action. But the spirit of wisdom and goodness of God, as revealed in His Word, will become brighter and brighter as they follow on in the path of true obedience. All the righteous demands of God will be met through sanctification of the Holy Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 13)
Will our brethren follow out the light given us at the last General Conference? The words spoken did not then make their full impression, because the hearts of many were not prepared to receive them. It is not for lack of instruction as to what should be done, that our cities have so long been unwarned. Our brethren have failed to comprehend the urgent importance of the work, and the instruction that was given regarding it. The great blessing that might have come to some at the last General Conference was not received, because they had other plans which they wished to follow.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 14)
Will our brethren now awake to their responsibility? Will they be converted daily? Will they seek to know what it means to serve God daily? Will the Israel of God now awake? Will our church members now arise and walk in the way of the Lord? Will every one now seek to walk in humility before God? Let the sacred work now be carried forward in wholehearted consecration. There are great privileges and blessings for all who will humble themselves and fully consecrate their hearts to God. Great light will be given to them. When men are willing to be transformed, then they will be exercised unto godliness.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 15)
“And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:16.] “My grace is sufficient for thee: for My strength is made perfect in weakness.” [2 Corinthians 12:9.] Says the Saviour: “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 16)
Shall this wealth of grace and power for service continue among us to be unappreciated and turned from without relish or appetite?
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 17)
The instruction I am bidden to give to our people now is the same as I gave while in Washington. The Lord calls for individual effort. One cannot do the work of another. Great light has been shining, but it has not been fully comprehended and received.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 18)
If our brethren will now consecrate themselves unreservedly to God, He will accept them. He will give them a transformation of mind, that they may be savors of life unto life. Wake up, brethren and sisters, that you may attain to your high calling through Christ Jesus our Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 11, 1910, 19)
Ms 13, 1910
A Call to the Watchmen NP August 8, 1910 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in PH020 1-5. +
I have a special message to bear. The Lord is to be our light, and we are to reflect the light He gives us. We must be sanctified—soul, body, and spirit. Every moment we must be on our guard, lest we be overcome by our adversaries.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 1)
We have been made to feel very sad as we have seen some who were formerly fellow laborers, yielding to the deceptions of Satan, and turning away from the truth. But we must be of good courage. God will help us if we put our trust in Him. We must look to Him for wisdom, and not become confused.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 2)
The brethren and sisters who know the truth are not to draw largely upon the ministers for help. Let the messengers of God be left as free as possible to labor for the multitudes who are unwarned.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 3)
To my brethren in positions of responsibility I would say, The needs of the large cities have been kept before you. You have had message after message concerning your duty. And now what will you do that the charge of the Lord may be obeyed? Upon all the Lord is calling: “And that, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we first believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light;”“redeeming the time, because the days are evil.” [Romans 13:11, 12; Ephesians 5:16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 4)
As we begin active work for the multitudes in the cities, the enemy will work mightily to bring in confusion, hoping thus to break up the working forces. Some who are not thoroughly converted are in constant danger of mistaking the suggestions of the enemy as the leadings of the Spirit of God. As the Lord has given us light, let us walk in the light. We are not to be satisfied with a cheap experience. We need to examine ourselves to see where we fail, that on these points we may gain precious victories.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 5)
All boasting is sinful. Let us put away all self-exaltation, and heed the invitation of Christ. He says, Come unto Me; copy My character; take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. [Matthew 11:28, 29.] When professed Christians manifest Christlikeness by revealing His meekness, then they will give evidence that they are born into the kingdom of Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 6)
The workers in the harvest field are the Lord’s messengers. They are to help one another. May the Lord help us that we may obtain great victories. Then, knowing the source of our strength, let us hold fast, looking unto Jesus the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 7)
Satan is at work with vehement power to divert the minds of the multitudes, so that they shall not understand and obey the truth. He will entangle them with every snare that he can devise. The picture of his deceptive work has been presented to me again and again for many years.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 8)
But his supreme effort is to ensnare and deceive church members who have had long experience, and ministers of the gospel of Christ. With all their ingenuity, Satan and the armies under him are working with their superior knowledge to deceive, if possible, the very elect. By self-exaltation we become weak, and invite the temptations of the enemy. Our safety is to practice heartily the truths of the Bible. By humbling ourselves before God we invite His saving power.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 9)
Let every minister standing in defense of the truth realize that he is to do his work under the direction of the Lord Jesus Christ. We must remember that though they have lost their first estate, the fallen angels are wise above the wisdom of earth; for they have been in the councils of heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 10)
I have felt a heavy burden that our leading ministers shall be found faithful to their trust, wise and discriminating. If a wrong spirit is cherished by those who are appointed to be light bearers, the carrying of the soul-saving messages to the multitude will be hindered, and souls will be lost. What is needed now is thorough conversion and wholehearted consecration. He who is closely connected with Christ will be strengthened to withstand human and satanic devisings. We are living in perilous times, and it is not in the order of the Lord that our ministers shall dwell upon questions about which there is known to be a serious difference of opinion among themselves.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 11)
Let nothing be done rashly, in a manner that will arouse prejudice. Let no one act on impulse, putting forth publications of such a nature as to weaken the hands of God’s messengers, and close doors to the entrance of the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 12)
Christ was the majesty of heaven, the only begotten Son of God. Yet “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 13)
Christ clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might encircle humanity. Cannot His followers be willing to submit to some things that they cannot clearly understand, in order to be able to help those who need help?
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 14)
Our cities are to be worked. To devote our efforts to other worthy enterprises, and leave unworked our cities, in which are large numbers of all nationalities, is not wise. A beginning is now to be made, and means must be raised that the work may go forward. With mighty power the cry is again to be sounded in our large centers of population, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet Him.” [Matthew 25:6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 15)
Money is needed for the prosecution of the work in New York, Boston, Portland, Philadelphia, Buffalo, Chicago, St. Louis, New Orleans, and many other cities. In some of these places the people were mightily stirred by the message given in 1842 to 1844, but of late years little has been done compared to the great work that ought to be in progress. And it seems difficult to make our people feel a special burden for the work in the large cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 16)
I appeal to our brethren who have heard the message for many years. It is time to wake up the watchmen. I have expended my strength in giving the messages the Lord has given me. The burden of the needs of our cities has rested so heavily upon me that it has sometimes seemed that I should die. May the Lord give wisdom to our brethren, that they may know how to carry forward the work in harmony with the will of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 13, 1910, 17)
Ms 15, 1910
Week of Prayer Reading: “Go, Preach the Gospel” NP 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 11/17/1910. +
When I think of the history of our work during the past ten years, I can but say, See what the Lord hath wrought. Mercifully He has been working to shed light upon the pathway of His people. In spite of the hindrances that have been met with in the work, we need not feel sadness, except as we see a failure on the part of God’s people to follow their Leader step by step.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 1)
From one of the published testimonies I copy the following:
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 2)
It is God’s purpose that His people shall be a sanctified, purified, holy people, communicating light to all with whom they come in contact. It is His purpose that by exemplifying the truth in their lives, they shall be a praise in the earth. The grace of Christ is sufficient to bring this about. But let God’s people remember that only as they believe and work out the principles of the gospel can He make them a praise in the earth. Only as they yield their God-given capabilities in His service will they enjoy the fulness and the power of the promise whereon the church has been called to stand. If those who profess to believe in Christ as their Saviour reach only the low standard of worldly measurement, the church fails to bear the rich harvest that God expects. “Found wanting” is written upon her record.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 3)
A great work is before us—the closing work of this earth’s history. Solemn indeed is the time in which we are living, and heavy the responsibilities resting upon us as a people. The third angel’s message is now to be proclaimed, not only in far-off lands, but in neglected places close by, where multitudes dwell unwarned and unsaved. Our cities everywhere are calling for earnest, wholehearted labor from the servants of God. The message for this time is now to be proclaimed earnestly in the great business world. Day after day the centers of commerce and trade are thronged with men and women who need the truth for this time, but who gain no saving knowledge of its precious principles because earnest, persevering efforts are not put forth to reach them where they are.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 4)
The spiritual darkness that covers the whole world is intensified in the crowded centers of population. It is in the cities of the nations that the gospel worker finds the greatest impenitence and the greatest need. And in these same cities are presented to soul-winners some of the greatest opportunities. Mingled with the multitudes who have no thought of God and heaven are many who long for light and for purity of heart. Even among the careless and indifferent there are not a few whose attention may be arrested by a revelation of God’s love for the human soul.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 5)
The conditions that face Christian workers in the great cities constitute a solemn appeal for untiring effort in behalf of the millions living within the shadow of impending doom. Men will soon be forced to great decisions, and they must have opportunity to hear and to understand Bible truth, in order that they may take their stand intelligently on the right side. God is now calling upon the messengers in no uncertain terms to warn the cities while mercy still lingers and while multitudes are yet susceptible to the converting influence of Bible truths. Often the needs of the cities have appealed to those who understand by the prophecies what is coming upon the earth, and yet comparatively little has been done to enter these cities with the warning message of present truth. The Spirit of the Lord is still urging men to undertake this work with new courage and zeal and never cease the effort until a thorough work is done.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 6)
For years the pioneers in our work struggled against poverty and manifold hardship in order to place the cause of present truth on vantage ground. With meager facilities they labored untiringly, and the Lord blessed their humble efforts. The laborers of today may not have to endure all the hardships of those early days. The change of conditions, however, should not lead to any slackening of efforts; and now, when the Lord bids us proclaim the message with power in the crowded centers of population, shall we not respond as one man and do his bidding? Shall we not plan to send messengers all through these fields and support them liberally? Shall not the ministers of God go to these crowded centers and there lift up their voice in warning to the multitudes?
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 7)
In the cities are people of all nationalities, many of whom, if earnest effort is put forth, will accept the truth. These will be specially qualified to carry the message to their own countrymen. How long shall these teeming centers of population be neglected? If our brethren will use their God-given ability in this work, angels of heaven will go before them to make an impression on the hearts of the people for whom they labor. The Lord has many who have not yet bowed the knee to Baal.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 8)
I appeal to those who for many years have known the truth. It is time to wake up the watchmen. I have expended my strength in giving the messages that the Lord has given me. The burden of our cities has rested so heavily upon me that it has sometimes seemed that I should die. The work in the cities is the essential work for this time and is now to be taken hold of in faith. When the cities are worked as God would have them, the result will be the setting in operation of a mighty movement such as we have not yet witnessed. May the Lord give wisdom to our brethren, that they may know how to carry forward the work in harmony with His will. With mighty power the cry is to be sounded in our large centers of population, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet Him.” [Matthew 25:6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 9)
Individual Effort
The ordained minister alone is not equal to the task of warning the world. God is calling not only upon ministers, but also upon physicians, nurses, canvassers, Bible-workers, and other consecrated laymen of varied talents who have a knowledge of present truth to consider the needs of the unwarned cities. There should be one hundred workers activity engaged in personal missionary work where now there is but one. Time is rapidly passing. There is much work to be done before satanic opposition shall close up the way. Every agency must be set in operation, that present opportunities may be wisely improved. The Lord is calling upon the men and women who have the light of truth for this time to engage in genuine, personal missionary work. Especially are the church members living in the cities to exercise, in all humility, their God-given talents in laboring with those who are willing to hear the message that should come to the world at this time. There are great blessings in store for those who fully surrender to the call of God. As such workers undertake to win souls for Jesus, they will find that many who never could be reached in any other way will respond to intelligent, personal effort.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 10)
A working church is a living church. Church members, let the light shine forth. Let your voices be heard in humble prayer, in witness against the intemperance, the folly, and the amusements of this world and in the proclamation of the truth for this time. Your voice, your influence, your time—all these are gifts from God and are to be used in winning souls to Christ. Visit your neighbors, and show an interest in the salvation of their souls. Arouse every spiritual energy to action. Tell those whom you visit that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord Jesus Christ will open the door of their hearts and will make upon their minds lasting impressions.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 11)
Strive to arouse men and women from their spiritual insensibility. Tell them how you found Jesus and how blessed you have been since you gained an experience in His service. Tell them what blessings come to you as you sit at the feet of Jesus, and learn precious lessons from His Word. Tell of the gladness and joy that there are in the Christian life. Your warm, fervent words will convince them that you have found the pearl of great price. Let your cheerful, encouraging words show that you have certainly found the higher way. This is genuine missionary work, and as it is done many will awake as from a dream.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 12)
The Nearness of the End
Listen to the voice of Jesus as it comes sounding down along the line to our time, addressing the professed Christian who stands idle in the market place, “Why stand ye here all the day idle? ... Go ye also into the vineyard.” [Matthew 20:6, 7.] Work while it is day, for the night cometh in which no man can work.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 13)
The Saviour declared that before His second coming there would be wars and rumors of wars and earthquakes in divers places. The reports that reached us of the terrible earthquake in Italy and Sicily tell of another fulfilment of the signs of the end. These calamities are becoming more and more frequent, and each report of calamity by land or sea is a testimony to the fact that the end of all things is near. The world is filled with iniquity, and the Lord is punishing it for its wickedness. As crimes and iniquities increase, these judgments will become more frequent until the time shall come when the earth shall no more cover her slain.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 14)
The judgments of God are hanging over our cities. We know not how soon they will be visited by just such a calamity as recently befell Italy. I pray for the deep movings of the Holy Spirit on the hearts of God’s people, that this message—the last message of warning—may be given without delay. The day of the Lord is hasting greatly. The end is nearer than when we first believed.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 15)
Everything in this world is in an unsettled state. The nations are angry, and preparations for war are being made. But though there is among the nations an increasing unrest, though they are mustering their forces, they are as if held back from action by an unseen power. The angels are holding the four winds until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 16)
Soon strife among the nations will break out with an intensity that we do not now anticipate. The present is a time of overwhelming interest to all living. Rulers and statesmen, men who occupy positions of trust and authority, thinking men and women of all classes, have their attention fixed upon the events taking place about us. They are watching the strained, restless relations that exist amongst the nations. They observe the intensity that is taking possession of every earthly element, and they realize that something great and decisive is about to take place, that the world is on the verge of a stupendous crisis.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 17)
A moment of respite has been graciously given us of God. Every power lent us of heaven is now to be used in working for those perishing in ignorance. There must be no delay. The truth must be proclaimed in the dark places of the earth. Obstacles must be met and surmounted. A great work is to be done; and to those who know the truth for this time, this work has been entrusted.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 18)
As a Lamp That Burneth
I am instructed to speak words to our people that will give them courage to do diligently the work that shall come to them in this their day of opportunity. I am instructed to urge the necessity of personal consecration and the sanctification of the whole being to God. Let each one inquire, Lord, what wouldst Thou have me to do, that the vigilance of Christ may be seen in my life, that His example may be followed by me, that I may speak sincere words which will help souls in darkness? Oh, how I long to see church members clothed with their beautiful garments and prepared to go forth to meet the Bridegroom. Many are expecting to sit down to the marriage supper of the Lamb who are unprepared for the coming of the King. They are like the blind; they do not seem to discern their danger.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 19)
The Lord calls upon you, O church that has been blessed with the truth, to give a knowledge of this truth to those who know it not. From one end of the world to the other must the message of Christ’s soon coming be proclaimed. The third angel’s message—the last message of mercy to a perishing world—is so precious, so glorious. Let the truth go forth as a lamp that burneth. Mysteries into which angels desire to look, which prophets and kings and righteous men desired to know, the church of God is to make known.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 20)
It is our privilege to see the work of God advancing in the cities. Christ is waiting, waiting for places to be entered. Who are preparing for this work? We shall not say that we are destitute of laborers. There are some workers, and for this we are glad. But there is a greater, a far greater work to be done in our cities. Far greater self-denial is to be practiced in order that the Word of life may be carried from place to place and from house to house. More and more, men and women are going forth with the gospel message. We thank God for this. But we need a greater awakening. We slide back into self-indulgence; we do not exercise to the utmost the virtues that Christ has promised if we ask in faith. That which we receive from Christ we must give to others.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 21)
Just as surely as we received, so surely must we give. None who receive the grace of Christ can keep it to themselves. As soon as Christ becomes an abiding presence in the heart, we shall not be able to see souls perishing in ignorance of the truth and be at rest. We shall make any sacrifice that we may reach them—and none of us are so poor that we cannot make daily sacrifices for Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 22)
The influence of the work we are doing will be felt through all eternity. If we will work in harmony with one another and with heaven, God will demonstrate His power in our behalf as He did for the disciples on the day of Pentecost. Those days of preparation, in which the disciples prepared themselves by prayer and a putting away of all disunion, brought them into such close relation to God that He could work for them and through them in a marvelous manner. Today God desires to accomplish great things through the faith and works of His believing people. But we must stand in right relation to Him, that when He speaks to us, we may hear and understand His voice.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 23)
Let not unbelief come in, for God’s work is to go from city to city, from country to country. The plans of the enemies of God may be laid to defeat His work; but have faith that Jehovah will remove all obstructions to the progress of His work. Talk faith, work in faith, and advance in faith. Obstacles will be removed as we lay hold of the promises of God. Let the Lord’s people go forward, and their hearts will be made strong.
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 24)
What is the promise to those living in these last days? “Turn ye to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope: even today will I declare that I will render double unto thee; ... Ask of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain.” [Zechariah 9:12; 10:1.]
(25LtMs, Ms 15, 1910, 25)
Ms 17, 1910
Regarding Representations in Our Papers NP 1910 Portions of this manuscript are published in 6MR 287.
We are living in an important period of this world’s history. A great work is to be done in a short time. I feel an overwhelming sense of the condition of our world. There is danger of those holding meetings in our cities being satisfied with doing a surface work. If the ministers and the presidents of conferences are not fully aroused to its importance, the work in our cities, the thorough work that is needed, will not be done. The Lord would have the work that has been neglected for many years now undertaken with faith and thoroughly done.
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 1)
We are standing in a time that is of the greatest consequence to the whole world. We see the necessity of understanding the instruction given in the Scriptures. The religious life is not to be represented from the pulpit or in our papers as a romance. It pains my soul to see in the papers coming from our press the most important truth placed before the people in the form of a romance. Let the articles in our papers at this time, when the eternal interests of souls are at stake, be of a character to arouse souls to a sense of their peril. At this time Bible truth is to make a solemn impression upon hearts. The genuine facts of truth are to be presented as they came from the lips of the greatest Teacher the world has ever known.
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 2)
Novelty and romance do no honor to our publications. I am growing heartsick and weary over productions from the press that lower the truth as it should not be lowered. The fewer of these productions that are brought in, the more influence will the genuine, sacred truth connected with the scenes that are to take place have upon minds.
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 3)
“Then said Jesus unto His disciples, If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me. For whosoever will save his life shall lose it; and whosoever will lose his life for My sake shall find it. For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? For the Son of man shall come in the glory of His Father with his angels; and then shall He reward every man according to his works.” [Matthew 16:24-27.]
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 4)
There are some excellent things published in our papers. But when phases of most solemn truth are made to take on a lightness of representation, I am bidden to say that if Christ were present, He would have words of disapproval to speak regarding these representations.
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 5)
Pure and undefiled religion must be constantly presented before the people. Let the truth come forth from pen and voice in a way that will have weight with every soul who shall read the articles in our papers or listen to our speakers. We are dealing with eternal realities. Christ’s lessons, from first to last, are weighty with eternal issues.
(25LtMs, Ms 17, 1910, 6)
Ms 19, 1910
Theatrical Methods of Work to be Discouraged NP 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in 19MR 125-127. +
I have a message for those in charge of our work. Do not encourage the men who are to engage in this work to think that they must proclaim the solemn, sacred message in a theatrical style. Not one jot or tittle of anything theatrical is to be brought into our work. God’s cause is to have a sacred, heavenly mold. Let everything connected with the giving of the message for this time bear the divine impress. Let nothing of a theatrical nature be permitted; for this would spoil the sacredness of the work.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 1)
I am instructed that we shall meet with all kinds of experiences and that men will try to bring strange performances into the work of God. We have met such things in many places. In my very first labors, the message was given that all theatrical performances in connection with the preaching of present truth were to be discouraged and forbidden. Men who thought they had a wonderful work to do sought to adopt a strange deportment and manifested oddities in bodily exercise. The light given me was, “Give this no sanction.” These performances, which savored of the theatrical, were to have no place in the proclamation of the solemn messages entrusted to us.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 2)
The enemy will watch closely and will take every advantage of circumstances to degrade the truth by the introduction of undignified demonstrations. None of these demonstrations are to be encouraged. The precious truths given us are to be spoken in all solemnity and with sacred awe.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 3)
Health to be Preserved
Every worker is to heed the instruction that the health is not to be imperiled. The preservation of health is to be regarded as a sacred duty. We are to bear testimony to the benefits derived from an intelligent knowledge of health reform.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 4)
When the vitality is needlessly expended in long sermons, weariness is the result. We are to be laborers together with God. We dishonor Him when we do that which unfits and disqualifies us for His service. The Lord desires us to work as intelligent human agencies. We are not our own; we have been bought with a price; and we are to glorify God by a life of intelligent effort, returning to Him His own in sensible, faithful service.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 5)
“What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 6)
The minister of God is not to speak words which will create levity. We have been bought with the price of a great sacrifice, even the sacrifice of God’s only begotten Son.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 7)
Two and Two
No one man is to be permitted to have sole charge of an effort in any place. Christ sent out His disciples two and two, to go to places to which He would afterward follow. Read the Word, and follow the Lord’s plan. The man who insists that he will not labor with another is setting an example that Christ does not sanction. We are to follow the Lord’s plans.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 8)
Experienced laborers should be given the work of entering new places. A course is to be pursued that will maintain the sacred dignity of the work. We are ever to remember that evil angels are watching for opportunities to defeat our efforts.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 9)
The cities are to be worked. A season of great trial is before us. Then let none lift up the soul unto vanity. It becomes those who are striving for the crown of life to strive lawfully. All our capabilities and gifts are to be used in the work of saving perishing souls, thus winning others to become co-laborers with Christ. The knowledge and powers that the Lord has given men and women will be largely increased as they work to build up His kingdom.
(25LtMs, Ms 19, 1910, 10)
Ms 21, 1910
A Call to Labor in the Great Cities St. Helena, California June 22, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in MM 302-303; 3SM 50; PC 69-70.
During the night of February 27, a representation on was given me in which the unworked cities were presented before me as a living reality, and I was plainly instructed that there should be a decided change from past methods of working. For months the situation has been impressed on my mind, and I urged that companies be organized and diligently trained to labor in our important cities. These workers should labor two and two, and from time to time all should meet together to relate their experiences, to pray, and to plan how to reach the people quickly, and thus, if possible, redeem the time.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 1)
This is no time to colonize. From city to city the work is to be carried quickly. The light that has been placed under a bushel is to be taken out and placed on a candlestick, that it may give forth light to all that are in the house.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 2)
Thousands of people in our cities are left in darkness, and Satan is well pleased with the delay; for this delay gives him opportunity to work in these fields with men of influence to further his plans. Can we now depend upon our men in positions of responsibility to act humbly and nobly their part? Let the watchman arouse. Let no one continue to be indifferent to the situation. There should be a thorough awakening among the brethren and sisters in all our churches.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 3)
For years the work in the cities has been presented before me and has been urged upon our people. Instruction has been given to open new fields. There has sometimes been a jealous fear lest some one who wished to enter new fields should receive means from the people that they supposed was wanted for another work. Some in responsible positions have felt that nothing should be done without their personal knowledge and approval. Therefore efficient workers have been sometimes delayed and hindered, and the carriage wheels of progress in entering new fields have been made to move heavily.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 4)
In every large city there should have been a strong force of workers laboring earnestly to warn the people. Had this been undertaken in humility and faith, Christ would have gone before the humble workers, and the salvation of God would have been revealed.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 5)
Let companies now be quickly organized to go out two and two, and labor in the Spirit of Christ, following His plans. Even though some Judas may introduce himself into the ranks of the workers, the Lord will care for the work. His angels will go before and prepare the way. Before this time, every large city should have heard the testing message, and thousands should have been brought to a knowledge of the truth. Wake up the churches, take the light from under the bushel.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 6)
Where are the men who will work and study and agonize in prayer as did Christ? We are not to confine our efforts to a few places. “When they shall persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” [Matthew 10:23.] Let Christ’s plan be followed. He was ever watching for opportunities to engage in personal labor, ever ready to interest and draw men to a study of the Scriptures. He labored patiently for men who had not an intelligent knowledge of what is truth. While we are not awake to the situation, and while much time is consumed in planning how to reach perishing souls, Satan is busy devising and blocking the way.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 7)
In view of the many neglected cities from one end of the United States to another, I am free to say that too much labor has been put forth in the plants in a few favored localities. Let not so large an expenditure of means and of time as has been devoted to Takoma Park be given to other places; for it will be used as an evidence that we do not really believe that the end of all things is at hand. Satan knows how to make use of every inconsistency, and he will influence men to point at us, and say, “They do not believe the things they teach.”
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 8)
O if I could but see the depth of experience coming to our people which they must have before they can enter heaven, then would I be filled with grateful thanksgiving to God. I speak to our people, ministers, physicians, and all who profess to believe the truth. A work of thorough conversion needs to be done. Walk in the footsteps of Christ Jesus. Why do we not take heed? The Lord has long waited for us as a people who know the truth, to make that truth known to all possible who will hear and be converted.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 9)
I have faithfully written out the warnings that God has given me. They have been printed in books, yet I cannot forbear. I must write these same things over and over. I ask not to be relieved. As long as the Lord spares my life, I must continue to bear these earnest messages.
(25LtMs, Ms 21, 1910, 10)
Ms 23, 1910
Talk/A Promise of Life Eternal Mountain View, California January 29, 1910 Portions of this manuscript are published in NPUGleaner 03/09/1910. +
(Portion of a talk by Mrs. E. G. White, given during the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 29, 1910.)
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 1)
In the first chapter of 2 Peter there are many precious assurances, which, if often read and meditated upon, will prove a source of great comfort and constant encouragement to every follower of Christ. We read in the first verse that the chapter was written by “Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.”
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 2)
Upon those who are of like precious faith with himself, the apostle pronounces a blessing and also exhorts the believers to continued advancement in the Christian virtues. He writes:
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 3)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 4)
“And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 5)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 2-11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 6)
These assurances constitute an eternal life insurance policy to those who, in the strength of their divine Lord, advance from grace to grace, and give diligence to make their calling and election sure. The terms with which we are to comply are plainly stated. None need make any mistake regarding the course he is to pursue in order to make sure of life eternal. The way has been made plain. As we follow on to know the Lord, we shall learn that His going forth is prepared as the morning, and the light shining on our pathway will ever grow brighter.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 7)
“Wherefore,” the apostle Peter continues, “I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.” [Verse 12.] No matter how long we may have been traveling in the way of life eternal, we need often to recount the mercies of our heavenly Father toward us and gather hope and courage from the promises of His Word. Daily we are to remember that an eternal life insurance policy is offered to those who give diligence to do those things that will bring growth in grace and in a knowledge of the truth. Laying aside all manner of foolishness and unprofitable conversation, we are to seek to come into right relationship with God, that we may reveal the fruits of the Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 8)
The apostle Peter realized the value of constant vigilance in the Christian life, and he felt impelled by the Holy Spirit to urge upon the believers the importance of exercising great carefulness in the daily life. “Yea, I think it meet,” he says, “as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance; knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath showed me. Moreover I will endeavor that ye may be able after my decease to have these things always in remembrance.” [Verses 13-15.]
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 9)
“Always in remembrance.” Oh, if only we were to keep before our minds those things that pertain to our eternal welfare, we should not engage in any foolishness or idle speaking! Our lifework is before us. It is for us to give diligence to make our calling and election sure, by giving heed to the plain instruction contained in God’s holy Word. And whenever we meet with those who are eager to converse with us regarding anything that will not be a help to us in our work of overcoming, let us tell them that we are trying to walk in the way that leads to life eternal; and let us invite them to go with us.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 10)
There are many wrong things we allow to pass by unnoticed, when by our godly conversation we might set an example of rightdoing that would be a standing rebuke to the evildoers. We cannot afford by our example to seem to sanction wrongdoing.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 11)
There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. In large churches of believers, as here in Mountain View, there is a special danger of lowering the standard. Where many are gathered together, some are more liable to grow careless and indifferent than they would be if isolated and made to stand alone. But even under adverse circumstances, we may watch unto prayer and set an example in godly conversation that will be a powerful testimony for the right.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 12)
The Lord desires us to be in earnest. We cannot afford to speak words that would discourage our fellow pilgrims in the Christian pathway. Christ has given His life, in order that we might live with Him in glory. Throughout eternity He will bear in His hands the prints of the cruel nails by which He was transfixed to the cross on Calvary—and all that we might have life eternal. But we shall never be permitted to live with our Saviour in the earth made new, if in this life we do not labor for souls as they that must give an account.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 13)
We carry too light a burden in behalf of souls unsaved. There never was a time when the world needed us more than it needs us now. All about us are cities unwarned. Souls are perishing, and what are we doing? We need to have a burden for these souls, such as many of us have never experienced. In self-denial and self-sacrifice, with Bible in hand, we are to search out the honest in heart and reveal to them the way of life everlasting. May God help us to arouse to a sense of our duty toward those who have never heard the warning message entrusted to us for a perishing world.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 14)
“He that lacketh these things is blind.” [Verse 9.] Unless we are transformed in character, from grace to grace, we shall be unable to discern the needs of a dying world. May God help us to be reconverted and to realize our responsibilities in these times of well-nigh universal apostasy, when many know not that the time of their visitation is near. Aroused from our lethargy, the love of Christ will lead us to love every soul that has been purchased with His blood, and we shall try to save all whom we are able to reach.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 15)
There are some now claiming to be followers of Christ who in the judgment will be confronted by their friends and neighbors to whom they might have pointed out the way of salvation, but whom they allowed to remain unwarned. Then will be spoken the terrible words: “Why did you not tell us the things you claimed to believe? Why did you not seek to help us understand the truths of God’s word? Why did you not do all in your power to warn us, before it was everlastingly too late? You never told us these things that would have helped us to learn of the truth. You allowed us to come up to the judgment, unwarned and unsaved.”
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 16)
There is a world to be saved; and this is why I am so anxious that we, as believers in the Lord Jesus, shall live on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace, and becoming established in the most holy faith. Those who are diligent to make their own calling and election sure are also seeking in every way possible to win many souls to the truth for this time. We need more earnestness, more consecrated zeal. We have a knowledge of the most sacred truths ever committed to mortals, and these truths we must present to the world. We do not half believe these truths. If we did, there would be seen more praying and more diligence in trying to carry these truths to the inhabitants of the cities of our land. God is now calling upon us to open up a strong work in the cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 17)
Christ is soon coming in the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory. He desires us to act our part faithfully in the closing work of warning the world. But unbelief is heavy; it presses upon the soul; and having been received and cherished, it is revealed in our apathy and indifference toward those who are as yet unwarned.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 18)
Brethren and sisters, let us put away our unbelief. Let us humble ourselves before God and with sanctified tongue begin to witness for Him wherever we are. Thus we shall give proof to the world that we are indeed followers of Jesus. Our words and actions should be of a character that will win souls to the One whom we claim to love and obey. Oh, we must have more of the love of Jesus in the soul. We must dwell more on the things that have to do with our eternal destiny and the salvation of precious souls all about us. We must seek to come into harmony with the mind of God, as revealed in His Word. We need to feel intensely over these matters and look constantly to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 19)
The commission given us of God is unmistakably plain. We are to go into all the world, bearing to every nation, tongue, and people the saving message of present truth. Let us take hold of this work as we have never taken hold of it before, and do our best. We have no time now for controversy. We are bearing to a perishing world the bread of life eternal.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 20)
As we labor faithfully in our neighborhoods and in the towns close by, and as we bear a decided message in the great cities of our land, we shall see of the salvation of God. The truth will go forth as a lamp that burneth. Many will unite with us in seeking diligently to do those things that will make their calling and election sure and will at last give them, with us, an abundant entrance into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. We are now fitting up for the future, eternal life; and soon, if faithful, we shall see the gates of the city of our God swing back on their glittering hinges, that the nations who have kept the truth may enter in to their eternal inheritance.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 21)
Oh, that we might allow our minds to dwell more on the rich promises, the comforting assurances, set before us in the Scriptures we have read today! I desire an inheritance among the sanctified. I desire to share with you the reward of the faithful. And while I am now in my eighty-third year, I long to do all I can, while in this world of sin and darkness, to enlighten those who as yet have no hope of heaven and of life eternal.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 22)
*****
In Portland, Maine, our people are erecting a meetinghouse. This will be the only Seventh-day Adventist meetinghouse in all that beautiful city. I have encouraged our brethren to go forward in the work of placing this memorial in Portland, because we desire to revive the proclamation of the third angel’s message in that city. If any of you who are present in this meeting today desire to assist our brethren to erect this memorial for God, we should be glad to have you do so. Our brethren in Portland should also have a small sanitarium in some place close by. They have no medical institution in that field and cannot very well undertake such an enterprise, unless they have some outside assistance, as they are generally poor, and are few in number. Any help rendered them will gladden their hearts and will do much toward strengthening the cause in the East.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 23)
May the blessing of God rest upon you and cause you to feel in your hearts a desire to help our brethren in Portland to pay for their meetinghouse. The truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth in the cities of the East, and our brethren in the West now have the privilege of advancing the cause of God in that portion of the field where the third angel’s message was first proclaimed.
(25LtMs, Ms 23, 1910, 24)
Ms 25, 1910
Talk/An Address to the Workers Assembled at the Pacific Union Conference Mountain View, California January 28, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 322-328. +
An Address to the Workers Assembled at the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 28, 1910.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 1)
(At the beginning of the morning hour set apart for devotional exercises, Mrs. E. G. White read a communication addressed to the president of the Union Conference, after which the following remarks were made.)
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 2)
I desire to say a few words to the workers assembled at this conference. I have been passing through a serious experience. Since I spoke to you on the opening day of the meeting, I have been writing out the things that I was required to write; for the end desired could not be accomplished unless matters were brought before you plainly and decidedly, so that you might understand clearly that on the part of some there has been a disposition to go contrary to the light that God has given. This situation has brought distress to my soul, and I have been sorely perplexed. I must meet these things in the fear of God. When messages come to me for the people of God, I must not conceal them, but must write them out and speak of them.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 3)
A few days ago, in the evening, Brother Evans came to see me. We had only a few words together, as he was called away. I presented before him the great necessity of our people giving much careful consideration to the work that must be done in the great cities. Notwithstanding the fact that the needs of these cities have been brought to the attention of our people over and over again, yet there are very few who seem willing to move forward along the lines indicated by our heavenly Instructor. Every obstacle to progress must be removed, and we must come into a position of harmony as laborers together with God. Unless we can have unity and harmony, there will be a retarding of the work continually.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 4)
During our conversation, Elder Evans called my attention to the fact that considerable means is now being used in bringing the message of present truth to the knowledge of those who are living in the cities. Something has been done, it is true; but God requires of His people a far greater work than anything that has been done in years past.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 5)
I have been through many of these cities. I have seen New York and other cities of the East that are to be worked. What I have seen of these unwarned places brings sorrow to my heart, and I cannot sleep. Often I have lain upon my bed in an agony of distress over the situation, and then I have attempted to write out the representations that have been made before me distinctly that there is not seen in the East the reformation that should be taking place in our churches. Our brethren are not carrying the burden they should in behalf of the unworked cities. They have not been making decided movements to send men into these cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 6)
Some have hesitated because they feared that the work outlined would require more means than was at their command. But I have urged our brethren to step forward by faith and follow the leadings of divine providence. Christ has bidden His servants go out into all parts of the field, and angels will prepare the way before them as they advance in faith. God’s messengers need to awake from their lethargy and lay aside everything that may hinder the free course of the Holy Spirit in connection with their labors.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 7)
Especially in places where our people have gathered around a large institution, as here at Mountain View, constant vigilance should be exercised, in order that every advance movement may be in accordance with the will of God. Thorough consecration should mark the lives of those who are called to labor in our institutions, that right steps may be taken, and that all may do everything in their power to save souls.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 8)
Since coming to this meeting, I have passed through a strange experience. One day, after appearing before the conference to read some matter to you, the burden that was upon my soul continued to press upon me after I returned to my room. I was in distress of mind. That night I could not seem to lose myself in sleep. It seemed as if evil angels were right in the room where I was. And while I was suffering in mind, it seemed as if I was suffering great bodily pain. My right arm, which through the years has nearly always been preserved from disease and suffering, seemed powerless. I could not lift it. Then I had a most severe, excruciating pain in the ear; then most terrible suffering in the jaw. It seemed as if I must scream. But I kept saying, “Lord, you know all about it.”
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 9)
I was in perfect agony. It seemed that my brain and every part of my body was suffering. At times I would rise up, and think, “I will not lie here another moment.” Then I would think, “You will only arouse those who are in the house, and they cannot do anything for you.” And so I kept looking to the Lord, and saying, “Lord, you know all about this pain.” The suffering continued, at times in the jaw, then in the brain, and then in other members of the body, until nearly daylight. Just before the break of day I feel asleep for about an hour.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 10)
My arm is all right this morning. Legions of evil angels were in that room, and if I had not clung by faith to the Lord, I do not know what might have become of me. I would not call any one. I said, “This must be between me and these evil spirits.” I would find myself at times rising up in bed, crying to the Lord to give me relief. But no genuine relief came to me. A sense of relief from the presence of those evils angels came to me, but no relief from pain and suffering came to me, until I stood here upon this platform with a manuscript in my hand and began to read what I had to read to you. As soon as I stood up here with that manuscript in my hand, every pain left me. My right side was just as strong as it had been before.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 11)
I shall never be able to give you a description of the satanic forces that were at work in that room. I shall never be able to tell it in a way that will enable you to comprehend it. I wondered what it meant; I could not understand it; but since standing before you the next morning, I have had no suffering.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 12)
Light has been coming to me that unless we have more evident movings of the Spirit of God, and greater manifestations of divine power working in our midst, many of God’s people will be overcome. Satanic agencies will come in, as they came to me. But we cannot afford to yield to the power of the enemy.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 13)
Brethren, God is in earnest with us. He does not desire Brother Cottrell to take a position that will lead both him and many others to make wrong decisions. Some may think it cruel to speak thus plainly; but it would be very cruel to allow our brother to cherish his natural tendency to think that when he takes a position, he has to hold to this position without changing his view.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 14)
Over and over again, in the night season, One with arms outstretched has instructed me, “Tell My people to come into line. Tell My people to unite with Jesus Christ in doing a work that they have not yet done.”
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 15)
God desires His people to take steps forward and upward, ever advancing. They are not half awake. They do not seem to understand that the way before them will be blocked by the enemy more and still more, and that now is the time for the cities to be entered. God desires His people to do all they can to give the message of warning to the cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 16)
As I journeyed through the East this past summer, and saw Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Portland, Buffalo, and other large cities, all of them practically unworked, unwarned, I thought, How can God excuse His people of this neglect? We must arouse to a realization of our present duty.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 17)
Some in Mountain View may say, “There is a large debt on the Pacific Press office.” Well, brethren, I, too, am in debt—perhaps more so than many others—and yet I keep at work; and when a necessity for help presents itself, I try to meet it by appropriating means. I do not always stop to inquire whether or not I can afford it.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 18)
A short time ago, when in Mountain View, I presented before the brethren the needs of the work in Portland, Maine. The believers in that beautiful city are trying to build a meetinghouse there. When we attended their camp-meeting last summer, we encouraged them to go forward with this enterprise, and promised to appeal to our churches elsewhere for funds to assist those who were bearing the burden of the work in Portland. I expected to see the church at Mountain View respond liberally to an invitation to give to that enterprise, but was disappointed.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 19)
During the days of the Advent Movement, the first and the second angels’ messages were proclaimed with power in Portland, Maine. And after the disappointment, when light shone upon the sanctuary question and the three messages of Revelation fourteen, the third angel’s message was preached faithfully in that place and throughout the East. In times past, we have attended camp-meetings in that city that have been well attended. The power of God has been manifested. Those connected with the courts, and others high in office, have come out to hear.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 20)
Before the disappointment in 1844, the city was stirred deeply. From one end of the city to the other, appointments for meetings were filled, and the halls were crowded. On one occasion, when there was not even standing-room in the aisles, the people feared the foundations might give away; but the builders were present and assured the congregation that they need have no fear; that the building was amply strong and safe. For miles around the message extended, and many came to hear. The doors of many churches were thrown open to those who desired to speak.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 21)
At the present time, but very little is being done in Portland. There are three aged ministers living there, because the climate is favorable for their health, but they are unable to do much aggressive work. At the camp-meeting held there last summer, there was a good attendance of unbelievers. Our brethren had to provide extra seats to accommodate those that came. The power of God rested upon the speakers. I know it rested upon me, as I gave to the people a message of mercy. I did not stand before them because I felt able; I stood there because of the opportunity to let them hear the message of mercy that is being given to the world. The power of God came upon me, and gave me utterance, as it did during the recent General Conference held at Washington, D.C. At the close of my discourse, I asked all who would pledge themselves to carry on a personal study of the Scriptures, to find out whether the truths presented before them that day were in accordance with the Word, to rise to their feet. You can imagine my feelings as I saw nearly every one in that large congregation standing on their feet, thus pledging themselves before God to search the Scriptures, to find out whether these things were so. The Spirit of God was present in that meeting in marked measure, and we had a wonderful meeting.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 22)
When I think of the opportunity we now have to work Portland, Maine, and many other cities in the East, I cannot hold my peace. This is why I have appealed to the church at Mountain View, and to churches in several other places, to help our brethren in Portland to erect a meetinghouse. Because of their poverty, they cannot advance as rapidly as they desire; and unless some one helps, the work is liable to be greatly retarded. We believe that many will respond to this appeal.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 23)
In New York, and in many other cities, there are multitudes of people unwarned. Among our people, there is great zeal—and I do not say there is any too much—to work the foreign countries; but it would be more consistent, if we could see a proportionate zeal to work the cities close by. We need to move sensibly. We need to plan to warn the cities in America. We must set about this work in earnestness and do it. Laying aside our peculiarities, and our own ideas, we are to preach Bible truth. Men of consecration and talent are to be sent into these cities, and set to work. Oh, why are so many seemingly indifferent and self-centered? Why do so many take an interest chiefly in the place where they are laboring, and lose sight of the fact that there is a world to be warned, and that these cities must hear the message?
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 24)
I have been seeking to arouse our people. I have encouraged Dr. and Mrs. Kress and Elder and Mrs. G. B. Starr to labor earnestly in the cities, and I understand that they are now in Boston. In the 1844 movement, the message went through Boston like a lamp that burneth. I was in that message. They sent for me in come to speak to the people in large halls. There was an intense interest.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 25)
When a true missionary spirit takes hold of the hearts of believers, the Bible will be studied more diligently than it is now, and many will understand that the cities are not being worked as they should be. Many will then take hold of this work.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 26)
During the General Conference held at Washington in 1909, the Lord lifted me above my infirmities, and I was enabled to speak to large congregations, and make all hear the words spoken.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 27)
From Washington we visited several cities, where we saw multitudes of people who, I suppose, have never heard the warning message. When I saw these people, I pledged myself before God that I would remain silent no longer.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 28)
Here at Mountain View, there are advantages, great advantages, and the believers should make the most of these advantages. Let nothing be allowed in the life practice that might prove a hindrance. Let none manifest a disposition to make his fellow men come to his personal ideas of doing this and that. Let none say, I can not do this, when the providence of God indicates that something should be done. Let all seek to come into line.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 29)
The salvation of God is to be revealed in the great cities of the land. Ministers often visit companies of believers in the different conferences; and this is a work that has its place; but the ministers have a solemn work to perform in the great cities. As God’s people take up this responsibility and discharge it in His fear, these who are enlightened as the result of faithful labor will give freely of their means to sustain the work in their cities, and in other places as well. As the laborers go to the new converts, and in the spirit and power of God ask them for help, the Spirit of God will move upon their hearts.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 30)
It has been said, “We should like to send a large amount of money to China.” Are the souls in China any more precious than the souls within the shadow of our doors? We are to act our part in warning China, but we also are to act our part in warning the cities close by, where we live.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 31)
Here are foreigners of various nationalities, in our cities, and they are to be reached with the message of present truth. When they accept the message, they will begin working at once, and many will return to the places from which they came, that they may win their people to the truth. We are to search out these people and teach them the way of life. As I think of these things, I cannot hold my peace.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 32)
I have tried to arouse you to a realization of what it means to be missionaries. Many of our people have lost the sense of what it means to carry the truth to places where it has not yet been proclaimed. I have seen city after city, the inhabitants of which have no knowledge of what we believe.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 33)
Means must be sent to China; this is right and proper; but why not also warn the various nationalities in the cities close by? Why not plan wisely to reach the hundreds of thousands of foreigners in the cities of America? God desires us to awake from our slumbers. He desires us to do our duty. He desires to endue us with His Spirit and lift us up onto a higher platform. Every one who will come into line, will understand what the will of God is. Then no one will set his stakes to follow a certain way of his own choosing, irrespective of the counsels of his brethren; but all will have the faith that works by love, and purifies the soul. When God’s people understand what Bible religion is, there will be coming into the ranks of believers more new converts than are seen today. We are to awake, and do our duty toward the unwarned inhabitants of the cities, and of many out-of-the-way places, and then we shall see of the salvation of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 25, 1910, 34)
Ms 26, 1910
The Lodi School Berkeley, California August 24, 1910 This manuscript are published in entirety in 2MR 296-298.
There is much earnest work to be done in connection with the Lodi School. If those connected with this school will seek to understand their mission, and day by day will sanctify themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to the Lord, wisdom will be given them. As a people we have received most precious light upon Bible truth, and not all who have received this light know what it means to be laborers together with God.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 1)
The Lodi school should have chosen workers, men of experience. The one who accepts the charge of this school will need to live in close connection with God. To the teachers in this school I would say, Read and explain the Word of God to your students. Never scold them. Frame your management according to a “Thus saith the Lord.”
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 2)
Under wise teachers, the Lodi school may become a important missionary school—a daily blessing and benefit to those in attendance. And the training given at the school is to be upheld and complemented by the work of the parents. Thus parents and teachers can together carry forward a good work.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 3)
Our schools are established in the order of God, and parents are to co-operate with the teachers, saying to them, We will act our part in the work by seeing that our children practice what it taught in the school. The efforts made in the home for the education of the children are to correspond with those made in the school. Every power that God has given parents is to be used in union with the plans that the school is carrying out to help the children to perfect Christian character.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 4)
Parents, teachers, and children are safe only as they obey the words, “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Parents are to remember that though while at school their children are separated from them, yet this does not release them from responsibility. They are to unite their prayers with those of the teachers for the success of the work done in the school. All are to act their part in the fear of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 5)
The work done in our schools is an important work, and fathers and mothers should refrain from speaking words that would discourage their children in regard to their school work. Let the children feel that their parents are willing to bear the expense of their schooling if only they can see in them a desire to become better fitted to serve God, and a determination to overcome those traits of character that would hinder their growth in Christian experience.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 6)
Parents, speak to your children the words of encouragement that they need. Let no coarse, rude, angry words be spoken. Show them that you are endeavoring to give them every advantage that they may obtain a knowledge that will lead them to an understanding of God’s requirements. Plead with them to make the most of the opportunities granted to them in their school life.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 7)
Parents are to act their part wisely and intelligently. They brought their children into the world; and did they realize the responsibility resting upon them, they would unceasingly carry a burden for these children.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 8)
“This is the will of God concerning you, even your sanctification.” [1 Thessalonians 4:3.] There must be a decided improvement in matters of discipline in some of our recently opened schools. The Lord calls upon the teachers to be laborers together with Him, that the fruit of righteousness may appear in the lives of the students. He calls upon parents to remember that the mind, the voice, the influence—all the powers—are His gifts, to be used in winning souls to Christ. Thus each family may become a missionary family. From the home, the school, and the church a holy influence is to go forth. The grace of Christ is to be received into the life and revealed in the character.
(25LtMs, Ms 26, 1910, 9)
Ms 27, 1910
Let Your Light So Shine Before Men NP November 13, 1910 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 12/15/1910, 12/22/1910. +
The enemy is just as perseveringly at work now as he was before the flood. By the use of various enterprises and inventions he is diligently working to keep the minds of men engrossed in the things of this world. He is employing all his ingenuity to lead men to act foolishly, to keep them absorbed in commercial enterprises, and thus to imperil their hope of eternal life. He devises the inventions that imperil human life. Under his leadership men carry through that which he devises. They become so absorbed in the pursuit of wealth and worldly power that they give no heed to a “Thus saith the Lord.”
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 1)
Satan exults as he sees that he is successful in keeping minds from a consideration of the solemn, important matters that have to do with eternal life. He seeks to crowd the thought of God out of the mind and to put worldliness and commercialism in its place. He desires to keep the world in darkness. It is his studied purpose to lead men to forget God and heaven, to bring all the souls that he can under his own jurisdiction. And to this end he brings forward enterprises and inventions that will so occupy men’s attention that they will have no time to think of heavenly things.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 2)
The people of God must now awake and do their neglected work. Into our planning for this work, we must put all the powers of the mind. We should spare no effort to present the truth as it is in Jesus, so simply and yet so forcibly that minds will be strongly impressed. We must plan to work in a way that will consume as little means as possible; for the work must extend into the regions beyond.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 3)
Those who have received the light of truth are to speak the truth and pray the truth and live the truth. They are not to depart from the Word of God, as some are doing, in order to follow their own devisings. The Word that the Lord has given is spirit and life, and works for the saving of souls. It is the only Word in which we may safely trust.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 4)
Our ministers are not to permit their minds and their means to be converted into commercial enterprises. They are to use all that they have and are in the Lord’s service. They are not to work in accordance with their individual impressions, striking out into new lines in accordance with strange, human ideas. This has been the danger in the past. The mind of man deviseth many things. Unless the mind of the worker is sanctified, he will follow another leader instead of Christ, showing a preference for the methods that the enemy has devised. He will be led to try to show his own superiority.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 5)
Every capability that God has given us, we are to use in letting the light of truth shine forth. The cities are to be warned. The time of the end is near. We can see that the signs of Christ’s coming are rapidly fulfilling. “Say ye not, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white, already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto eternal life; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor. Other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors.” [John 4:35-38.]
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 6)
Read the whole of the fourth chapter of John, and seek the Lord with earnest prayer. Perilous times are upon us. It does not become any man or woman to be regardless of the working of the Holy Spirit upon human hearts.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 7)
“And Jesus, walking by the Sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me; and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and He called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed Him.” [Matthew 4:18-22.]
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 8)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria; and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with diverse diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those which had the palsy, and he healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan.” [Verses 23-25.]
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 9)
Every believer is now to be wide-awake and intensely in earnest; for we are near the close of this earth’s history. We have no time now to act as worldlings. We are to seek and to save those who are lost. My brethren and sisters, take your candle out from under the bushel, and set it where its rays will shine forth to those who are in ignorance of what is coming upon our world. There are special things to be done in making special efforts to let the light shine forth from the Scriptures in clear, distinct rays.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 10)
A great work is to be done in foreign fields, and just as verily a great work is to be done in the home field. Why do we keep ourselves so much shut away from unbelievers? How much good would be accomplished if all who know the truth would make it known in every possible way and on every possible occasion. How many would be brought to Christ if all of God’s people would work for those who need so much to understand Bible truth. Heavenly angels, unseen, would help those to whom we speak, to hear and understand the things of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 11)
The word comes to me, Let those who understand the truth find opportunity to speak to others the words of Christ. Many places in many fields are destitute of workers. There are many in the crowded cities who know not the truth. In every city, in every town, in every village, there is a work to be done. How can we feel clear before God unless we do our part to make the truth known to those perishing in darkness?
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 12)
In the day of judgment, when every one will be rewarded according to his works, many of the lost will charge their neighbors with neglect, saying, You knew the truth regarding the requirements of the Bible, but you did not stop to think that close beside your own door their were souls who were in error and who needed to be given instruction.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 13)
The judgment will reveal sins of omission as well as sins of commission. When Seventh-day Adventists know that the world is perishing in ignorance of Bible truth, why do they not go forth to hunt and fish for souls? If they do not do this, how will they be able to answer the questions that in the great day of reckoning will be put to them by the lost, Why did you not give us the warning regarding God’s requirements?
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 14)
Let every Sabbath-keeping family awake and take upon their souls the work of making the truth known to those who are transgressing God’s requirements.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 15)
Not only are our ministers and other workers to heed and practice the lessons of Christ. Fathers and mothers are to learn lessons from the Word of God, and these lessons they are to teach their children. In a Christlike manner they are to educate and train their children.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 16)
“God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His own into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved.” [John 3:16-17.]
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 17)
Parents, will you awake to the God-given responsibility resting upon you? Never speak harshly or angrily to your children or to each other. God expects you in spirit and word and act to be representatives of Him. He expects you to do what Christ would do were He in your place. Your words are to be well chosen, never showing impatience. You are to keep the tongue under restraint. Your lives are to reveal the sanctification of true godliness. Do not let Satan control your tongue. Be true missionaries in the home. Remember that the training you are giving your children is making them either Christlike in word and deed, or like the fallen angel Lucifer, who, because he was determined to have his own way and be above Christ, was cast out of heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 18)
My brethren and sisters, as you read this article, will you determine to take heed to the lessons given in the Scriptures? Satan is striving to mold all into his likeness. Christ came to our world to give human beings power to resist the enemy’s temptations. Fathers and mothers, in the little time you have left—for the end of all things is at hand—will you be daily converted, that you may be the Saviour’s helpers, speaking and acting in such a way that the enemy can obtain no advantage in your family? Remember that if henceforth you work wisely, striving earnestly to glorify God, many of your neighbors will, by your example, be won to Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 19)
Among us as a people, a great neglect of opportunities has become common. In your association with unbelievers, do you keep your lips closed regarding the truth for this time? Do they receive no light from you as to the best means of serving and glorifying God? There is a world to be warned. Will those who in the past have felt no responsibility resting upon them now realize that they are either working for or against Christ? Will you not let your light so shine before men that they, seeing your good works, may be led to glorify the One who gave His life in order that you should not perish, but have everlasting life? The Lord will help you if you will act your part intelligently.
(25LtMs, Ms 27, 1910, 20)
Ms 29, 1910
The Work Before Us NP November 14, 1910 [typed] Previously unpublished.
We feel deeply the great need of workers to take hold at once in every city and reveal the deepest earnestness in the presentation of the truth. In the highways and the byways, the truth is to be proclaimed with earnest simplicity to the multitudes who have not yet heard it. Twenty years ago the need of doing this work was presented, and I have continued to urge the subject upon the attention of our people. In response, there has been some little measure of doing; but the work that the Lord presented to me should be done has not been done. The trifling moves made, and the delay, have had the result of encouraging Sunday observance, and this false theory has been zealously urged to the front. Our people have not done all that they might have done. The real question at issue is yet to be met with. When it does speak, Satan will appear with the spirit of the dragon. Long before this, we should have placed ourselves decidedly before the world and before the churches as a people observing the true Sabbath. We are twenty years behind where we should be.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 1)
The Sunday question has been working its way to the front. It is our duty not to act as a church asleep. Those at the head of the Sunday movement will wrestle for the victory. Shall they have it? God forbid.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 2)
Let this matter now come before the people as it should. The Scriptures are to be presented in a clear, forcible manner. Let workers go into the cities and hold meetings. Let the largest number possible hear a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” God will move upon hearts as the truth from His Word is presented in earnestness. When a plain “Thus saith the Lord, Verily, My Sabbaths ye shall keep” is presented, many will hear and obey.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 3)
“How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace, that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth. Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing; for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem; for the Lord hath comforted His people, He hath redeemed Jerusalem.” [Isaiah 52:7-9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 4)
“If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words; then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord, and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” [Isaiah 58:13, 14.]
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 6)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it; and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 7)
“Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself to the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant, even unto them will I give in My house, and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters. I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 8)
“Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer: their burnt offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon My altar; for Mine house shall be called an house of prayer for all people.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 9)
“The Lord God which gathereth the outcasts of Israel, saith, Yet will I gather others to him, besides those that are gathered unto him.” [Isaiah 56:1-8.]
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 10)
It is no time now to hesitate in a state of unbelief. I am instructed to call upon our people everywhere to awake and prepare for the judgment by doing thorough work in binding up with Christ. They are not to sit in calm expectancy of the storm that is coming from the power of darkness, comforting themselves with the thought that they will be sheltered and safe. They are to work with every God-given capability to save a perishing world, speaking a word in season to those who need light and instruction. Satan is not idle. He has been gathering into his ranks ministers and every one else whom he could induce to accept his erroneous theories. Ministers who were once with us have been drawn away by their own desire to bring out something new and strange.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 11)
Those who have received the evidence of the Word of God concerning the verity of the Lord’s holy day are to bear in mind that the line of demarcation between Sabbath-keepers and those who observe the day upon which no sanctity has been placed by the Lord is never to be obliterated. We have a special work to do, and this work we are most earnestly to carry forward.
(25LtMs, Ms 29, 1910, 12)
Ms 31, 1910
The Home School NP 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/12/1911. +
Parents have been given a wonderful work to do. The home life, in order to be successful, demands careful study. The home is to be a school in which children are to be trained for the higher school. The father and mother should make the decision, “I will behave myself wisely in a perfect way.... I will walk within my house with a perfect heart.” [Psalm 101:2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 1)
The husband and wife must love and respect one another. Thus only can the children be taught to respect their parents. If parents realized how greatly their attitude toward each other influences the conduct of the children, they would offer earnest prayers to God for wisdom to understand and teach the way of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 2)
In the home school there is to be no exaction, no commanding. Love is to bear rule. From their babyhood the children are to be taught to defer to one another, to show unselfishness in the smallest matters. If all were to learn this lesson in childhood, the curse of grasping for the supremacy would not so often be seen in the church.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 3)
By precept and example, parents are to teach their children never to speak falsely. When a falsehood is uttered, the heavenly angels turn away in sorrow, grieved that Christ’s heritage should so dishonor Him. One falsehood spoken prepares the way for another. The Lord desires all to adhere strictly to the truth, to be straightforward in every transaction. Never tell a lie, because thus you hurt your own soul and disgrace yourself in your own eyes.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 4)
Parents are the first teachers of their children, and by the lessons that they give, they, as well as their children, are being educated. As parents consecrate themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to the doing of their God-given work, the Lord will teach them precious lessons, giving them wise words to speak and helping them to show patience and forbearance under provocation.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 5)
Parents, never let your children hear you speak a word of impatience. Give them the help of a Christlike example. Accept the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29-30.] In complying with this invitation you will find joy in service, and sweetness of disposition will be brought into the life.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 6)
The mother is the queen of the home, and the children are her subjects. She is to rule her household wisely, in the dignity of her motherhood. Her influence in the home is to be paramount; her word, law. If she is a Christian, under God’s control, she will command the respect of her children.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 7)
From the mother the children are to learn habits of neatness, thoroughness, and dispatch. To allow a child to take an hour or two in doing a piece of work that could easily be done in half an hour is to allow it to form dilatory habits. The mother should show the necessity of order, neatness, and dispatch, acting at the same time with such reasonableness that the children will not think her exacting. The habits of industry and thoroughness that she teaches her children will be an untold blessing to them in the larger school of life, upon which they must enter as they grow older.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 8)
Mothers, keep your children occupied. If you fail to do this, Satan will do it for you. Set them some task to do each day. As early in life as possible, children should be trained to share the burdens of the home. Too often the mother’s life is almost that of a slave, while her daughters live the life of ladies. In nearly every case, the mother herself is to blame for this condition of things. While the children are still young, the mother should give them some simple task to do, telling them that they are helping her. It will take longer for her to teach them how to do the work than it would for her to do it herself, but let her remember that she is laying in their characters the foundation of helpfulness. Let her remember that the home is a school in which she is the head teacher. It is her part to teach her children how to perform the duties of the household quickly and skilfully.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 9)
The mother is patiently to guide and direct and teach, helping the children by kind, encouraging words. If she is a learner in the school of Christ, she will be a wise teacher and a safe guide, knowing how to restrain hasty words and how to show patience and cheerfulness in the face of trial and misfortune.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 10)
We need homes that are surrounded by a sanctified atmosphere. Unconverted families are Satan’s strongest allies. The members of them work counter to God. Some parents are harsh, denunciatory, overbearing, while others are careless and overindulgent, letting their children follow the course of disobedience until they do very wicked things and are a spectacle of shame to angels and to men. Such parents need to feel the converting power of God. By giving way to anger, and by selfish indifference, they unfit their children for this world and the next. How long will the Lord bear with this kind of work. He calls for a decided change in the home school. Let fathers and mothers repent of their neglect. “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you; and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. And I will put My Spirit within you, and cause you to walk in My statutes, and ye shall keep My judgments, and do them.” [Ezekiel 36:25-27.] “The Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, that thou mayest live.” [Deuteronomy 30:6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 11)
It is a fact that the Lord will thoroughly purge His floor and gather His wheat into His garner. Everything that can be shaken will be shaken. The Lord is calling for a people who in spirit and word and deed will bear fragrant fruit. He is indignant with those who are greatly dishonoring Him, and unless they change, He will punish for their sins. But if they repent, He will see their helplessness and will have pity upon them. “The Lord shall judge His people, and repent Himself for His servants, when He seeth that their power is gone.” [Deuteronomy 32:36.]
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 12)
I am writing this to the parents among us because I greatly desire them to learn and to teach their children the beautiful lessons that we must learn on earth before we can enter heaven. In everything you do, ask yourselves, “How will this help my children to prepare for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him?” When the work in the home school is done as it should be, families will bring into the church such a noble unselfishness that heavenly angels will love to linger there. The feelings of resentment, so quickly aroused, will be looked upon as grieving the great, self-sacrificing heart of Christ. Hearts will be refined and purified, made fit for the indwelling of the Lord Jesus.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 13)
Keep Christ before your children by singing songs to His glory, by seeking Him in prayer, and by reading from His Word, so that He will seem to them an ever-present Guest. Then they will love Him and will be brought to so closely into unison with Him that they will breathe out His Spirit. They will feel a new relationship to each other in Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 14)
When parents do faithfully the work resting upon them, a holy influence will be brought into the church, and in the power of God men and women will go forth into the service to which He calls them, however difficult, dangerous, or trying it may be.
(25LtMs, Ms 31, 1910, 15)
Ms 33, 1910
Revealing Christ to the World Refiled as Ms 83, 1904.
Ms 35, 1910
The Peril of Rejecting Light Refiled as Ms 161, 1903.
Ms 37, 1910
Written for our Admonition Refiled as Ms 162, 1903.
Ms 39, 1910
Lessons From Esther NP December 14, 1910 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in 3BC 1139.
“Now it came to pass in the days of Ahasuerus, ... that in those days, when the king Ahasuerus sat on the throne of his kingdom, which was in Shushan the palace, in the third year of his reign, he made a feast unto all his princes and his servants; the power of Persia and Media, the nobles and princes of the provinces being before him, when he showed the riches of his glorious kingdom, and the honor of his excellent majesty many days, even an hundred and four score days.” [Esther 1:1-4.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 1)
“And when these days were expired, the king made a feast unto all the people that were present in Shushan the palace, both unto great and small, seven days, in the court of the garden of the king’s palace....
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 2)
“And the drinking was according to the law; none did compel; for so the king had appointed unto all the officers of his house, that they should do according to every man’s pleasure.” [Verse 8.] It was the custom to hold such festivals.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 3)
“Also Vashti the queen made a feast for the women in the royal house, which belonged to king Ahasuerus.” [Verse 9.] Vashti was evidently acting her part in the feast, bearing the responsibilities that rested upon her.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 4)
“On the seventh day, when the heart of the king was merry with wine, he commanded ... the seven chamberlains that served in the presence of the king, to bring Vashti the queen before the king with the crown royal, to show the people and the princes her beauty; for she was fair to look upon.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 5)
Had the king maintained his royal dignity by practicing habits of temperance, he would never have made this command. But his mind was affected by the wine that he had used so freely, and he was not prepared to act wisely.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 6)
When this command came from the king, Vashti did not carry out his orders, because she knew that wine had been freely used, and that Ahasuerus was under the influence of the intoxicating liquor. For her husband’s sake as well as her own, she decided not to leave her position at the head of the women of the court. “The queen refused to come at the king’s commandment by his chamberlains; therefore was the king very wroth, and his anger burned in him.” [Verse 12.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 7)
“Then said the king unto the wise men, which knew the times; for so was the king’s manner toward all that knew the law and the judgment, ... What shall we do unto the queen Vashti, according to the law; because she hath not performed the commandment of the king Ahasuerus by his chamberlains?” [Verses 13-15.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 8)
The king should have honored the judgment of his wife; but both he and his counselors were under the influence of wine, and they were incapable of giving him counsel of the right order. Men whose minds are beclouded by the use of wine are unable to give wise advice. Their judgment is not correct.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 9)
The result was unfavorable to Vashti. “Memucan answered before the king and the princes, Vashti the queen hath not done wrong to the king only, but also to all the princes and to all the people that are in all the provinces of the king Ahasuerus. For this deed of the queen shall come abroad unto all women, so that they shall despise their husbands in their eyes, when it shall be reported, The king commanded Vashti the queen to be brought in before him, but she came not. Likewise shall the ladies of Persia and Media say this day unto all the king’s princes, which have heard of the deed of the queen. Thus shall there arise too much contempt and wrath.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 10)
“If it please the king, let there go a royal commandment from him, and let it be written among the laws of the Persians and the Medes, that it be not altered, that Vashti come no more before king Ahasuerus; and let the king give her royal estate unto another that is better than she. And when the king’s decree that he shall make shall be published throughout all his empire, ... all the wives shall give to their husbands honor, both great and small.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 11)
“And the saying pleased the king and the princes, and the king did according to the word of Memucan; for he sent letters into all the king’s provinces, into every province according to the writing thereof, and to every people after their language, that every man should bear rule in his own house, and that it should be published according to the language of every people.” [Verses 16-22.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 12)
There is little doubt that the king, when he afterward considered the matter, felt that Vashti deserved to be honored, rather than to be treated as she was.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 13)
No law of divorce, drawn up by men who for many days had given themselves up to wine-drinking, men who were unable to control the appetite, could be of any value in the eyes of the King of kings. These men were unable to reason soundly and nobly. They could not discern the real situation.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 14)
However high their office, men are amenable to God. The great power exercised by kings often leads to extremes in exaltation of self. And the worthless vows made to enact laws which disregard the higher laws of God lead to great injustice.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 15)
Occasions of indulgence such as are pictured in the first chapter of Esther do not glorify God. But the Lord accomplishes His will through men who are nevertheless misleading others. If God did not stretch forth His restraining hand, strange presentations would be seen. But God impresses human minds to accomplish His purpose, even though the one used continues to follow wrong practices. And the Lord works out His plans through men who do not acknowledge His lessons of wisdom. In His hand is the heart of every earthly ruler, to turn whithersoever He will, as He turneth the waters of the river.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 16)
Through the experience that brought Esther to the Medo-Persian throne, God was working for the accomplishment of His purposes for His people. That which was done under the influence of much wine worked out for good to Israel.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 17)
*****
“After these things, when the wrath of the king Ahasuerus was appeased, he remembered Vashti, and what she had done, and what was decreed against her. Then said the king’s servants unto him, Let there be fair young virgins sought for the king, and let the king appoint officers in all the provinces of his kingdom, that they may gather together all the fair young virgins unto Shushan the palace, to the house of Hege the king’s chamberlain, keeper of the women; and let their things for purification be given them; and let the maiden which pleaseth the king be queen instead of Vashti.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 18)
“And the thing pleased the king, and he did so.”
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 19)
“Now in Shushan the palace there was a certain Jew, whose name was Mordecai, ... who had been carried away from Jerusalem with the captivity which had been carried away with Jeconiah king of Judah, whom Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon carried away. And he brought Hadassah, that is Esther, his uncle’s daughter; for she had neither father nor mother; and the maiden was fair and beautiful; whom Mordecai, when her father and mother were dead, took for his own daughter.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 20)
“So it came to pass, when the king’s commandment and his decree was heard, and when many maidens had gathered together unto Shushan the palace, to the custody of Hegai, that Esther was brought also unto the king’s house, to the custody of Hegai, keeper of the women.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 21)
“And the maiden pleased him, and she obtained kindness of him; and he speedily gave her things for her purification, with such things as belonged to her, and seven maidens, which were meet to be given her, out of the king’s house; and he preferred her and her maids unto the best place of the house of the women.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 22)
“Esther had not showed her people nor her kindred; for Mordecai had charged her that she should not show it.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 23)
“And Mordecai walked every day before the court of the women’s house, to know how Esther did, and what should become of her....
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 24)
“Now when the turn of Esther ... was come to go in unto the king, she required nothing but what Hegai, the king’s chamberlain, the keeper of the women appointed. And Esther obtained favor in the sight of all them that looked upon her....
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 25)
“And the king loved Esther above all the women, and she obtained grace and favor in his sight more than all the virgins; so that he set the royal crown upon her head, and made her queen instead of Vashti. Then the king made a great feast unto all his princes, and his servants, even Esther’s feast; and he made a release to the provinces, and gave gifts, according to the state of the king....
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 26)
“Esther had not yet showed her people nor her kindred; as Mordecai had charged her; for Esther did the command of Mordecai, like as when she was brought up by him.” [Esther 2:1-20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 27)
Satan was seeking to counterwork the purpose of God, and he worked through Haman the Agagite, an unscrupulous man high in authority in the Medo-Persian realm. Haman cherished a bitter [hatred] against Mordecai the Jew, a godly man who had done Haman no harm, but had simply refused to show him the reverence that belongs to God alone. Scorning “to lay hands on Mordecai alone,” Haman plotted “to destroy all the Jews that were throughout the whole kingdom of Ahasuerus, even the people of Mordecai.” [Esther 3:6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 28)
“Haman said unto king Ahasuerus, There is a certain people scattered abroad and dispersed among the people in all the provinces of thy kingdom; and their laws are diverse from all people, neither keep they the king’s laws; therefore it is not for the king’s profit to suffer them. If it please the king, let it be written that they may be destroyed; and I will pay ten thousand talents of silver to the hands of those that have charge of the business, to bring it into the king’s treasuries.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 29)
“And the king took his ring from his hand, and gave it unto Haman the Agagite, the son of Hammedatha the Jew’s enemy. And the king said unto Haman, The silver is given to thee, the people also, to do with them as it seemeth good to thee.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 30)
“Then were the king’s scribes called on the thirteenth day of the first month, and there was written according to all that Haman had commanded, unto the king’s lieutenants, and to the governors that were over every province, and to the rulers of every province, according to the writing thereof, and to every people after their language, in the name of king Ahasuerus it was written, and sealed with the king’s ring. And the letter was sent by the king’s post unto all the king’s provinces, to destroy, to kill, and to cause to perish, all Jews, both young and old, little children and women, in one day, even upon the thirteenth day of the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, and to take the spoil of them for a prey. The copy of the writing to be given in every province was published unto all people, that they should be ready against that day.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 31)
“The posts went out, being hastened by the king’s commandment, and the decree was given in Shushan the palace. And the king and Haman sat down to drink; but the city Shushan was perplexed.” [Verses 8-15.]
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 32)
The king in his blindness was about to do that which would bring suffering and oppression to a people who acknowledged the Lord and served Him. Satan works in various ways through wicked men to bring suffering to the Lord’s people. Satan’s agencies were endeavoring to destroy the Jews, but the purpose of the enemy was thwarted. It is the duty of the Lord’s subjects, at whatever cost to themselves, to be true to Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 39, 1910, 33)
Ms 41, 1910
The Principles of Christianity NP December 27, 1910 [typed] Previously unpublished. +
Men often keep their own glory in view, working to exalt self. But this is not profitable. God’s glory should be paramount in the life, regulating every word and act. God’s principles are to be regarded as infinite truth, not as truth arbitrarily put across the track as a stumbling block, but as a truth that it is necessary to obey for the well-being of the whole man.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 1)
Man sinned against God, and thus became a member of the fallen order. Before he can enter the heavenly courts, he must be purified and sanctified. The law of God points the sinner to Christ as his only hope. He who is saved must exchange his sins for the righteousness of Christ. Thus God sets His guard round His majesty, lest men should imagine that human will is the great power.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 2)
We need now to set ourselves in order. Cautions and warnings have been given us, bidding us watch and pray, lest we enter into temptation. “Let us who are of the day be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love, and for an helmet the hope of salvation.” [1 Thessalonians 5:8.] “Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.” [1 Peter 1:13.] “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked, and take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:14-17.] These words are given to the church as an assurance and encouragement. We are not left without hope. Let us consider the responsibility resting upon us to educate ourselves in faith. We are individually to co-operate with God in the work of making our characters Christlike. We cannot possibly live in the Spirit and do the work of God without special help from above.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 3)
The Lord desires His people to reveal true courtesy in their association with all men. In His life practice, Christ has given us an example of how we are to speak and act. Let not those who claim to be doing Christ’s service become rude, selfish, or careless in regard to little things. Kind words and a courteous deportment go a long way toward making us witnesses for Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 4)
Christ rose from the dead, proclaiming the wonderful truth, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] And even at this time He was careful to fold up the napkin that had been bound about His head and put it away. This was a little thing, but in this attention to detail, the Saviour sought to teach us a lesson.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 5)
The risen Christ thought of Peter, who, just before the Saviour’s death on the cross, had denied his Lord with cursing and swearing, saying, I know not the man. Christ said to the women, “Go and tell My disciples and Peter.” [Mark 16:7.] This also was a little thing, but Christ knew that to mention Peter by name would be a great encouragement to the repentant disciple.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 6)
The members of Christ’s church are to be so imbued with His Spirit that it will be their constant effort to relieve perplexity and distress. They are to keep in close touch with Christ, learning of Him how to be faithful in little things, how to speak words of comfort, how to lift up the hands that hang down and strengthen the feeble knees.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 7)
Let us be very careful of the words we speak, lest they bruise the souls of those who hear. We are to speak words of encouragement, words that will cheer and bless. Genuine religion reveals its living power in Christlike service. Little words and acts of love cost the giver nothing, but they are powerful in their influence for good, and they are looked upon by the angels of heaven as larger service.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 8)
The Lord Jesus would have His people more thoughtful, tenderhearted, and sympathetic toward those who need the help of kindly words and unselfish deeds. As we do this kind of work, we are co-operating with Christ in His work.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 9)
We all need in our lives the power of the grace of our Lord. We need daily to receive the grace of Christ. Of the Saviour it is written, “Thy God hath anointed Thee with the oil of gladness above Thy fellows.” [Psalm 45:7.] “God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power” [Acts 10:38], and this power Christ is ever ready to impart in its fulness to those who come to Him with full purpose of heart. “God gave not the Spirit by measure unto Him,” and of His fulness the church on earth is to receive. [John 3:34; 1:16.] “The same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in Him.” [1 John 2:27.] “Now He which stablisheth us with you in Christ, and hath anointed us, is God; who hath also sealed us, and given us the earnest of the Spirit in our hearts.” [2 Corinthians 1:21, 22.] “The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law.” [Galatians 5:22.]
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 10)
This is the preparation we must all have in order to be ready to meet our Lord when He appears with power and great glory. “When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall we also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:4.] O what encouragement we find in the Word of God. “I am the resurrection and the life. He that believeth in Me, though he were dead, yet shall he live.” [John 11:25.] God has given to us eternal life, and this life is in His Son. “He that hath the Son hath life, and he that hath not the Son of God hath not life.” [1 John 5:11, 12.]
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 11)
Let no one pass along careless of his words and acts in his association with others, because any neglect that hurts and bruises the soul of another hurts the soul of Christ, whose property human beings are. Those who are thus careless have, it may be, wounded a soul unto its death, taken away its faith, giving a fellow being reason to doubt their Christianity. Christ is wounded and bruised in the person of His saints.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 12)
It requires as much Christianity to live the divine life as to die in the divine life. It is possible to give our bodies to be burned, to distribute all our goods to feed the poor, and yet not have in our hearts the truth that works by love, reaching out to be helpful and tender, and kind and noble to all who come within the sphere of our influence. Christ came to the world to be our example. His life was noble and unselfish, purified from all covetous practices.
(25LtMs, Ms 41, 1910, 13)
Ms 43, 1910
Talk/A Call to Consecrated Effort Mountain View, California January 29, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in NPUGleaner 03/16/1910.
(Portion of a talk before the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 29, 1910. Afterward published in the union conference papers in North America.)
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 1)
Upon every believer to whom has come the light of the third angel’s message, there rests a solemn responsibility to let the light of truth shine forth clearly. The commission that Christ has given His followers is unmistakably plain. It bids them go into all the world, bearing to every nation, tongue, and people the saving message of present truth. They are now to take hold of this work as it has never been taken hold of before and do their best. There is no time now for controversy. A world is perishing for the bread of eternal life.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 2)
Christ has given His life in order that lost humanity might be redeemed to live with Him in glory. Throughout eternity He will bear in His hands the prints of the cruel nails by which He was transfixed to the cross on Calvary. These will ever bear witness to the sufferings He endured in order that penitent sinners might have life eternal. But those that claim to be followers of the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world, will never be permitted to live with their Saviour in the earth made new, if in this life they labor not for souls as they that must give an account.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 3)
There are many, many believers who carry too light a burden in behalf of souls unsaved. There never was a time when the world was in greater need of the light of heavenly truth than it is at the present time. On every hand are cities unwarned. Souls are perishing, and what are the light-bearers doing? There needs to be manifested a burden for souls, such as many have never yet realized. In self-denial and self-sacrifice, with Bible in hand, God’s chosen messengers are to search out the honest in heart and reveal to them the way of life everlasting. Many who have never been specially set apart as gospel laborers should engage in this work. All who have received in their own hearts the light of heaven are to let this light shine to those about them. May God help His people to be aroused to a realization of their duty toward those who have never been enlightened, regarding the truth for this time!
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 4)
There are some now, claiming to be followers of Christ, who in the judgment will be confronted by their friends and neighbors to whom they might have pointed out the way of salvation, but whom they allowed to remain unwarned. Then will they hear the terrible words: “Why did you not tell us the things you claimed to believe? Why did you not seek to help us understand the truths of God’s Word? Why did you not do all in your power to warn us, before it was everlastingly too late? You never told us these things that would have helped us to prepare to meet our God in peace. You allowed us to come up to the judgment unwarned, unsaved.”
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 5)
There is a world to be saved. This is why I am so anxious that every believer in the Lord Jesus shall live on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace and becoming established in the most holy faith. Those who are diligent to make their own calling and election sure will also be found seeking in every way possible to win many souls to the truth for this time. God is now calling for more earnestness, for greater zeal, on the part of those to whom have been entrusted the most sacred truths ever committed to mortals. He is calling for earnest prayer and for increased diligence of effort in carrying these truths to the inhabitants of the earth. He is calling especially at this time for a strong work to be done in the cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 6)
The truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth in the cities of the East. The stronger conferences of the Middle West and of the Pacific Coast now have the privilege of advancing the cause of God in that portion of the field where the third angel’s message was first proclaimed. Something has been done, it is true; but God requires of His people a far greater work than anything that has been done in years past.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 7)
I have been through many of these cities and have had opportunity to visit them again recently. I have seen New York, and Boston, and Portland, and Buffalo, and other cities of the East that are waiting to be worked. What I have seen of these unwarned places bring sorrow to my heart. Often I have lain upon my bed in an agony of distress over the situation, and then I have attempted to write out the presentations that have been made before me distinctly, that there are not seen in some of our larger churches the reformations that should be taking place. Many of our brethren are not carrying the burden they should in behalf of the unworked cities. They have not been making decided movements to send strong laborers into these cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 8)
Some have hesitated because they feared that the work outlined would require more means than was at their command. But I have urged our brethren to step forward by faith and follow the leadings of divine Providence. Christ has bidden His servants go out into all parts of the field. He will sustain every laborer who, in obedience to the command of our Leader, seeks to warn the inhabitants of the cities. Angels will prepare the way before every such worker. God’s messengers need to arouse themselves from their lethargy and lay aside everything that may hinder them from doing the work that God is now calling upon them to do in behalf of the great cities of our land. As they advance in faith, the salvation of God will be revealed, and prosperity will attend their efforts. The name of God will be magnified, and the coming of Christ will be hastened.
(25LtMs, Ms 43, 1910, 9)
Ms 45, 1910
Talk/Mission Fields at Home Mountain View, California January 28, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in NPUGleaner 04/13/1910.
(Portion of a talk before the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 28, 1910. Afterward published in union conference papers in North America.)
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 1)
Some have expressed a desire during this conference to send a large amount of means to China for the support of the work in that country. It is right and proper that means be sent to China. God’s people are to act their part faithfully in warning that field and many other fields in various parts of the earth. Already a beginning has been made in many important mission fields in the regions beyond, and God is giving His servants some measure of success in winning souls. As the workers advance in faith, they will find that the Lord is going before them by His Holy Spirit, preparing the hearts of many to listen to the truths presented.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 2)
But while plans are being carried out to warn the inhabitants of various nations in distant lands, what is being done in behalf of the foreigners who have come to the shores of our own land? Are the souls in China any more precious than the souls within the shadow of our doors? God’s people are to labor faithfully in distant lands, as His providence may open the way; and they are also to fulfil their duty toward the foreigners of various nationalities in the cities close by.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 3)
Those in responsibility must now plan wisely to proclaim the third angel’s message to the hundreds of thousands of foreigners in the cites of America. God desires His servants to do their full duty toward the unwarned inhabitants of the cities, and especially toward those who have come to these cities from the various nations of the earth. Many of these foreigners are here in the providence of God, that they may have opportunity to hear the truth for this time and receive a preparation that will fit them to return to their own lands as bearers of precious light, shining direct from the throne of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 4)
Although the needs of the great centers of population have been presented before our people over and over again, yet comparatively little has been done. Who is answerable for this neglect? Brethren, consider how you can ever expect to be clear in the sight of a just and holy God if you leave these cities unwarned. Very few of the ministers are carrying forward strong, aggressive work in these large centers where so many thousands are in need of the saving truths we have to proclaim. The means that should be used to carry the message to the cities seem to be taken away and used where it perhaps ought not to be used. But where is seen a burden in behalf of these cities that have long been pointed out as places that must be worked without delay? Who will take up the burden of this work? Who will labor faithfully to set a right example before the inhabitants of our centers of population?
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 5)
It almost seems as if scarcely any one dares ask a worker to go into the cities because of the means that would be required to carry on a strong, solid work. It is true that much means will be required in order to do our duty toward the unwarned in these places; and God desires us to lift our voices and our influence in favor of using means wisely in this special line of effort. Over and over again has been repeated the message, “Go out into the highways and the byways, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.] This is a work God’s people must take hold of; for it is a work that must be done.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 6)
In this effort in behalf of the cities, all classes of laborers may co-operate to advantage. Especially valuable is the help that the physician may render as an evangelist. If ministers and physicians will pan to unite in an effort to reach the honest-hearted ones in the cities, the physicians, as well as the ministers, will be placed on vantage ground. As they labor in humility, God will open the way before them, and many will receive a saving knowledge of truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 7)
Great benefits would come to the cause of God in the regions beyond if faithful effort were put forth in behalf of the cities in America. Among the foreigners of various nationalities who would accept the truth, there are some who might soon be fitted to labor among those of their own native land. Many would return to the places from which they came, that they might win their friends to the truth. They would search out their kinsfolk and neighbors and communicate to them a knowledge of the third angel’s message.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 8)
In New York City, in Chicago, and in other great centers of population, there is a large foreign element—multitudes of various nationalities, and all practically unwarned. Among Seventh-day Adventists there is a great zeal—and I am not saying there is any too much—to work in foreign countries; but it would be pleasing to God if a proportionate zeal were manifested to work the cities close by. His people need to move sensibly. They need to set about this work in the cities with serious earnestness. Men of consecration and talent are to be sent into these cities and set at work. Many classes of laborers are to unite in conducting these efforts to warn the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 9)
When God’s chosen messengers recognize their responsibility toward the cities, and in the spirit of the Master-worker labor untiringly for the conversion of precious souls, those who are enlightened will desire to give freely of their means to sustain the work done in their behalf. The newly converted believers will respond liberally to every call for help, and the Spirit of God will move upon their hearts to sustain not only the work being carried forward in the cities where they may be living, but in the regions beyond. Thus strength will come to the working forces at home and abroad, and the cause of God will be advanced in His appointed way.
(25LtMs, Ms 45, 1910, 10)
Ms 47, 1910
Talk/“Come Into Line” Mountain View, California January 27, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in NPUGleaner 03/23/1910.
(Portion of a talk before the Pacific Union Conference, Mountain View, California, January 27, 1910. Afterward published in union conference papers in North America.)
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 1)
Last night I seemed to be standing before a large number of people who were not united. One would stand back while another desired to go forward. They were not standing in unity one with another. I saw a heavenly being appear before them and heard him say: “Come into line! No one is fighting a battle on his own charges. The Master of assemblies says, Come into line!”
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 2)
After this, I did not go to sleep again. I wondered whether in this meeting our brethren were coming into line. It is often very difficult for a large group of workers to come into full harmony one with another; but every one is to come into line and fill his appointed place. May God help His servants to do this, is my prayer.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 3)
Although some may have followed their own way for a time, it is possible for them to return and get into line. The Lord sees that it is not best for His children to be allowed to do as they please and refuse to unite with their brethren who view matters somewhat differently from the way in which they may view them. He invites those who claim to believe the truths of His Word to come into line while they still have opportunity to harmonize with their brethren. “Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him: and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 4)
There are some who do not readily respond to the invitation to forsake their own way and come into harmony with God’s way. They prefer to follow a way of their own choosing. Those who wish to do so have the privilege of continuing to walk in their own unconsecrated way, but the end of that way is sorrow and destruction.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 5)
The Lord has men of His appointment whom He will use in His work so long as they allow themselves to be used in accordance with His good pleasure. He can never use any one who is seeking to humble some one else. Humble yourselves, brethren. When you do this, it is possible for holy angels to communicate with you and place you on vantage ground. Then your experience, instead of being faulty, will be filled with happiness. Seek to relate yourselves in harmony with God’s leadings, and then you will be susceptible to the movings of His Holy Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 6)
The Lord is coming. The end of all things is at hand. There remains but little time in which to develop character. Our experience, our testimony, our daily conduct, is having an influence either for good or for evil. Which shall it be, henceforth? Shall we choose to humble our hearts before God? Those who constantly advance in Christian perfection, from grace to grace, are a mighty, moving force for good in this world.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 7)
Often in the silent watches of the night I think of the sufferings of Christ in our behalf. Behold the Redeemer in the garden of Gethsemane. The thought of being separated from His Father was the burden pressing so heavily upon His soul. He felt as if He might be unable to pass through such an experience. “If it be possible,” He prayed, “let this cup pass from Me.” [Matthew 26:39.] So great was His agony, that “His sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.” [Luke 22:44.] It was for the sake of ransoming a lost world that He passed through this agony.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 8)
While the Saviour was in the garden, the cup trembled in His hand. Should He refuse to drink? Only through His sacrifice could the sinner be saved. Should the divine Sufferer refuse to drink of that cup trembling in His hand? It was then that a mighty angel came to strengthen Him, and He prayed, “Nevertheless not as I will, but as Thou wilt.” [Matthew 26:39.]
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 9)
At times, when in great trial or pain, I think, What is the use of continuing to work as I do? But I am ashamed of myself as soon as such a thought as this passes through my mind. I see Jesus, my Redeemer, suffering in Gethsemane; I see trembling in His hand the cup that is to separate Him for a time, as it were, from His Father; I see Him suffering at the hands of cruel men; I see Him smitten in the face, and suffering every indignity, and then mockingly commanded to show by a sign that He is the Saviour. Oh, what if He had refused to drink the cup of bitter agony He endured! What if His prayer had been answered! But God knew best and strengthened His only begotten Son to endure the agony and the shame and become a propitiation for the sins of a lost world.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 10)
In view of the infinite sacrifice made by the Son of God, what sacrifices are His followers making today? There must be more Christlikeness revealed in the daily life practice. All are to be laborers together with God. There is a world to be warned, and all who name the name of Christ need to bring themselves into line with His divine purposes, that they may be prepared to co-operate with heavenly intelligences in giving the last warning message to the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 11)
As the believers in the Seventh-day Adventist Church come into line, laboring faithfully in neighboring towns and in country districts, and bearing a decided message in the great cities, they will see fruit of their labors. The truth will go forth as a lamp that burneth. Many will unite with them in seeking diligently to do those things that are in accordance with the eternal purposes of God. They will move in harmony with His opening providences and will labor unitedly for the advancement of His precious cause in the earth. Soon, if faithful, they will see the gates of the city of our God swing back on their glittering hinges, that the nations who have kept the truth may enter in to their eternal inheritance.
(25LtMs, Ms 47, 1910, 12)
Ms 49, 1910
Warning the Cities NP ND This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 04/07/1910.
The spiritual darkness that covers the whole earth today is intensified in the crowded centers of population. It is in the cities of the nations that the gospel worker finds the greatest impenitence and the greatest need. In these same wicked cities there are presented to soul winners some of the greatest of opportunities. Mingled with the multitudes who have no thought of God and heaven are many who long for light and for purity of heart. Even among the careless and indifferent, there are not a few whose attention may be arrested by a revelation of God’s love for the human soul.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 1)
The record of crime and iniquity in the large cities of the land is appalling. The wickedness of the wicked is almost beyond comprehension. Many cities are becoming a very Sodom in the sight of heaven. The increasing wickedness is such that multitudes are rapidly approaching a point in their personal experience beyond which it will be exceedingly difficult to reach them with a saving knowledge of the third angel’s message. The enemy of souls is working in a masterful manner to gain full control of the human mind; and what God’s servants do to warn and prepare men for the day of judgment must be done quickly.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 2)
The conditions that face Christian workers in the great cities constitute a solemn appeal for untiring effort in behalf of the millions living within the shadow of impending doom. Men will soon be forced to great decisions, and they must have opportunity to hear and to understand Bible truth, in order that they may take their stand intelligently on the right side. God is now calling upon His messengers, in no uncertain terms, to warn the cities while mercy still lingers, and while multitudes are yet susceptible to the converting influence of Bible truth. Often the needs of the cites have appealed to those who understand by the prophecies what is coming upon the earth, and yet comparatively little has been done to enter these cities with the warning message of present truth. The Spirit of the Lord is still urging men to undertake this work with new courage and zeal and never cease the effort until a thorough work is done.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 3)
The Lord is in earnest with His people. Long have they delayed entering the cities; and now they must seek to redeem the time. With heart and soul and voice they must respond to the summons of the Master of the vineyard to enter the cities and work as laborers together with God for the winning of precious souls.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 4)
A little has been done in years past, it is true, in a few cities; but in order to meet the mind of the Lord, those in responsibility must plan for the carrying forward of a broad, well-organized work. They must enter into this campaign with a determination to make God their trust and to labor with unflagging zeal. Thus they will be enabled to do a strong, solid work and will gain confidence to continue the effort in other places.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 5)
For the accomplishment of all that God calls for in warning the cities, His servants must plan for a wise distribution of the working forces. Often the laborers who might be a power for good in public meetings are engaged in other work that allows them no time for active ministry among the people. For the conduct of affairs at the various centers of our work, those in responsibility must endeavor, as far as possible, to find consecrated men who have been trained in business lines. There is constant necessity of guarding against the tendency to tie up at these centers of influence men who could do a larger and more important work on the public platform in presenting before unbelievers the truths of God’s Word.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 6)
As those who have talent to labor in the cities enter upon this work, even at considerable personal sacrifice, the blessing of heaven will rest upon them. The cities everywhere are calling for earnest, whole-hearted labor from the servants of God. Had this work been done years ago, what changes would have been wrought in the experiences of many souls! Oh, that every believer would appreciate the fact that the Lord has a definite and decided work for each of His servants to perform!
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 7)
When Christ was upon the earth, He faithfully warned the cities, as well as the regions round about. Of Him it is recorded in Holy Writ that, following His return to Nazareth after the temptation in the wilderness, He “dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the seacoast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.” [Matthew 4:13-16.] Jesus went from city to city and from village to village, teaching the truth and healing the sick.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 8)
The message of the third angel of (Revelation 14) is now to be proclaimed not only in lands far off, but in neglected places close by, where multitudes dwell unwarned and unsaved. God is calling His people at this time to a long-delayed work. Decided efforts are to be made to enlighten those who have never yet been warned. The work in the cities is now to be regarded as of special importance. Let workers be carefully selected to labor two and two in the cities in harmony with the counsel of experienced leaders and under the direction and commission of Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 9)
God desires His people to labor in perfect harmony in an effort to carry the truth into the cities. I am bidden to keep this matter before the attention of the believers until they shall be aroused to a realization of its importance. Let not ill-advised lips utter words of discouragement, but let every one in responsibility unite in planning for the accomplishment of this work, knowing that He who has led His servants hitherto will not fail them in this time of special need. Angels of God will go before the workers and will be their sufficiency. Angels will be in the assemblies to make an impression upon the hearts of the hearers.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 10)
The believers in every church should be aroused to take hold of this work. Let ministers, physicians, and all who know the truth go about the Lord’s work in a sensible way, with Bible in hand, and with heart open to receive divine instruction. Let them look unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. If they have a proper sense of the sacredness of the work that Christ desires them to do, their ministry will be marked by a sacred influence that will give evidence of its heavenly inspiration.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 11)
In order that the work in the cities may be carried on as rapidly as possible, careful attention should be given to the distribution of laborers who are qualified to engage in this line of work. While it is in the order of God that strong institutional centers be maintained in connection with the publishing, educational, and medical work, yet it is not His design that institutional work shall be carried forward in a way that will tie up too many men of special talent and thus rob the field of the help that these men could render in the proclamation of the message.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 12)
Much thought and labor is given to the circulation of the printed page. This is well, and efforts along this line are never to be permitted to slacken; but if more of an effort than is now put forth were given to the sending out of the living missionary to preach the truth, many, many souls would be aroused and won to Christ. While Jesus ministers in the true sanctuary above, He is by His Holy Spirit working through His earthly messengers. The word of the living preacher will often accomplish even more than the printed page. As the Lord’s servants go forth, trusting in divine power, the Master of the vineyard will work through His chosen ministers, bestowing upon them His Spirit and fulfilling to them the assurance, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 13)
Those who are Christian physicians may do a precious work for God as medical missionaries. Too often so many things engage the minds of physicians, that they are kept from the work that god would have them do as evangelists. Let the medical workers present the important truths of the third angel’s message from the physician’s viewpoint. Physicians of consecration and talent can secure a hearing in large cities at times when other men would fail. As physicians unite with ministers in proclaiming the gospel in the great cities of the land, their combined labors will result in influencing many minds in favor of the truth for this time.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 14)
From the light that God has given me, I know that His cause today is in great need of the living representative of Bible truth. The ordained ministers, alone, are not equal to the task. God is calling not only upon the ministers, but also upon physicians, nurses, canvassers, Bible workers, and other consecrated laymen of varied talent who have a knowledge of present truth to consider the needs of the unwarned cities. There should be one hundred believers actively engaged in personal missionary work, where now there is but one. Time is rapidly passing. There is much work to be done before satanic opposition shall close up the way. Every agency must be set in operation, that present opportunities may be wisely improved.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 15)
The Lord is calling upon men and women who have the light of the truth for this time to engage in genuine personal missionary work. Especially are the church members living in the cities to exercise, in all humility, their God-given talents in laboring with those who are willing to hear the message that should come to the world at this time. There are great blessings in store for those who fully surrender to the call of God. As such workers undertake to win souls to Jesus, they will find that many who never could be reached in any other way will respond to intelligent personal effort.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 16)
Some have been fearful of undertaking work in the cities, because this would mean hard and continuous labor and the investment of considerable means. In some conferences it has been regarded as commendable to keep the laboring forces reduced to a minimum, and thus save up means, and show a large surplus in the treasury—a surplus that might have been wisely expended in diligent, efficient labor. Those who have been influenced by such considerations need to gain an understanding of the magnitude of the gift that the Lord has made for the salvation of a lost world. The Lord cannot accept as workers those who, knowing the truth, can go on day by day, carrying no real burden for those who know it not. Many are in need of a new conversion.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 17)
The truth should be everything to believers. When it becomes not only a matter of intelligence, but a quickening power in the life, believers will reveal a piety and grace that will distinguish them from worldlings. When truth really finds entrance to the heart, it works with convincing power. Truth is a divine sentiment, a living element that cannot help revealing itself in the life of the receiver; it will work with convincing power in the soul of every one who gives himself unreservedly to God to be used as a messenger for the saving of the lost.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 18)
The labors of the apostles in the early Christian church were characterized by wonderful manifestations of the power of God in the lives of the believers. Through the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, multitudes were brought to a knowledge of the truth as it is in Christ Jesus. The needs of the world today are no less than they were in the days of the apostles. Those who labor for souls in these times of impenitence and unbelief must yield themselves wholly to God and work in unison with heavenly intelligences. The power of the Holy Spirit will accompany the labors of those who dedicate their energies and their all unreservedly to the completion of the work that must be done in the last days. Angels from heaven will co-operate with them, and many will be brought to a knowledge of the truth and will gladly cast in their lot with God’s commandment-keeping people. Means will flow into the treasury; strong laborers will be raised up; the unwarned fields of the great regions beyond will be entered; and the work will soon close in triumph.
(25LtMs, Ms 49, 1910, 19)
Ms 51, 1910
The East and the West NP 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in NPUGleaner 03/30/1910.
During the early days of the advent movement, prior to the passing of the time in 1844, the first and the second angels’ messages were proclaimed with power throughout the eastern states. Many cities were deeply stirred. Men in positions of responsibility—ministers, educators, and those connected with the courts—came out to hear and listened attentively to the truths presented. Many who came to scoff returned home to pray. At times, appointments were made for meetings to be held in churches and halls in various parts of a city, in order that as many as possible might hear. A knowledge of these appointments extended to the communities round about, and in some instances many came long distances to attend the meetings. Wonderful reformations were wrought, and the glory of God was revealed.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 1)
After the disappointment, when light was given on the sanctuary question, the Sabbath truth, and the three angels’ messages of (Revelation 14), the cities of the East were given the light of present truth. The third angel’s message was carried from city to city and from town to town. Light shone on the pathway of the scattered believers, concerning the near advent of their Lord, and some received the message gladly. Others turned from the light and lost their hold on God and on His truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 2)
Portland, Maine, is one of the places where the third angel’s message was faithfully proclaimed after the passing of the time. My first experiences as a public worker in the cause of God were gained in connection with these early efforts to warn the people in the East. Thorough work was done, but the people were slow to accept the straight truths presented.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 3)
As the cause developed, the laborers pushed westward and met with increasing success. Many openings for public work were found in the central states, and many of those who had been laboring in the East were transferred to these more promising fields. Appeals were made to the brethren and sisters in the East to support this work in the western mission fields, and thus extend the message into Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, and neighboring states.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 4)
In a vision published in 1856, I was shown some things in regard to the meaning of the success of the messengers in the western fields, as pointed out in the following quotation:
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 5)
“I saw that special efforts should be made in the West with tents; for the angels of God are preparing minds there to receive the truth. This is why God has moved on some in the East to move to the West. Their gifts can accomplish more in the West than in the East. The burden of the work is in the West, and it is of the greatest importance that the servants of God should move in His opening providence.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 6)
“I saw that when the message shall increase greatly in power, then the providence of God will open and prepare the way in the East for much more to be accomplished than can be done at the present time. God will then send some of His servants in power to visit places where little or nothing can be done; and some who are now indifferent will be aroused and will take hold of the truth.” Testimonies for the Church 1:148, 149.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 7)
During the General Conference held at Washington, D.C., in the spring of 1909, the Lord lifted me above my infirmities and enabled me to bear a decided message in behalf of the unwarned cities of our land, and particularly the cities where the advent message was first proclaimed. For many years the Lord has been sending messages to His people to enter the great cities and labor for the salvation of precious souls. A little has been done, but nothing in comparison with the work that must be done in order to meet the mind of the Master of the vineyard.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 8)
Following the General Conference meeting, it was my privilege to visit some of the scenes of our early labors. En route to New England, we stopped a few days at Philadelphia and in New York. There we saw multitudes of people, unwarned. Then we went on to places farther east, including Boston, Massachusetts, and Portland, Maine.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 9)
At Portland we attended the annual camp-meeting of our brethren and sisters in Maine. There was a good attendance of those not of our faith. Extra seats had to be provided for those who came. The power of God rested upon the speakers, and hearts were touched. The Lord blessed me as I stood before the people to proclaim the same message of mercy that I had proclaimed to the people of Portland half a century ago and at various public gatherings through the years that followed. The Lord gave me ready utterance. At the close of the discourse, I asked all who would pledge themselves to carry on a personal study of the Scriptures, in order to find out whether or not the truths presented were in accordance with the Word, to rise to their feet. Nearly every one in that large congregation arose. The Spirit of God was present in a marked manner.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 10)
When I think of the opportunity we now have to work Portland, Maine, and many other cities in the East, I cannot hold my peace. The believers in that part of the field are comparatively few in number and have but little means with which to carry on aggressive work. Unless they receive help from some of their sister conferences farther west, the work is liable to be seriously retarded.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 11)
God is now placing upon the more prosperous parts of His vineyard the responsibility of doing a faithful work in the cities of the East, where the third angel’s message had its rise. Churches are to be raised up in many places; meeting-houses are to be erected; and in some places of special importance, there will be opportunities to establish and maintain small medical institutions. The providence of God is going before the messengers, preparing the way, and it now devolves upon those in responsibility in the more prosperous conferences to plan with largeness of heart, not only to warn the cities within their own borders, but also to extend a helping hand to their sister conferences in the East, where so many millions dwell in the cities, and where the laborers are few and the resources limited.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 12)
This burden rests upon large churches in connection with our institutions. In such places as Mountain View, California, where many believers are brought together, a special study should be made of the advantages to be gained by manifesting liberality toward the support of the cause of God in the East. The blessing of the Lord will be bestowed richly on those who rally to the support of enterprises demanding help in places in the East where, in the early days of the message, the believers sacrificed for the extension of present truth into the West.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 13)
As God’s people take steps to advance His work rapidly in the East, the blessing of Heaven will rest on their efforts, and they will see memorials for God established, as centers of influence, in many places now unworked. The cause of God will be strengthened in all its departments, and a mighty impetus will be given to the movement now in progress to warn the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 51, 1910, 14)
Ms 53, 1910
Wake Up the Watchmen! Mountain View, California January 28, 1910 Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 29, 71, 114, 482; 6MR 195-196.
Last Wednesday afternoon I had some conversation with Elder I. H. Evans. During the day, I had been especially burdened over our neglect to warn the cities. For the past twenty years the Lord has been calling our attention repeatedly to our duty toward these unwarned places. At the present time there is not a thousandth part being done in working the cities that should be done and that would be done if men and women would do their whole duty. I called Brother Evans’ attention to this matter and said, This record must change.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 1)
Our interview was short, as someone called Brother Evans away. But the burden remained on my mind and soul. The following night I could not sleep. A great agony came upon me, and I prayed earnestly to God: “What shall I do, Lord, to be relieved of this burden? What can be done during this union conference at Mountain View? The ministers, the physicians, the presidents of conferences have their own ideas as to what should be done, but not all these ideas are born of God. What message shall I bear to those assembled in this conference? Here at Mountain View many publications are being printed to warn the world, but this printed matter cannot take the place of the voice of the living preacher. Both are necessary. And Thou, Lord, hast presented to me that a reconverting influence must pervade the atmosphere of every office of publication, and also the hearts of many of those who have been called to the sacred office of the gospel ministry.”
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 2)
Thus I prayed to the Lord in the night season.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 3)
Everywhere there are men who should be out in active ministry, giving the last message of warning to a fallen world. The work that should long ago have been in active operation to win souls to Christ has not been done. The inhabitants of the ungodly cities so soon to be visited by calamities have been cruelly neglected. The time is near when large cities will be swept away and all should be warned of these coming judgments. But who is giving to the accomplishment of this work the wholehearted service that God requires? Many need to receive a special fitting up before they will be able to carry forward this work along right lines.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 4)
In the article “Called to be Witnesses,” published in Testimonies for the Church, Vol. IX, we read:
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 5)
“In a special sense Seventh-day Adventists have been set in the world as watchmen and light-bearers. To them has been entrusted the last warning for a perishing world. On them is shining wonderful light from the Word of God. They have been given a work of the most solemn import—the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels’ messages. There is no other work of so great importance. They are to allow nothing else to absorb their attention.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 6)
“The most solemn truths entrusted to mortals have been given us to proclaim to the world. The proclamation of these truths is to be our work. The world is to be warned, and God’s people are to be true to the trust committed to them. They are not to engage in speculation, neither are they to enter into business enterprises with unbelievers; for this would hinder them in their God-given work.”
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 7)
Are we doing our God-given work?—No; we are asleep. Many are in need of reconversion. I am charged with a message: Wake up the watchmen to go forth as Christ sent forth His disciples, to teach the world the way of salvation. To those who claim to be numbered among the people of God is given the special work of teaching and uplifting and drawing to Christ a world perishing for lack of knowledge. The responsibility for doing this work rests not upon the ministry alone. Hundreds of church members who have a knowledge of saving truth might set themselves to work in their immediate neighborhoods and surrounding settlements. Wherever practicable, it is well for such workers to go out two and two, as did the early disciples. Take up this work, brethren and sisters. Carry along some books and papers, and make God your trust. Let no one, by arbitrary forbiddings, seek to hinder this line of house-to-house work. There is a world to be warned, and every agency for the accomplishment of the Lord’s work in the earth must be set in operation and wisely directed and encouraged. Wake up the watchmen, for the end is near.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 8)
To the believers living in Mountain View, I would say: Be sure that your hearts are susceptible to the movings of the Holy Spirit of God. In this center there are men who might be lightbearers in many places. Those who are converted and have a knowledge of the truth for this time are to be as lights amid the moral darkness. Let every believer be earnest, be zealous, in making known to others the warning message of present truth. The great question to be settled now by every believing soul is, What part shall I act in the work of giving to the world the message that is to prepare a people to meet their God? It is a great, grand work to open the Scriptures to those who know not the truth. God is now calling whole families to be consecrated laborers together with Him. He requires of us more than simply to print and send out publications containing the truth for this time. He expects us to cultivate home religion and with earnest prayer enter upon the work of visiting our neighbors and friends and communicating to them a knowledge of present truth. We are to be watchful of opportunities where we may call a number together and, filled with the spirit of love for souls, draw them close to Christ, who has promised, “Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.]
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 9)
We must arise and co-operate with Christ. “If a man abide not in Me,” the Saviour declares, “he is cast forth as a branch and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [John 15:6, 7.] In thought, in word, and in deed we are to do the works of Christ, evidencing that we are abiding in Him and are branches of the living Vine.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 10)
Obey the gospel commission; go forth into the highways and hedges. Visit as many places as possible. Conduct simple, spirited Bible readings, which will have a correct influence upon minds.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 11)
Especially in connection with our sanitariums are there many opportunities to set missionaries at work. Frequently those who have a knowledge of the treatment of disease find those who are ailing and in need of treatment. Thus an opportunity is afforded to win the confidence of many and to open the way for prayer and Bible study.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 12)
Cities are unwarned. Last summer I had the privilege of visiting New York and Boston, and some of the surrounding towns; and as I viewed these places, I saw openings everywhere. There is no dearth of places in which to labor.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 13)
The word of the Lord has come to me that there are too many believers clustered in a few places and that many are losing their sense of the shortness of time and their burden to proclaim the third angel’s message. There is to be true conversion of heart on the part of every such believer. Those who are connected with our offices of publication need especially to carry a burden for souls and to study ways and means of doing personal work in the highways and hedges.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 14)
The Lord is not glorified in the swelling of numbers that is seen in some of our centers of training and of missionary effort. Our brethren in Southern California need now to awaken as never before. Instruction has been given me, Now is our opportunity to do medical missionary work, in treating the sick with simplicity. We must get within the reach of the many souls living out of our cities as well as those in the cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 15)
I have special words for those who are members of our churches. It is a most surprising feature of our work that for years our cities have been well-nigh neglected; the highways have not been worked. It is surprising that so little, yes, comparatively nothing, has been done by many who ought to have carried a message of life and soul-saving to their friends and acquaintances nigh at hand, and also to others who are afar off. The Lord now calls upon all who expect to be saved themselves, to act as Christ’s appointed messengers in the work of saving other souls. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 16)
Time is rapidly passing into eternity, and yet many are engaged in no special work of soul-saving. How can anyone claim to be a laborer together with Christ, when he is not fulfilling the charge given him of God to seek and to save that which is lost? Many lights are to be kindled in all the cities of our land. Too many believers are collecting in various places and forming small settlements. If those who are familiar with the truths of the third angel’s message would engage in house-to-house work, giving a soul-saving message to many neighborhoods, and in favorable places arranging for small camp-meetings to be held, it would be well. Thus many would be induced to come out and hear soul-saving truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 17)
The Lord is greatly disappointed in our neglect of souls. God sent His only begotten Son to call sinners to repentance. Christ journeyed through the cities and villages of Palestine, giving to multitudes His soul-saving message. We are not to neglect the work to be done in every place, where the warning message has not been proclaimed.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 18)
The believers at Mountain View are now to awaken and catch the spirit of the soul-saving message. How grand are the truths entrusted to us! In view of all that we have received, how shall we in the day of Christ answer the charge that will come from those who have not been instructed, “Why did you not tell us these things in time? We have never heard these truths.” We have a solemn work to do. How long will those who know the truth continue to remain so indifferent, while there is a world to be warned?
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 19)
The Lord has said, Dismiss not Elder Haskell. He and his wife, united in the work, are to give the trumpet a certain sound.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 20)
In the eighth chapter of Nehemiah we read: “And all the people gathered themselves together as one man into the street that was before the water gate; and they spake unto Ezra the scribe to bring the book of the law of Moses, which the Lord had commanded to Israel. And Ezra the priest brought the law before the congregation both of men and women, and all that could hear with understanding upon the first day of the seventh month. And he read therein before the street that is before the water gate from the morning until midday, before the men and the women, and those that could understand; and the ears of all the people were attentive unto the book of the law. And Ezra the scribe stood upon a pulpit of wood, which they had made for the purpose, and beside him stood Mattithiah and Shema, and Anaiah, and Urijah, and Hilkiah, and Maaseiah, on his right hand; and on his left hand, Pedaiah, and Mishael, and Malchiah, and Hashum, and Hashbadana, Zechariah, and Meshullam.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 21)
“And Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people; (for he was above all the people;) and when he opened it, all the people stood up; and Ezra blessed the Lord, the great God. And all the people answered, Amen; amen, with lifting up their hands: and they bowed their heads, and worshiped the Lord with their faces to the ground. Also Jeshua, and Bani, and Sherebiah, Jamin, Akkub, Shabbethai, Hodijah, Maaseiah, Kelita, Azariah, Jozabad, Hanan, Pelaiah, and the Levites, caused the people to understand the law: and the people stood in their place. So they read in the book in the law of God distinctly, and gave the sense, and caused them to understand the reading.”
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 22)
Those who are making but little effort to make known the truth to their neighbors in settlements nigh and afar off are now to arise from their lethargy and do their appointed work. The record of God’s dealings with His people in the days of Nehemiah should be closely studied. The Lord is greatly displeased with those who, having a knowledge of the truths of His Word, do not by every effort within their power seek to extend this knowledge throughout their neighborhoods and surrounding settlements.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 23)
Quoting again from Volume IX of the Testimonies: “In connection with the proclamation of the message in large cities, there are many kinds of work to be done by laborers with varied gifts. Some are to labor in one way, some in another. The Lord desires that the cities shall be worked by the united efforts of laborers of different capabilities. All are to look to Jesus for direction, not depending upon man for wisdom, lest they be led astray. As laborers together with God, they should seek to be in harmony with one another. There should be frequent councils, and earnest, wholehearted co-operation. Yet all are to look to Jesus for wisdom, not depending upon men alone for direction.”
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 24)
The Lord has given to some ministers the ability to gather and to hold large congregations. As they labor in the fear of God, their efforts will be attended by the deep movings of the Holy Spirit upon human hearts.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 25)
The workers are to have a solemn sense of the sacredness of the work. Often I have been instructed that every worker, in his special sphere, must guard every phase of his character by much prayer and watchfulness. In the early days of the message, when we began to labor in new places, we used to assemble together to relate our experiences and to unite in earnest prayer. We sought the Lord earnestly, that our hearts might be humble, and sanctified by His rich grace, and that not one thread of self-exaltation should be drawn into the fabric of our daily experience.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 26)
No longer am I to keep silent when I see those who should be leaders in the work of soul-saving, neglecting God-given opportunities. As laborers together with God, we are to encourage one another to do everything within our power to impart to others the truth as it is in Jesus. We are to follow Christ’s example in ministering to the spiritual needs of those who know Him not. Those for whom we labor will recognize that we have a spirit of earnest intercession, and hearts will be won.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 27)
The world is under Satan’s special rule. The enemy furnishes one excitement after another to keep the minds of the people in an unnatural whirl. And even some of those who have been called of God to preach the third angel’s message act as if their sensibilities were benumbed. They seem to be unable to discern Satan’s plans to keep them from engaging earnestly in the work of warning a lost world of the shortness of time and of the rapidly approaching judgment day.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 28)
I am charged to wake up the watchmen. The end of all things is at hand. Now is the accepted time. Let our ministers and presidents of conferences exercise their tact and skill in presenting the truth before large numbers of people in our cities. As you labor in simplicity, hearts will be melted. Bear in mind that as you deliver the testing message for this time, your own heart will be softened and quickened by the subduing influence of the Holy Spirit, and you will have souls for your hire. As you stand before multitudes in the cities, remember that God is your helper, and that by His blessing you may bear a message of a character to reach the hearts of the hearers.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 29)
Sometimes it is necessary for many of our people to gather together in one place in order to carry forward important work in a large institution; but all too often the tendency to colonize becomes a habit with some who should be engaged in active field work. And even in connection with our institutional work, there are some who would be greatly blessed if they would do more than they are now doing, in a personal way, to warn a perishing world. Those who are laboring in our institutions need not always be confined to one line of work. Let plans be devised to enable those who are qualified for field work to launch out at times into the surrounding settlements, visiting with the people and circulating our publications.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 30)
Doubtless there are some in our larger churches, and in our printing establishments, who will feel inclined to express objections against a message that would stir up those who are now doing but little personal work for souls. But I cannot hold my peace. I have been instructed to say, The Lord calls upon those who understand the truth to spend time in opening the Scriptures to others. How can our brethren and sisters continue to live close to large numbers of people who have never been warned without devising methods of setting to work every agency through whom the Lord can work to the glory of His name? Our leaders who have had long experience will understand the importance of these matters and can do much to increase the working forces. They can plan to reach many in the highways and in the hedges. As they put forth calm, steady, devoted effort to educate the church members to engage in personal work for souls wherever there are favorable openings, success will mark their labors.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 31)
To those who are specially set apart to warn the cities, I would say: As messengers of God, move forward intelligently, making the Lord your dependence. Ask wisdom of God, and He will give it to you. Labor in the meekness and simplicity of Christ, for this will recommend you to those for whom you minister, and they will open their hearts to the message you bear.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 32)
Labor with graceful dignity. Avoid all appearance of pride and everything of a theatrical nature. Especially should the young men and the young women whom the Lord is pressing into service realize that simplicity should mark their presentation of the truth. As you labor in love, hearts will be impressed. Your strength is in God, whom you trust. Preserve Christlikeness in speech, in deportment, in earnest, humble zeal. As you carry forward the Lord’s work in truth and righteousness, the power of His might will be your rearward.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 33)
There are God-fearing men throughout the churches of believers; and in the ministry there are many who fear the Lord. But much more praying, much more Christlikeness, is needed by some of our ministers. God’s work is to be carried forward in the power of the Holy Spirit. Some have manifested a terrible apathy to the needs of the hour. A world is to be warned. Many agencies are to be set in operation. The church members are to be taught to do their part faithfully. None are to be forbidden to engage in the Master’s service. Never, never, as long as time shall last, are there to be repeated the forbiddings and many hindrances that have been the means of discouraging some from entering the Lord’s work. Never, never is any man to be commissioned to rule his fellow men arbitrarily and seek to restrict those whom God desires to use in doing certain lines of work.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 34)
The hindrances that have come into our work during the years that have passed, only the judgment can reveal; but never are such hindrances to be countenanced again. There are God-fearing men and women in all our churches, and these are to be set to work in their humble sphere. Wake up the churches in every place is the commission given me. We have no time to lose. Let our ministers awake. Let those who are living in Takoma Park awake to an understanding of the times and of their privileges. Many who are living in our large centers need to be reconverted; and until they are reconverted, they can never feel the necessity of giving to the scattered sheep the message for this time. Let our people in every church arouse and begin to work in earnest. Let them unite in proclaiming the last message of mercy to be given to a dying world.
(25LtMs, Ms 53, 1910, 35)
Ms 55, 1910
True Conversion NP 1910 See variant Ms 55a, 1910. This manuscript is published in entirety in Ev 286-287.
I have been shown that many have confused ideas in regard to conversion. They have often heard the words repeated from the pulpit, “Ye must be born again.”“You must have a new heart.” These expressions have perplexed them. They could not comprehend the plan of salvation.
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 1)
Many have stumbled to ruin because of the erroneous doctrines taught by some ministers concerning the change that takes place at conversion. Some have lived in sadness for years, waiting for some marked evidence that they were accepted by God. They have separated themselves in a large measure from the world and find pleasure in associating with the people of God; yet they dare not profess Christ, because they fear it would be presumption to say that they are children of God. They are waiting for that peculiar change that they have been led to believe is connected with conversion.
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 2)
After a time, some of these do receive evidence of their acceptance with God and are then led to identify themselves with His people. And they date their conversion from this time. But I have been shown that they were adopted into the family of God before that time. God accepted them when they became weary of sin and, having lost their desire for worldly pleasure, resolved to seek God earnestly. But failing to understand the simplicity of the plan of salvation, they lost many privileges and blessings which they might have claimed, had they only believed when they first turned to God that He had accepted them.
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 3)
Others fall into a more dangerous error. They are governed by impulse. Their sympathies are stirred, and they regard this flight of feeling as an evidence that they are accepted by God and are converted. But the principles of their life are not changed. The evidences of a genuine work of grace on the heart are to be found not in feeling, but in the life. “By their fruits,” Christ declared, “ye shall know them.” [Matthew 7:20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 4)
Many precious souls, desiring earnestly to be Christians, are yet stumbling in darkness, waiting for their feelings to be powerfully exercised. They look for a special change to take place in their feelings. They expect some irresistible force, over which they have no control, to overpower them. They overlook the fact that the believer in Christ is to work out his salvation with fear and trembling.
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 5)
The convicted sinner has something to do besides repent; he must act his part in order to be accepted by God. He must believe that God accepts his repentance, according to His promise. “Without faith, it is impossible to please Him; for he that cometh to God, must believe that He is; and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 6)
The work of grace upon the heart is not an instantaneous work. It is effected by continuous, daily watching and believing the promises of God. The repentant believing one, who cherishes faith and earnestly desires the renewing grace of Christ, God will not turn away empty. He will give him grace. And ministering angels will aid him as he perseveres in his efforts to advance.
(25LtMs, Ms 55, 1910, 7)
Ms 55a, 1910
Conversion NP 1910 Variant of Ms 55, 1910, which is published in entirety in Ev 286-287.
I have been shown that many have had confused ideas in regard to conversion. They have often heard it repeated from the pulpit, “You must be born again. You must have a new heart.” These expressions have perplexed them. They could not comprehend the plan of salvation. Some are led to expect a special change to take place in their feelings—an irresistible power over which they had no control—to affect their physical strength.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 1)
Many have stumbled to ruin over erroneous views taught them by ministers from the pulpit and in private conversation in regard to the change answering to conversion. Some have lived in sadness for years, waiting for a special powerful evidence that they were accepted of God. They take pleasure in the society of God’s people, separate themselves in a great measure from the world, yet dare not venture to profess Christ because they fear to admit that they are children of God. They are waiting for that peculiar change which they have been led to believe was connected with conversion.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 2)
After a length of time, some have received satisfactory evidence of their acceptance with God, which leads them to identify themselves with God’s people, and they date their conversion from that period. But I saw that their adoption into the family of God was before that time. God accepted them as His when they became sick of sin and lost their relish for worldly pleasure and resolved to seek God earnestly. By not understanding the simplicity of the plan of salvation, they lost many privileges and blessings which they might have claimed had they only believed that they were accepted of God at the time when He did accept them.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 3)
Others fall into a more dangerous error. They are governed by impulse. Their sympathies are moved, but their principles are unchanged. They base their acceptance with God and the evidence of their being Christians upon feeling. The evidences of the genuine work of grace are not to be found in feeling, but in the life. “By their fruits ye shall know them.”Matthew 7:20.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 4)
Many precious souls are earnestly desiring to be Christians, yet are stumbling in darkness, expecting their feelings to be powerfully exercised. They overlook the fact that the believer in Christ and in the truth must work out his own salvation with fear and trembling. The convicted sinner has something to do besides to repent. He must believe that God accepts his repentance according to His promise. “But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, (that God exists) and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.”Hebrews 11:6.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 5)
The work upon the Christian’s heart is not an instantaneous work. It is an every-day work; it is continual watching and believing. The repenting, believing one places himself by his faith and earnest desire for the renewing grace of God where God cannot turn him away empty, but in accordance with His Word will give him grace; and ministering angels will aid the persevering one in his efforts to advance.
(25LtMs, Ms 55a, 1910, 6)
Ms 57, 1910
Testimony Concerning the School at Lodi, California Lodi, California 1910 Previously unpublished.
Last night and the night before I was speaking a message to the people in this place, that you have gathered a large number to this place to carry out plans for a large school, but you have not the capabilities to work out your plans, either in the faculty or in other lines. A mistake has been made in calculating the means for this end. I fear the result will be a failure. You have not capabilities in the educational lines that will fit the requirements to manage such a force of undisciplined elements. Not one who is connected with this work you have planned to do has had experience to assume such responsibilities as you have undertaken. Such large numbers of children of an age that needs the family discipline of fathers and mothers should never be encouraged to be turned away from the discipline of the home to be disciplined and trained by those who are not themselves adapted for the work. This is the greatest mistake that can be made, and this school should never be brought together as a wild set of young children away from home life, for it will be to their life-long injury.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 1)
Schools should be established where young undisciplined minds shall be constantly guarded, else they will run wild in their association, and it will be next to impossible to bring them to the proper training. The Holy Spirit’s power alone can make it possible to have so great a number of the same age brought into school. It is a mistake to get so many of the younger children and youth under school discipline. These children need the sacred guardianship of fathers and mothers, and I am instructed that your plan will prove a failure in this line. I feel and know that with this class religious training will be next to an impossibility.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 2)
I entreat you all, teachers and preceptors, to look the facts of this matter fairly in the face. Time is short, and you cannot successfully carry on such a school as you have proposed. A mess of young women and boys together! The hopelessness of saying or doing anything to profit such a class brought together, associating together! It is a great mistake. Your plans are not of a character to prepare young people in their childhood years to become serious and to seek the Lord. These children need the home discipline of godly parents. None can exercise over them the restraining influence that their parents can, and many of these parents need the true work of grace in their own daily life.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 3)
I am to bear a message to the parents. There is a need of the sanctifying grace of God in their Christian experience, that they may themselves see the necessity of being converted and laboring for the conversion of their children. I tell you in the name of the Lord, that unless the hearts are purified by the grace of God, they cannot be admitted to the heavenly courts. I shall not tell you anything that will prove an injury to you. The Lord has made no such arrangements—and He never will—to allow parents to shift upon any one else their responsibilities in guiding their children of tender age in the way of the Lord. And I must tell you, unless the converting power of God shall come to the hearts of those who have made the arrangement for such a school, they will not carry the work in a way that is after God’s appointment.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 4)
We are now in the last stage of this earth’s history, and the Lord calls for your hearts to be converted. God calls for preceptors and educators in any line to prepare themselves and families to meet their Lord. The converting power of God must come to all teachers and educators who are preparing for the Lord’s coming. Every church in our land needs the deep work of grace. Let no one delay.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 5)
The spiritual element is essential in every school. The true interest of one class must be the true interest of all who are saved in the kingdom of God. It is no longer antagonism; it is co-operation. A work is to be done that brings Seventh-day Adventists into sanctified brotherhood and sacred harmony. There must be a seeking of the Lord in every church. Surface work will never answer for the converting grace of Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 6)
I am to bear a message. I had about decided to leave upon the morrow and go to several places, for I could not remain here and pass sleepless nights, and yet not tell the people their true spiritual condition. I told my son W. C. White that I thought I could not stay; for unless the Spirit of God, with its convicting, converting power should come into this section of the country, blindness will have come to Israel.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 7)
A large class have been sent from their parents to make numbers in the reckoning of a large school at Lodi. It is a great mistake, and my soul could not give you one word of commendation; for many of these children need the home discipline to educate them in sharing the home responsibilities. Boys and girls can be trained to do the home duties and to understand the sharing of the home burdens with their mother in the house and with the father out of the house. Housework can be made pleasant by the mother’s pleasant approval. From the very beginning of the home training, which is true education, not a word of scolding should be heard, but the calm, pleasant voices of the mother and father encouraging indoors and out of doors. This is true religion in practice—to bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. Express your appreciation, fathers, to your boys and girls who may be a true help to the work indoors and out of doors.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 8)
This responsibility cannot be shifted upon any other person. The Lord is soon to come, and the truly converted father will express his love for his children and teach them. As they work in the vineyard, he may repeat the Scripture, “I am the true vine, and My Father is the husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it (pruneth it), that it may bring forth more fruit. Now ye are clean through (obedience to) the word I have spoken unto you.” [John 15:1-3.] Through the instruction essential for them to understand, they may save the souls of their children.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 9)
Undisciplined children would prove a detriment to the school. It is not the largest number of students but the spiritual atmosphere that will prove the success of the school. I tell you in the name of the Lord that the experience I have passed through in the sleepless hours of the nights has made me determine to leave in a day or two. But I am to give you this message. All teachers need to reform in the preaching of the Word and in their work, and to be sure they receive their words from God. Their manner of address may need to be improved. Yet if these teachers learn of Christ, He breathes upon them and speaks words through them, not in self-praise, but words of inspiration. The power is not from man, but from God. The Lord God would have things set in order after the divine similitude. The Source of all righteousness should receive the glory, and faithful work is to be done because the educator is to learn of the great Teacher.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 10)
All the works of God are in righteousness and in truth. The Lord has not been moving the teachers or ministers to become lifted up in their plans which have had a tendency to eclipse the Saviour who gave His life for them. The Son of God is often eclipsed by man’s plans and man’s devising. Thus it has been in the name cases on record. Jesus is bearing His message of light in reproof, in warnings, and the ministers of Christ and the educators who have learned of Christ, and who are imbued with His Spirit, will in prayer and in love of the Master so labor in love and in all meekness that the character of God shall be magnified.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 11)
Jesus Christ so loved man that He gave His life to redeem him. The truth, sacred, eternal truth, will and must be revealed in all His messengers. No sooner is a man converted than his heart is humble. He has learned the meekness and the lowliness of Christ Jesus. He is sanctified through the belief of the truth. Yes, he is cleansed from all self-exaltation. The Spirit of Christ illuminating the soul is so represented in words and in spirit that uncertainty is taken away. The truth is compared to light, which dispels all darkness, transforming the man.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 12)
I am to say to all who would come into unity with the Holy Spirit, There is a message to go forth to the many souls in darkness. Let those who have lost their bearings for their souls’ sake come into harmony with One who was meek and lowly of heart. All who have had the light of the truth and have lost their bearings, thinking to do wonderful things, are called upon now to be converted. There is a work to be done for all those who would labor in all humility of mind. Pray and believe. Faithful study of Scripture and most earnest prayer will go hand in hand. There are warnings to be given to unbelievers, and sinners will be saved through repentance and faith. We can reach the people by humility and meekness.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 13)
A minister of the gospel should not do all the work himself, but he should by his example teach the church how to work for others. You need a working church in Lodi and all through the region round about. Zeal and humility and faith combined will be wonderful things.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 14)
Now I have this message written out before I can sleep. The world is to be warned. A spirit of frivolity and of boasting quenches the Holy Spirit. There is a work to be done all through Lodi that has not been done. Self retained will so blind man’s perception that he will not see the need of conversion. Said Christ, “Without me ye can do nothing.” [Verse 5.] The endowment of the Holy Spirit is what you need. Pray for this; believe for this.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 15)
Let every minister come to Christ and bring his wife and children to Christ. In all our churches, if you humble yourselves, the Lord will work with you. Let all our ministers consider that the gospel field where work is to be done is the world. Give the message to the souls who need it. You will do this if you continue to desire the work of the Holy Spirit. Many have most sacred, responsible work to do in their own family. Humble yourselves before God. Come, all ministers and teachers in Lodi, where you can be taught of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 16)
I cannot now relate all particulars, but seek the Lord while He may be found; call upon Him while He is nigh. This is an individual work. Make thorough work now. Humble yourselves before God, and educate your children. Unless you have Christianity in the heart and in the home life, there will be an account to render to God. I am charged to say that unless there is a deeper experience in the work that is now undertaken, there will be hindering causes which will create divisions. There must be a work of deeper conversion in the leading men. There will be disappointment that will result in unfavorable representations.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 17)
I am now to say, There are children who should have the home training and not be sent to a school of this order. Oh, what does it mean that mothers will let the responsibilities of training their children rest upon other persons? How can they do this? It is a marvel to me. It is not God’s plan. Mothers, a sacred responsibility rests upon you to keep your children in your home. You are to be intensely interested in your children, that they shall be sanctified through a knowledge of the truth. Pray with your children. Some mothers need to sanctify their tongues. If you are truly converted, you can be a great blessing to your inexperienced children. Let your speech be kindly, and ever educate your children to respect and profit by the searching of the Word. Make this a pleasant season to your children. Pray with your children daily. Mothers, how dare you send your children away where you cannot have them under your guardianship? Let your speech, mothers, be sanctified by the grace of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 18)
“Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.”Philippians 4:8.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 19)
We have a most solemn work before us. Our probationary time is too brief to be spent in useless talk, for “by thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.”Matthew 12:37. “If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.”John 15:10.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 20)
Here are the lessons of true simplicity that every parent can understand and religiously give to his children to be understood. I present these words to you, that you will not consider you must speak in higher language to educate youth than Christ, who gave His life to redeem the world, gave to His disciples.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 21)
The matter with our educational faculty is they are getting ideas that they will do some great and wonderful work in educating students, that will be to them a wonderful advancement, and they do not themselves see the value of simplicity of true godliness. They place their lessons before those who are not prepared to receive them; and as the students must climb the ladder of true knowledge step by step, from the lower round in the Christian life, climbing round after round of the ladder intelligently, their higher education is of little account. To climb every round of the ladder of the simplicity of true godliness is the way they can themselves as teachers properly educate the students to learn the great problem of “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” [Mark 10:17.] The teachers in the school need to place the feet upon the first round of the ladder.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 22)
“Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit.... As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love.”John 15:8, 9. Here is where the failure comes in. Men who are teachers have not learned the simplicity of the teachings of Christ. They swell too much in their high estimate of their advantages. They need to commence the climbing of the ladder of knowledge from the lowest round as in Christ’s education of His disciples.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 23)
“If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things I have spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth; but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you. These things I command you, that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you.”Verses 10-18.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 24)
This whole chapter is a sermon of the highest order that will be the very highest education mortals can ever have. Read this chapter, ministers and teachers in our schools, and prepare to be transferred to the higher grade, which is the heavenly city. In the testimonies given me, the Lord Jesus is to come to you, teachers, when you will come down from the highest round of the ladder and begin the learning of the very lessons that Christ has invited you to learn. Every teacher is to begin to climb from the lowest round of the ladder in education, and then he begins by his own example to give lessons that will help his students to become intelligent.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 25)
One thing I express firmly and decidedly, that this arrangement of getting a mass of young girls and boys away from their homes to cluster together and associate in the company of each other is one great mistake that will bring sorrow. The teachers are not prepared to handle these children and to understand what kind of lessons they are learning from one another that are not profitable. I am charged to warn the parents to withdraw these young children. Let fathers and mothers realize that it is their own work to plan and order the education in many lines in the requirements of the home life which a school cannot do.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 26)
Fathers and mothers, you yourselves are responsible for the education your children must receive in order to have them properly trained to understand their accountability to God. Let those who have formed plans plan for such a school as will qualify every scholar of that school to become acquainted with truth. Those who seek for truth as for hidden treasure will have truth if they will seek the Lord with all their hearts. This is that which every worker should do to perfect Christian character.
(25LtMs, Ms 57, 1910, 27)
Intemperate eating is the cause of all manner of diseases. The brain is beclouded. There is an indolence, a stupidity, and weakening of the intellect. Professional and literary men should always insist upon food prepared with tact and skill in the place of food containing rich ingredients for seasoning to make it palatable. The less stimulating the food, the more safe and beneficial. All the laws of health should be carefully and conscientiously observed. There should be no stimulating hot drinks as a habitual practice.
(25LtMs, Ms 59, 1910, 1)
The nervous system must be kept from being severely taxed with excitement, for it wears the brain nerves and will disqualify for rising in an emergency to exercise all the power of a God-given intellect. The Lord has presented before me the positive necessity of economizing the nervous strength. This can only be done by refusing all artificial and unnatural means to create nerve force to meet an emergency. No unnatural excitement can meet the important issues before us.
(25LtMs, Ms 59, 1910, 2)
Wholesome, nourishing food is easily taken care of if Christian ministers, physicians, and men in responsible positions will let nature furnish her own stimulus, under the influence of the Holy Spirit’s power, which will ever be well balanced and consistent, calm and without undue excitement. Tobacco used by ministers of the gospel, superintendents of Sabbath schools, educators of youth in colleges and schools is Satan’s fruit presented from the forbidden tree, which, if persisted in, will quench the sensitive conscience and so becloud the perceptive faculties that they cannot discern between right and wrong. And the poison, entering into all the fluids and solids of the body, is from the first imperceptibly doing its work of death upon the physical and mental organs. Brain, nerve, and muscle which God requires shall be under the control of physical law become disorganized, the harmonious action which preserves the bond of union between the bodily and intellectual powers is disturbed, and the human machinery suffers the effects of the poison. The user of tobacco becomes a bondman to a disgusting habit. Every extra exertion is dependent on the narcotic tobacco to excite the mental nerve powers to action. And as this poisonous drug loses its influence, he is let down below par as far as he was elevated above par by its use.
(25LtMs, Ms 59, 1910, 3)
Ms 60, 1910
Diary Fragment—1910 “St. Helena Sanitarium,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in 4MR 44-45.
My birthday comes upon the Sabbath. This gives me a most excellent opportunity to reflect upon the goodness and mercies of God to spare my life so many years to engage heartily in the work which He has given me to do.
(25LtMs, Ms 60, 1910, 1)
Ms 61, 1910
Practical Sympathy for the Afflicted “St. Helena Sanitarium,” St. Helena, California September 27, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Practical Sympathy for the Afflicted; Work the Cities
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 1)
I have had a very peculiar night. There were a number of leading men in a room. I was asking the price of the rent of the house we were examining. Then I was deeply interested in presenting facts before the party assembled.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 2)
There are cases that need our attention. The husband, a minister of the gospel, of no mean order, labors until health fails and finally death comes. The mother and children are left. Then is the time for the expression of true sympathy. Let those who understand, neighbors and churches, come to the front and not only in words but in acts show true sympathy. Church members have these cases to care for. When affliction comes to a family and the one removed is a minister of the gospel, let those who understand their duty help in every way possible, with true heart-expression of Christlike sympathy by all the simple means that can be given.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 3)
I will not specify names, but I will call the attention of the people to the circumstances of those who should have the thoughtful care of those who are striving hard to provide means to live. Let thoughtful care be bestowed upon the sick and suffering ones. Not all are required to go as missionaries to foreign countries, but keep sharp lookout that you are not missing your chance of being home missionaries. There are many ways in which this home mission work can be done. Those who are wrestling with temptations and discouragements can be helped. Widows and the fatherless need attention.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 4)
Men have worn out the very best part of their lives in preaching the gospel, and their labor is not always appreciated, because unselfishness is not overcome. The true heart-expression of Christlike sympathy is not given. The delicate touch of the Spirit of Christ has not been shown to the family where the father, the minister of the gospel, having worn out his life in some kind of ministry, has closed his eyes in death. Christ calls for converted action on the part of families that might exercise, through their influence, the ministry of healing wounds. Kindly words simply spoken, attention to their necessities will sweep away clouds of temptation and suggestions Satan stands ready to make. Let us all sweep away by kindly acts and words the sorrows that such ones experience in their disappointments, for angels of God are watching and would have Christlike sympathy given them.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 5)
Open the door, brethren and sisters, to communicate the mysteries of the heart in Christlike sympathy and love. We all need waking up on this point. Now affliction has come in many ways, and for years the family has had a living sorrow in the affliction of one who has been an able laborer in word and in doctrine, to impart to souls who have been in affliction. And when death has called the head of the family, let those who are church members call to remembrance the work and earnest labors of the one who sleeps in the Lord Jesus until he is awakened from his sleep in death on the morning of the resurrection. I have been pained when I have seen so little remembrance of the earnest servants of God in saving souls from sin after the fashion of Christ’s labors. Those who are left to struggle their way alone need kindly words simply spoken, little attentions simply bestowed. Christ is our Example in the doing of this work in any place. He was always awake. Christ’s work is to be our example. Constantly He went about doing good. He preached the gospel to the poor. His life was one unselfish service, and this is to be our lesson book.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 6)
Oh, how many things we might learn by becoming acquainted with the self-denying life of Jesus Christ! So many are bringing to the foundation of their character hay, wood, and stubble—material that will not bear the test of examination. They will not reveal Christlikeness. Christ came to our world for no other purpose than to be the pattern of character for the human family, to be their example. They are to practice His virtues in all things and stand on vantage ground before the world and before angels. To obey the law of the Lord is true greatness. The law of the Lord was made flesh and dwelt among us. We are to behold His righteousness.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 7)
“And the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” Now the terms: “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.”John 1:14, 12.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 8)
By His life and death Christ taught that only in obedience to all of God’s commandments can man find safety and obtain an healthy experience, for “the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] God’s law is the transcript of His character. I might dwell upon this subject, but I cannot present all I would gladly present. At Sinai the law was given a second time in awful grandeur. The Lord spoke His precepts. And let all ever bear in mind that God not only spake the law, but engraved the law with His own finger upon tables of stone. Exodus 20th chapter, verses 1-20.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 9)
I have not time or strength to dwell as I would be glad to dwell upon this subject. But I must; I am charged to give you over and over again this same message, brethren. We must have more of the spirit of Jesus Christ. Your standard must be held with a firm grasp and our souls brought under the sanctification of the Holy Spirit of Christ. Let every soul do his best, stand in the sanctification of the Holy Spirit, loving the truth, talking the truth, exemplifying the truth by practice.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 10)
I have much more to write on this subject, but not now. I always feel so intensely over this most solemn subject. All I can say is, Elevate the standard of pure sanctification through belief of the truth. Make decided efforts to bring all who claim to believe the truth to live the truth. Let the standard be raised higher and still higher.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 11)
In many places, the human hand is stretched out with words to hinder, fearing that money will not come in to sustain the work. The Lord gave His only begotten Son to come to our world to meet the fallen angels, with the message of eternal life to bar the way of the fallen angels from carrying on their work of deception. Let every soul, men and women, clothe themselves with the righteousness of Christ. Let your standard be raised higher and still higher in every effort made. Close not the door to those who will evidence they are truly converted daily, for angels will help you to enter our cities.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 12)
I am so deeply stirred on this point that I cannot hold my peace. Letters are coming to me for instruction regarding entering our cities. Let your standard of true piety be raised. Let your light shine before men that they may see your good works and glorify God’s holy name. Communicate the truth, for Satan is at work with all his ingenious devices to obtain victory after victory.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 13)
Can you expect the cities to come to you and invite you? You must go to them. The world is to be warned. All that I have written ten years ago should have been strictly followed. God help us to see the light as it is in Christ Jesus and work intelligently. If you expect an easy time you will be disappointed. Truth must be brought to the people in earnest, solemn style, lifting up the banner higher and still higher; and be sure and do not become confused.
(25LtMs, Ms 61, 1910, 14)
Ms 62, 1910
A Call to Work the Cities Mountain View, California January 1910 Previously unpublished.
Except a man be born again, he cannot enter the kingdom of heaven. The natural traits of a man’s character must be transformed into Christ’s likeness, else he cannot be welcomed into the kingdom of heaven. This is a fact that never will change. The man, woman, and child must all have a change in their natural temperament and disposition. “Ye must be born again.” [John 3:7.] “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned: but he that believeth not on Him is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.”John 3:16-21.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 1)
A wonderful lesson is here given. Now Christ hath borne His own testimony concerning righteousness and truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 2)
Now I am deeply concerned for all who are connected with the church in Mountain View. I have an intense desire that a thorough work should be done in this church. There is need of the grace of God in the soul, that Christ shall be glorified in and through the church. There is need of home religion and house-to-house work being done. Every home needs to come up upon a higher, consecrated platform. Diligent and personal effort needs to be made before individuals, as church members, shall feel that deep work of grace which must be done in the heart before God can be glorified. Personal heartwork is to be carried into every family, and the Holy Spirit’s work of sanctifying grace must be entertained and have its molding influence, fashioning the human after the similitude of the divine nature.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 3)
I should not be clear before the Lord unless I should tell you that the Spirit of God is too often dishonored in words and actions. When personal work is neglected and self steps in for the supremacy, this is often revealed in speech and in spirit. Then, should your life pass away, the obituary testifies in public of a life accepted of God, when it is a false testimony. When personal work is neglected in refinement of speech, and a coarseness is expressed, certain classes are seldom reached by the direct words of the Lord in sermons or prayers. Public meetings accomplish very little to impress and convict the delinquent soul. There is a decided work to be done before the Lord can be glorified in His professed, believing people.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 4)
Should the sins of unfulfilled duties be specified, it would offend the ones specified. I am to say, But few words are genuinely, daily converted, to stand the investigative judgment that will take place soon. These are the few words I have need to write, for if you could see the genuine truth of every action which is passing in review before God, there would, I know, be deep conviction with some and a true sense awakened in them, that they must be daily converted to the mind and will of Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 5)
What a work of repentance would be wrought in the soul that is thoroughly convicted! Opportunities are lost in not speaking words in season to erring ones in a kindly, earnest way. There are often sporting words of reproof, but this is too serious a matter, too important a matter, to be trifled with. We should bear in mind that Satan, in his deceptive style, is seeking to overcome every soul. He flatters himself that he meets with such success, that his armies are so great and the armies of Christ so few, that he will stand victor. I am to speak decidedly. In every establishment where work in various business lines is carried on, angels of God are present to protect every soul from becoming rude in word or actions, that Satan shall have a chance to triumph. Read carefully John 3:22-36.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 6)
We are now having our opportunity to graduate to the heavenly school above. Our test in education, in order to stand in the grand review before angels in the heavenly courts, is in the attainment of the knowledge of Jesus Christ our Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 7)
Decisions are to be made. The message should have been given continuously in every city in America and every means possible devised to bring the truth before the Jewish nation and the various nationalities in America. God requires much more than to have camp-meetings in their season. The same work must be done when these camp-meetings cannot be held because of the weather. But there are to be camp-meetings just outside the cities, if not in, to give the last message ever to be given to our world. Satanic agencies rejoice to see that advantage is not taken to hold these meetings outside the bustle and confusion of city life. It takes so long to make this matter understood, for every party wants the advantage; but the Lord God of Israel has wonderfully favored our people with places near cities where we shall obtain advantages to reach the nearby people who are not being warned. These camp-meetings are giving the last message of mercy to a fallen world.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 8)
There is need of tact, of capability, which means growth in grace in all our establishments. Our printing presses and entire offices of workers need to be refined, purified, sanctified. Workers are to be sent out in all our cities. They are not to be confined in one place. All are to be guarded not to give encouragement to sensationalism, to extravagance in any line. But the express command is, Work the cities. There has been little call from the cities, for our churches have hindered in the place of advancing the work, and ministers over conferences have felt they must forbid any movement that calls for means.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 9)
While our ministers are to be guarded against consuming means unnecessarily, the conference presidents have stood with a rod in their hands to say, You cannot collect means from the conference. This state of things has continued until the message came, Break every yoke. Who now can break the yoke? We have seen the work of God hindered, and now we would see the light shining forth in clear, steady rays, growing brighter and brighter as the truth is proclaimed. But now we are to remove the yokes and set the oppressed free. There are to be no more hindrances. Here the cities, kept before our workers, but the hindrances have walled them in that they could do so very little.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 10)
God’s messengers are to go forth in the name of the Lord, for there are cities to be worked. Bear in mind, go forth into the highways and hedges and compel them to come in that My house may be filled. It is not merely the preaching of the Word, but the laborers must be set to work to make personal, special efforts. All are to bear a part in this special work. Cities are to be worked by united laborers of various capabilities. All are to look to Jesus, to be imbued with the Holy Spirit. Not a fanatical thread is to be drawn into figures of the pattern. Let there be frequent councils together in praying circles in different companies, and wholehearted co-operation, all laying hold by faith of the General of armies, seeking wisdom of Jesus, the great successful I AM.
(25LtMs, Ms 62, 1910, 11)
Ms 63, 1910
Fragments/Extension of the Work in Foreign Fields NP 1910 Previously unpublished.
The word comes to me in the night season, Speak to the churches that know the truth: “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people; but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising.”Isaiah 60:1-3
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 1)
I will call your attention to these books Testimonies for the Church. The God of heaven will not send His judgments until the people are warned. He calls His watchmen to give the warning in a distinct, decided manner. His ministers are to extend the message of warning. The watchmen must give the trumpet a certain sound in messages of warning. He will not close up the period of probation until His watchmen give the warning in a distinct message proclaiming His law. This work must go forward in a distinct, magnified manner. The message of the third angel will be distinctly proclaimed, and the law of God will come to the people in a decided message.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 2)
Brethren and sisters, I am charged to keep these facts before the people, that they may bring conviction to thousands. The Lord God would have these messages go forth, deepening and widening, setting in motion springs of action, and awakening thousands of hearts. Publishing houses and health institutions will not decrease but increase. All are God’s agencies to co-operate as the Lord’s instrumentalities in the grand work of the second and third angels’ messages. Institutions of education will not lessen but increase as God’s instrumentalities to warn the inhabitants of the world that Christ’s coming the second time with power and great glory is nigh. See “The Work for This Time,” in Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 6, No. 34. I have spoken to the people Friday afternoon, both to parents and children. The Lord has given decided testimonies to our churches. See the facts, you who have the testimonies; read the printed Testimonies to the Church, Vol. 6, No. 34. It is God’s purpose to manifest through His people the principles of His kingdom, that in life and character they may reveal these principles. The Lord desires to separate them from the customs, habits, and practices of the world. He seeks to bring them near to Himself, that He may make known to them His will. This was His purpose in the deliverance of Israel from Egypt. At the burning bush, Moses received from God the message for the king of Egypt, “Let My people go, that they may serve Me.”Exodus 7:16. With a mighty hand and an outstretched arm, God brought out the Hebrew host from the land of bondage. Wonderful was their deliverance. The Lord wrought for them, punishing their enemies who refused to listen to His word with total destruction. These books that I have published are of intense, vital interest. Let all who have not these books obtain them. Read the whole books.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 3)
*****
Ministry of John the Baptist
The time of the commencement of the work of John the Baptist was a period of intense interest. Read the first chapter of the Gospel of St. John. “There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. The same came for a witness, to bear witness of the Light, that all men through him might believe. He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light. That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world.”John 1:6-9. He, the precious Christ, was our Teacher. “He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not.”Verse 10. Read the first chapter of John—the whole chapter.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 4)
Those who witnessed this special scene expected that Christ would signalize Himself in a remarkable manner after His baptism and the acknowledgement of the Highest Authority on the banks of Jordan. They expected that His public ministry would be an occasion of great power. But Christ did not encourage the order and display of human beings. This should be a lesson to us all that the heavenly mind of Jesus was not to give and strengthen human promotion and grandeur, although the voice of God was full and ample in the acknowledgement of His majesty. The Holy Spirit appeared in the form of a dove, and God’s audible voice pronounced these words:
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 5)
“This is My beloved Son in whom I am well pleased.” [Matthew 3:17.] These words were loud and most powerful, not resembling any human sound. This heavenly demonstration was given that the whole surrounding multitude might take in the exalted, holy mission of the promised One, and the work to be accomplished through Him—the Prince of Life—as the promised Messiah, the almighty, powerful Saviour, the long-looked-for Redeemer, the Deliverer of Israel and the Saviour of the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 6)
Thus the great and blessed Redeemer, at the age of thirty years, was baptized by John and received His inauguration. He was declared by the Highest Authority, the Almighty Himself, to be the Son of God, the long-looked-for Deliverer. All who witnessed this representation were amply convinced by the infallible testimony of the Highest Authority. Many looked forward to a wonderful demonstration as soon as possible that would be a convincing power. But the Saviour of the world fasted forty days and forty nights and then, after He had endured this wonderful test, Satan came in with his temptations.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 7)
*****
How to Work the Cities
“Give ear, O ye heavens, and I will speak; and hear, O earth, the words of my mouth. My doctrine shall drop as the rain, my speech shall distil as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender herb, and as the showers upon the grass.”Deuteronomy 32:1, 2.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 8)
Now this is the way these cities are to be worked. There must first be men who are worked, soul, body, and spirit, to bear the truth to these important places; and every discourse is to be of a character to lift up Jesus Christ, to magnify the word and works of the Lord Jesus. The men who will themselves learn of Christ’s methods, who will practice the greatest humility, are the men who will reach souls. The angels of God will work through them because they do not exalt themselves, but magnify the Lord God of Israel. Make the Word your power to draw. Do not think you must get up some wonderful excitement in your discourses. Under the guidance of the Holy Spirit of God, your humility will be your recommendation.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 9)
This I have been charged to say: If your connection is with Jesus Christ and the Father, the angels of God will make the impression upon human minds. Know that your own hearts are under the influence of the Holy Spirit’s teachings. Converse with Christ, and then you can converse with the fallen men and women who are living in sin. When opposed, remember that Christ was opposed. Call the ones together who fear God, and tell them the promise made in the Word. We are to study the life of Christ who suffered for the sins of the whole world. Christ was condemned by wicked men and crucified, when He was blameless and harmless and undefiled.
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 10)
*****
Confide in Jesus
There is no human power that is reliable and no human being that you should depend on to lead and guide you with unerring judgement. But the Lord reads all hearts. Let there be a constant, prayerful life, that you shall not offend the Lord Jesus by thought or word or deed. That which you need now is such confidence in the Lord Jesus that you can confide all the secrets of your soul to Him. He has invited your confidence; you can present your case before Him, and rest it there, and continue to ask that you may receive. Do not cease asking for large supplies. “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.”Matthew 7:7. Praise the Lord. Christ is our Example. He devoted the whole of His sacred life to save the perishing world. The impartation of the Holy Spirit after His ascension was after the disciples had devoted themselves to the Lord in most earnest prayer for ten days, and the Spirit of God came down upon the company as Christ had promised, like a mighty, rushing wind, filling the whole house where they were assembled, and it was upon this special occasion that the large numbers of the people were [converted.]
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 11)
*****
Follow the Word of God
Think before you speak and practice. Have no foolish conversation. “By thy words thou shalt be justified or by thy unsanctified words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.] Let all consider that this world is to be the fitting-up place for our future condemnation or our eternal reward. Never dismiss the fear of God. Your life is to be goodness revealed, manifested. Decidedly hold fast your integrity. The Word of God directs your safe course of action. The fitting-up process means much to every soul. But a small number are educated from childhood to study the Word of God and practice the same as their standard of duty. Precious lessons are given, which should be a savor of life unto life. I am instructed to keep before the many, that the Word of God is their standard of duty, to cultivate the graces of the Holy Spirit, that they may have the meekness they must have daily. Then they will be “Fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] “One is your master, even Christ.” [Matthew 23:8.] The Lord gave Christ to our world to be our true pattern. To Him we are responsible. I urge upon fathers and mothers to oft say, “Get thee behind me, Satan.” [Luke 4:8.] The great and essential matter with every soul is to be converted daily by communing with God in earnest prayer. Encourage the heart to pant after God. One of the most earnest prayers in the Bible is “Create in me a clean heart, O God: and renew a right spirit within me.” [Psalm 51:10.] “Out of the heart are the issues of life.” [Proverbs 4:23.]
(25LtMs, Ms 63, 1910, 12)
Ms 64, 1910
Sermon/Thoughts on Isaiah 58 Lodi, California February 2, 1910 Previously unpublished.
I want to say that the representations that have been given me are very earnest and very striking, and that God requires every one of us to come into line. We see the wickedness of our cities, and every soul that is to stand must inquire, What is my condition before God? How am I to be a co-laborer with Jesus Christ? How am I to show to the world that I am a laborer together with God? While I live in this world, having the truth of God’s Word to study, what am I doing?
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 1)
Now in Isaiah I read in regard to some things. Isaiah was to lift up his voice like a trumpet, and he was to give the warnings:
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 2)
“Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of Me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God. Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and Thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge?”Isaiah 58:1-3. The answer comes: “Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labors.” Last part of verse 3. There they counted all that they had done, that they were to be paid for it, that God must reward them for all that they had done, such wonderful things. Now theirs was a service of self-righteousness, and we do not want that. They will have pay for all that they have done.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 3)
“Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness.” The wickedness of that! “Ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?”Verses 4, 5.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 4)
Now there is a brighter picture that comes. “Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke?”Verse 6. That is what we are to do now that are living in the last days of this earth’s history. That is the very work that we are to do.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 5)
“Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh? Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and He shall say, Here I am. If thou take away from the midst of thee the yoke, the putting forth of the finger, and speaking vanity; and if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noon day.”Verses 7-10.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 6)
God is counting it all. He is fitting it all up so that you shall have that suitable reward for the deeds of mercy and kindness and justice.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 7)
“And the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not. And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.”Verses 11-14.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 8)
Now I want to say that night after night there is presented before me that all at once affliction and sorrow and distress will be brought upon our people. They [Satan and his angels] are fixing it all up all the time; they are preparing for it. Then what are we to do? We are to do the very best we can to enlighten the world while we can do it. Satan says, You watch; I will get the world; I will get them all under my banner, and who can resist the whole world with this little handful of people that claim to believe the Sabbath and thus and so? That is what he will talk. And here is the very thing that will spring upon us unawares, and we seem so easy; many seem so satisfied that they do not take hold to be laborers together with God.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 9)
They do not understand that Christ traveled. And how did Christ travel? He just had the Word of the Lord in His hand, and He would walk; He would sit down first and talk awhile, then He would rise up and go through the length and breadth of certain places, and the people would follow Him where He would lead. He would lead them right away from the cities, away to places where they were retired. In one journey He gathered as many as five thousand. And He said, This people have been with me three days. They are weary and hungry, and they have used up the food that they had; now what shall we do? What have you got to eat? Well, five loaves and a few small fishes, but what are they among so many?
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 10)
Now here is a nice grassy plot. Tell them to sit right down, men and women. When all were seated, He said, Bring forward your food. They brought it, and there He broke it in small pieces and distributed to the multitude; and every time that they had distributed all they had and came back for more, there was a supply, and they kept increasing and increasing until the multitude had got through. Then what did He say?—Gather up the fragments; let nothing be lost. There was a something wonderful in that that teaches us that all of the works of Christ that shall be manifested in our day by message or in any way of helpfulness, it is to have it as a credit.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 11)
God wants us as a people to know that the end is near. It is not long that we shall have the peace that we enjoy today. He wants that we—every soul of us—shall attend to one special thing—to know that we have a living connection with God, to know that our dispositions and our tempers and all these things are being overcome through the blood of the Lamb and His testimony that He was giving from the Word continually. Now we have a work to do in that very line, all of us. How many, if I should ask you, are prepared? How many are prepared to meet the revelation of Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory?
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 12)
How many could say, I am ready for it? I have a living connection with God. I believe Him. I trust Him. I will follow on to know the Lord, that I may know His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 13)
I want you to think of these things. I want every one of you to be ready for the Lord. Not a spot, not a wrinkle, must be upon your characters.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 14)
I see so many who, if a word is spoken that they take exception to, think it means them, or something like that. They are very, very disorderly about it; they do not like it at all. And yet these are the very places where I have stood before them time after time and tried to bring before them the precious Word in all its requirements. But they scarcely remember it after it has been spoken. Some do, and some do not.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 15)
What are we preparing for? We are preparing to see the King, to meet the King, the King of righteousness; and if we have followed on to know the Lord, we shall know His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 16)
Now about our work that is resting upon us. If a message is brought to our churches that disagrees with our ideas, or that does not just exactly please us, that word will get around; it will be talked all through our publishing houses, perhaps all through our sanitariums—not so much, though—and here there will be the stirring up of a response. But do they know? Do they understand, unless they are prepared for the grand review, the case is lost for them, no eternal life for them, because Satan is gathering his forces everywhere, hoping that when that day shall come, that they will present such numerous satanic agencies that they can overcome everything, that their righteousness shall not avail them.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 17)
But what are we doing ourselves individually that we may stand without fault before the throne of God? That has been on my mind for weeks and weeks. How can I present it to the people that they can get hold of it, that they can sense it? Are they prepared for the grand review? Are they fitting themselves up?
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 18)
I do not want to come to you and tell you that this is your fault, and that is your fault. You know it yourself if you take the Word. You understand it. Those that are not right, they know themselves that they are out of line.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 19)
Now we want to know who is getting ready for the great review. That is on my soul night and day, and I cannot get it off. It is going to come. Things will come upon us suddenly that we do not expect. They will come suddenly; but if we have our hearts cleansed, sanctified, ennobled by the example of Jesus Christ; if we have our eye fixed upon the perfect Pattern, then shall our light break forth as the morning, and the glory of the Lord shall be our rereward. Why? Because we have cleansed our souls; because we have come into harmony with Christ’s character. By beholding we have become changed into His divine image.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 20)
Now that is upon my mind night after night. Night after night I am talking to the people, and I can get but a very few hours’ sleep. Matters will break in upon us suddenly.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 21)
What I want to know is, What are you doing to bring the truth before unbelievers? What are you doing to wake them up to see their danger? Many will turn to you and say, You never told us these things; you never warned us, and we did not know anything about it. Well, your neighbors do not know it, and the burden that rests upon my mind is that there are so many that do not carry any burden for souls. They come to church, and they say a few words in church, and they act as though that were the end of the matter; but they know better from the Word of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 22)
Night after night I am standing before the people in Mountain View, in Oakland, and in different sanitariums, and I am asking them what they are doing in order to bring the light of heaven to shine into the minds of the people. And then I feel that if God gives me strength to present before our people that they are not obtaining the living things of the Spirit of our God in our printing offices, even in our sanitariums, and in our churches, they are not doing the very work that will be a light to the world. And Satan rejoices that you are in that position.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 23)
The light comes to me that unless our people are transformed by the grace of God, many souls will be left to perish in ignorance because they were never told these things. Now where is our labor for the souls that do not understand the truth? What are you doing for them? Realizing as you ought to realize that the end of all things is at hand, what are you doing yourselves through self-denial and self-sacrifice to bring the truth before the souls that are ready to perish? As these things are brought before me I have felt I never would meet with our people unless I would wake them up to understand they have a work to do that they do not appreciate, that they do not understand, and it is high time they were coming into line.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 24)
What time have you set when you are going to be refined by the Spirit of God and ready for His coming? If I should ask you, how many would rise? I would not dare to ask you, for fear some of you would tell a lie and get up.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 25)
I want to tell you the scene has been presented before me night after night, that if we would take hold of the power of God that we can get hold of and grasp, we should see the salvation of God going forth as a lamp that burneth. But self, self, self is pampered, and appetite is indulged, and we need to rid ourselves of the objectionable traits of character that God may work with us and by us and through us, that we may know when to speak a word in season.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 26)
Now here are our institutions. Our sanitariums need to stand where they understand the work of God and carry it forward in straight lines, and everything that we are to do professedly as children of Christ, do it in reality because we believe, because we want to glorify God. Do not spend your money for that which is not bread.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 27)
I entreat of you to consider how many of our cities are lying here and have been lying here, and God has been sending His message over and over and over again, that they are perishing in their sins. But I cannot see that it makes much impression upon the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 28)
My son wanted me to go and travel with him on the last long journey that we took and thought it would take only a few weeks. But I felt the burden on me, and it was five months before I saw my home; and I am in my eighty-third year. Now I might excuse myself, but how dare I do it? When I come before the people the Lord strengthens me to speak to them and gives me a message. And every soul that is being cleansed by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony [receives a blessing]. You could not sit in quietude and leave the world all around you unwarned. Now the Lord wants you to wake up.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 29)
At times I felt on that journey that I could not stand before the people. Sometimes I would talk twice a day. There was a lady who had given means to build a nice, plain, small meetinghouse for the people to gather together. “And now,” she says, “what am I going to do? Here are these colored people, and the prejudice is such that you cannot do anything if you bring them into the congregation. I will build a brick meetinghouse for them.” And she did.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 30)
Well, after I had spoken an hour to the white congregation, they said, “Now there is a brick meetinghouse; can’t you speak a few words to them? You need not speak long—just a few words.” I had in my mind whether I would speak long or not. If God wanted me there, He would give me strength. So I went. After I had talked with our people—and we had an excellent meeting, then a baptism, and then a testimony meeting—I went to talk to the colored people a few words that they wanted me to give them. But I gave them just as interesting a discourse as I did to the white people, and you should see how eagerly they grasped it, how thankful they were. “Now,” said I, “give your testimonies; we want your testimonies.” Well, they would stand right up and give a clear, nice testimony, short, or course. Now don’t you think I was glad to hear them sing and shout the praises of God? Oh, I was! These colored people are not responsible for their color, but the prejudice that exists in these states where slavery has been carried out is a terrible prejudice.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 31)
I want to tell you that God lives. I want to tell you that God reigns; and I want to say to you that the Lord God of Israel is going to work for His people if you will be worked. Here are those who can go out, who have the light of truth. Let them begin to open the Scriptures—to go to a house and just begin to open the Scriptures. Take a few books to sell, and then begin to tell people what there is in these books. As you begin in that way you may get somebody interested, and then before you go away you will give them quite a discourse, and get on your knees and ask the blessing of God to come on them. That is missionary work, and that is the work that God holds us accountable for not doing. There is a world to be saved and you can go in a kindly manner. They may abuse you, they may say so and so, but never respond to what they say; you just put forth another argument; and when they try to put you down on that, you just put forth another argument. Never repeat what they say; never take it into your lips, but you just remove their prejudice.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 32)
Where are our missionaries? Who are they? Where are they? There are some in foreign countries, and there are some that are laboring with all the strength and soul and power to get means to enter the fields where these workers are to do the work. We have entered them, we know what they are. We have had a chance to see; and I want to say that if I were younger than I am now, I would venture in that kind of work.... [Incidents at Alden School.]
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 33)
Now what are those doing that could do something? What are you doing to warn the world? We are preparing, supposedly, for the grand review. And how will it stand with us when there is a world all around us and there is no spirit of trying to do missionary work?
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 34)
Then again means are wanted. Means are needed for the very work that Loma Linda needs to have done for it. They want help; they want strength; they want you to give and do what you can in every way with your means to help them to advance the work. “The Lord is coming, let this be the herald note of jubilee.” He is waiting for gray-headed men, He is waiting for youth, He is waiting for men of all ages to give some of their time and some of their attention to perishing souls that are around them, and yet they contentedly let them go on.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 35)
God help you to take some books and go around where these people are, and in a kindly manner ask them if they want to purchase these books, and then you get a good chance to tell them what there is in them. Then they will say, “Well, I would like to read it; I think I will take it.” That is the way they did with Object Lessons. I intended Object Lessons for this very work, and it was all so simply written that those who purchased it felt amply repaid; they felt that they had a precious, precious history in these books. I know of a good many that have embraced the truth by reading them.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 36)
Now you can begin with that kind of missionary work, and then you can in every way possible aid the work that is going on wherever you are by dropping a word in season. Is it you that makes the impression? Is it you? “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] You are dropping the words of truth into the minds of the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 37)
We have no time to stop to quarrel in any of our institutions. We are to put on the working harness in every institution that we have, and then do you draw with Christ with all your strength of capabilities of mind, and help them where they need help, and encourage them by the Word God, by reading to them? The Lord wants us to come into line.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 38)
But I ask you, who today would stand up and say they were ready for the grand review? Who has done his duty to win souls to Christ? Who has carried the burden? Who has practiced self-denial and self-sacrifice, that when such things are brought up as they will bring before you in regard to the upward grade that the physicians are to take in our world, they need means, and every one that can help with the means—don’t put on anything that will take money unnecessarily. Dress neatly, and then you can talk with them; you can tell them the great opportunities that there are before them. You can kneel down and pray with them; and if angels are not there in the room, then I should be disappointed. But I know they would be there. Angels are waiting to co-operate with men; and just as soon as there is a line of communication, they will take up these souls that are perishing without Christ. The angels of God are waiting to impress their minds. It is not your words that impress them, but you just give the words, and remember, “Ye are laborers together with God” [verse 9], and that is blessed companionship for every one of you.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 39)
The salvation of God will be revealed in your homes, and we shall see the grace of God in much greater power; and that is what we want—the power of true religion. We want to reveal it, but we do not want to stand watching for fear somebody wants to get some of our money; and therefore we will stand back, and we will not give. You will stand back forever when you do that. Now God wants every one of us to COME INTO LINE, and to deny ourselves for Christ’s sake, and to speak a word in season for those that need our words and self-denial and self-sacrifice.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 40)
Here are our cities. How are they ever going to be warned? Here are our cities that are perishing in their ignorance, and God wants to help us to bring them up to the high standard of His righteousness. Will you act your part? Will you be laborers together with God? God grant that you may take hold of the work as it is. There is a world to be saved. I am trying to prepare matter to send out into the highways and into the byways.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 41)
I dedicated two books, The Ministry of Healing and Christ’s Object Lessons [to missionary work], and not one penny from them have I appropriated to myself. I know that many have been brought to the truth through reading them. Now carry some around, and tell the people about the books, and tell them it is a gift to our people, and you will find that the books will go. You can use the Object Lessons for your schools, and not drop them as they have been dropped. Just take hold, and believe God knows and understands His own instrumentality, and He will carry out the work if men are not too wise to engage in it, and to walk in humility and prayer for suffering humanity.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 42)
It is time that we were aroused, and may God help us to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth. They may speak to you and turn you to one side, but they do not hurt you—only your feelings. They will feel sorry for it afterward; they will be ashamed of it. We want our people to act like men and women who are saving souls, as they that must give an account. You have got to give an account for the souls you have been in communion with, and yet have done no work to save from perishing. God grant that you may arouse, is my prayer.
(25LtMs, Ms 64, 1910, 43)
Ms 65, 1910
Interview/At Paradise Valley Sanitarium “Paradise Valley Sanitarium,” National City, California April 17, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Interview Held With Mrs. E. G. White at Paradise Valley Sanitarium, April 17, 1910
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 1)
Present: Mrs. E. G. White, Elder C. E. Ford, Brother Brown, Miss Sara McEnterfer.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 2)
C. E. Ford: I have been in San Diego about seven months, and I have been doing the best I could, the Lord helping me; I have come to a place where I need help in the matter of Brother Healey’s case. I brought Brother Brown along this morning, as he is well acquainted with the work, to see if you could give me any advice. The matter is like this: When I was sent down here, I wrote to you about it. I was sent down by the Conference Committee. Your son read my letter to you, and you were pleased to know that there was some provision made for San Diego. I have felt that it would be best not to ask Brother Healey to preach very often. There was provision made to get him away, out in the field to take up religious liberty work. But he did not go. He seemed to want to stay by the church, and it makes it embarrassing for me. I said I would have him preach on religious liberty. But he was so cutting and sarcastic that the people took it up in the church. To show him respect, I would ask him to pray, etc., but I did not think it best to ask him to preach. This caused his friends to think that I was doing him an injustice in not asking him to preach. But I felt it would save controversy.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 3)
E. G. White: Exactly.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 4)
C. E. Ford: When I knew that you were coming to speak yesterday, I felt impressed not to ask him into the pulpit. I tried to get the matter arranged so that those who were to be in the pulpit would be there before he got in, but he was in the church beforehand. He belongs out in the field, is directed out there by the Conference Committee. I did not like to have him seated in the pulpit when you were there, under the circumstances. Now there will be criticism about that, and I want to know from you whether I have done the right thing about it.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 5)
E. G. White: How do I know? I do not want to give any opinion unless I know what I am doing. I do not want to do it, because I think you will do just as well to go right ahead yourself and do what you are doing as to refer it to me. He knows my position as well as you do.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 6)
C. E. Ford: But the church does not understand the position, and they look to me. The spiritual part of the church is standing by me. I have their sympathy and prayers. There has been some friction, but I would be glad if the council could understand the position some way, if you could give them some information regarding the attitude of Brother Healey in some kind of form. They would take it from you rather than from me.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 7)
E. G. White: I did not dream that he would be there. What he has been doing or anything about it I am ignorant of; I have no knowledge of it. And for me to speak not intelligently would be unwise. I want to know what I am speaking. But there are men that are in positions of responsibility. Is not Elder Andross the very one for you to talk to?
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 8)
C. E. Ford: He wanted me to talk with you about this.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 9)
E. G. White: They try to shift it on to me. But the man Healey knows that I have struck against him over and over again, and he will go away saying, I will have it the next time. And then I will talk it over again and take my position, but he will still say, I will have it the next time. It does not do a bit of good, no matter who may oppose him, unless there is an influence that he must heed. He knows me and my position very well.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 10)
C. E. Ford: They seem to be afraid here to handle the situation. They seemed to think I was the only man to meet Brother Healey, but I cannot meet him as a man. I am willing to fill my place as a minister if the committee will stand by me, and I think they will for they have so far. In the church work his wife has been a bitter enemy of mine ever since I came to San Diego. She has been jealous of me.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 11)
E. G. White: Exactly. It has been so all the time. Nothing could advance, nothing could go ahead, because of interfering with him; and that thing has got to be settled some way, but it is not I that must settle it. You must bring your men in here and let them see that he is holding the situation here. Brother Simpson came in here, and he was a wise laborer and had success everywhere he went; but that man just ridiculed him to death. That is just what he did.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 12)
Brother Brown: Those whom Brother Simpson brought into the truth here have been mistreated by him since they came into the church.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 13)
E. G. White: Exactly. There is that jealousy in him that he can never work with anyone else.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 14)
Brother Brown: I taught the church school two years, but Brother Healey never gave me one atom of help. I have never had any assistance from him.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 15)
E. G. White: He does not want anybody to come in here. But this must be broken up, and I shall work to have it done. If Brother Andross comes in before I go, I will just lay the matter—No, you must;—You must lay the matter before him, not me. I never pitied a man as I did Brother Simpson.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 16)
C. E. Ford: I have met more converts who came in under his labors while he was here than those who came in under any other three ministers. The great majority of those who have come in recently have come through his labors.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 17)
E. G. White: Brother Healey wants the credit of everything that is done, to please him; but when it comes to having it straight, firm, and right in order just as God would have it, he has no sympathy with it.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 18)
Brother Brown: He did not take up the work that Brother Simpson left here and carry it on.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 19)
E. G. White: Brother Simpson would have been alive today if he had united with him and helped him. I thought he would be pleased to do this, but he was not.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 20)
C. E. Ford: I can work with Brother Healey if he would work, but he will not work that way.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 21)
E. G. White: I was placed in a terrible position. Brother Parsons wanted to come in here. He wrote to me and wanted me to write a sort of recommendation, and I knew what it would be if I did. I did not write. I do not know what Brother Parsons thinks because I did not respond, for I have confidence in him. This is going to come up over and over, unless it is settled in some way.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 22)
C. E. Ford: Brother Parsons took it for granted that he was not the man to come. He said if he had been the man he would have come, but he was going to pray for me.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 23)
E. G. White: I did not know what would come, but I did not answer. I knew that Parsons is a man who, if they will give him a chance, will do a good work, but this other party would begin to maneuver. Nothing can be done unless this is broken up and he goes to another place, and the Conference must do it.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 24)
C. E. Ford: Do you think it was right for me not to ask him to preach?
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 25)
E. G. White: Certainly; if you are going to labor here, let him go somewhere else. You must carry it right straight along as you would if there were no such a man as Elder Healey. If you two men are here to carry on the work, why, carry it on humbly, with prayer and sincerity. Treat him as respectfully as possible; but when he wants to take the whole thing out of your hands, you must take a decided position.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 26)
C. E. Ford: We have a council in the church, and since the work has changed hands, he is determined to meet with this council without any invitation. He will always take the opposite position from mine, no matter what it is, and it makes it very embarrassing. I told them who the members of the council were, the ones elected, and after that he still came in.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 27)
E. G. White: He is from everlasting to everlasting in the wrong course. What can be done, I am not sufficient to say. If it were I that had the thing to do, I should get right up in the pulpit and speak just as though there were no such man alive, as I did yesterday. That is what I should do. But what to say to you, I do not know. It is a matter that you cannot easily handle.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 28)
I have had to do everything that I could to get our institutions into any kind of position. He would squeeze himself in, and he wanted to be chaplain at Glendale. I was sick, real sick. But I told them to take me downstairs. They took me down, and said I, Here is Elder Healey. He thinks that he could fill a position here, but said I, Elder Healey, you cannot do it. It needs a man in such a position as this that has a different countenance than you have. You cannot be put in here. I would not consent to it for a moment. I want you to understand it. What they want is a man of prayer, who is connected with God. (For he would go out of meeting after I had been there and turn what I had said right around and make an entirely different thing of it. So I understand the man perfectly. I wish I did not know him so well.) But I had to stand up in that council, and say, From the light God has given me, you are not to fill a position here at all. Two or three times I have had to do these things.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 29)
C. E. Ford: The thing I am confused most about is that I am going away for a couple of weeks before I take up the work of holding meetings in National City. The question is whether the elders should ask him to preach in my absence. I feel that I should not show him any countenance, but go right ahead as though he were not here.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 30)
E. G. White: Brother Andross has got to come in here and take a position to help in these matters.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 31)
C. E. Ford: Have you any light for me on this?
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 32)
E. G. White: Why, do just as if there were not such a man here. Do it kindly and religiously, I would advise. But no matter if you do it ever so religiously, you will be met just the same.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 33)
C. E. Ford: If I know I am right, I do not care about the criticism. But I do not want to treat him unjustly. It will hurt him, of course.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 34)
E. G. White: I think there must be an outside work for him.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 35)
Brother Brown: There have been appointments made out in the field for him, but he will not go out to fill them.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 36)
E. G. White: I know him like a book.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 37)
C. E. Ford: Elder Andross and I were in your room the other morning, talking about this same thing, and he is perplexed as I am. I said to him, “Brother Andross, you will have to do something to help me.” He said, “We will go and talk to Sister White about it.”
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 38)
E. G. White: And what did I say?
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 39)
C. E. Ford: You said about what you have said this morning.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 40)
E. G. White: If the cause of God must be hindered all the time, there must be something done. We should have had a large meetinghouse and a large congregation today if it were not for this very thing.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 41)
C. E. Ford: I want to say for your encouragement, Sister White, that the work is looking up in San Diego. Our congregations are increasing, and we have a good interest. The spiritual condition is better than it has been in years.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 42)
E. G. White: You just take a course like a humble Christian just as though there were not such a man in the world. He abused Simpson shamefully. He kept at it, and Simpson, when he saw how things were going, pondered it over, and he could not get over it.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 43)
Brother Brown: I never saw Brother Simpson, but after he left here, Brother Healey did not take up the work and visit his members; consequently a lot of them dropped out.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 44)
E. G. White: He would talk against him and undermine the work that he had done.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 45)
Brother Brown: He said his method of presenting the truth was entirely contrary to the Bible and the testimonies.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 46)
E. G. White: It is false. I shall make my report at the coming meeting, that if it is going to be so that he is going to keep on here, the work might just as well stop, because he will keep it hanging back all the time.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 47)
C. E. Ford: He is right there. He owns that corner where the church stands, and part of the ground that the church stands on.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 48)
E. G. White: I would take that church off that corner if it were possible. And you have good reason to, for it will not accommodate the people that meet there on special occasions. Get it far enough away. Get a lot somewhere away from him. That is the very best thing you can do. You have a good excuse—we cannot accommodate the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 49)
Brother Brown: It is a bad place for our church school.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 50)
C. E. Ford: I cannot see any other way out. He owns the property and will stay there.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 51)
E. G. White: You must lay these matters before them in the meetings that are soon to be held. I expect to be there, and Willie expects to be there, and there will be a good many intelligent men there who understand the situation.... I do not want anything to go from me that he will make a great fuss over. But you know my position.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 52)
C. E. Ford: It is very encouraging anyway to have had this talk with you, and we thank you for your time.
(25LtMs, Ms 65, 1910, 53)
Ms 66, 1910
Our Appointed Work St. Helena, California October 19, 1910 Previously unpublished. To my Brethren and Sisters throughout the field:
At this time there seems to be an awakening to the condition of things in the world. Elder Daniells and others are taking in the situation. They see that now is the time to make a united and determined effort. Decided work is now to be done in our cities. Let there be no delay. The number of workers is to be increased, in order to meet the demands of the work in the cities. Talk it; pray, believe. No voice is to be raised to hinder the work now to be done. Means must come in to carry forward the work of soul-saving.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 1)
Let us gird on the armor, and let there be no delay in the Lord’s work because of a lack of means. Our workers are to turn their attention to the cities, and our lay members who have means must remember that upon them rests the responsibility of helping to do this work without delay. Brethren, sisters, reconsecrate yourselves now. For the past twenty years messages have been coming to us as a people, pointing out the need of proclaiming the message throughout the world. By brethren and sisters, will you now do your appointed work, that you may be in harmony with the Lord God and with Christ, His only begotten Son. I beg of our people to resist the temptation that Satan offers them to enter into commercial enterprises and to invest their means in the Lord’s work. This Satan is trying to lead men and women to do. The 48th, 49th, 50th, 51st, and 52nd chapters of Isaiah were presented to me as showing the work that is to be done. Study, study these chapters. Carefully read and study them, and ask the Lord for a willingness to do His bidding.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 2)
“Thus saith the Lord, the Redeemer of Israel, and His Holy One, to Him whom man despiseth, to Him whom the nation abhorreth, to a Servant of rulers. Kings shall see and arise, princes also shall worship, because of the Lord that is faithful, and the Holy One of Israel, and He shall choose thee. Thus saith the Lord, In an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; That thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Shew yourselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them: for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the springs of water shall He guide them. And I will make all My mountains a way, and My highways shall be exalted. Behold, these shall come from far: and, lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His afflicted.”Isaiah 49:7-13.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 3)
“How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth! Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem: for the Lord hath comforted His people, He hath redeemed Jerusalem.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 4)
“The Lord hath made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God.”Isaiah 52:7-10.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 5)
“Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations: spare not, lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; For thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited.”Isaiah 54:2, 3.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 6)
“No weapon that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment thou shalt condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the Lord, and their righteousness is of Me, saith the Lord.”Isaiah 54:17.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 7)
Read also the 55th, 56th, 57th, and 58th chapters of Isaiah. Let these chapters be diligently studied. Let pastors and people arouse from their spiritual stupidity. Let those in our cities who profess to believe the truth for this time wake up and give to others what the Lord has given them.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 8)
I call upon those who have not yet come up to the help of the Lord to arise and shine; for their light is come, and they will see of the glory of God as they give to others the precious light of the gospel message. Let them go forth with the full assurance that angels of God will make impressions upon the minds of those for whom they labor.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 9)
“Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison, He departed into Galilee; And leaving Nazareth, He came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim: That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; The people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up. From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. And Jesus, walking by the Sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, he saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed Him.”Matthew 4:12-22.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 10)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto Him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatick, and those that had the palsy; and He healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan.”Matthew 4:23-25.
(25LtMs, Ms 66, 1910, 11)
Ms 67, 1910
Errors and Dangers of Elders Prescott and Daniells NP 1910 Portions of this manuscript are published in 20MR 17-22.
Errors and Dangers of Elders Prescott and Daniells; The Cities to be Worked; God’s Plan is “Two by Two”; No Theatrics in Preaching
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 1)
At this stage of our experience we are not to have our minds drawn away from the special light given [us] to consider at the important gathering of our conference. And there was Brother Daniells, whose mind the enemy was working; and your mind and Elder Prescott’s mind were being worked by the angels that were expelled from heaven. Satan’s work was to divert your minds, that jots and tittles should be brought in which the Lord did not inspire you to bring in. They were not essential. But this meant much to the cause of truth. And the ideas of your minds, if you could be drawn away to jots or tittles, is a work of Satan’s devising. To correct little things in the books written you suppose would be doing a great work. But I am charged, Silence is eloquent.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 2)
I am to say, Stop your picking flaws. If this purpose of the devil could only be carried out, then [it] appears to you [that] your work would be considered as most wonderful in conception. It was the enemy’s plan to get all the supposed objectionable features where all classes of minds did not agree. And what then?
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 3)
The very work that pleases the devil would come to pass. There would be a representation given to the outsiders not of our faith just what would suit them that would develop traits of character which would cause great confusion and occupy the golden moments which should be used zealously to bring the great message before the people. The presentations upon any subject we have worked upon could not all harmonize, and the results would be to confuse the minds of believers and unbelievers. This is the very thing that Satan had planned that should take place—anything that could be magnified as a disagreement.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 4)
Read Ezekiel, chapter 28. Now, here is a grand work, where strange spirits can figure. But the Lord has a work to [be] done to save perishing souls; and the places which Satan, disguised, could fill in, bringing confusion into our ranks, he will do to perfection, and all those little differences will become enlarged, prominent.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 5)
And I was shown from the first that the Lord had given neither Elders Daniells nor Prescott the burden of this work. Should Satan’s wiles be brought in, should this “daily” be such a great matter as to be brought in to confuse minds and hinder the advancement of the work at this important period of time? It should not, whatever may be; this subject should not be introduced, for the spirit that would be brought in would be forbidding, and Lucifer is watching every movement. Satanic agencies would commence his work, and there would be confusion brought into our ranks. You have no call to hunt up the difference of opinion that is not a testing question; but your silence is eloquence. I have the matter all plainly before me. If the devil could involve any one of our own people on these subjects, as he has proposed to do, Satan’s cause would triumph. Now the work without delay is to be taken up and not a [difference] of opinion expressed.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 6)
Satan would inspire those men who have gone out from us to unite with evil angels and retard our work on unimportant questions, and what rejoicing [there] would be in the camp of the enemy. Press together, press together. Let every difference be buried. Our work now is to devote all our physical and brain-nerve power to put these differences out of the way and all harmonize. If Satan could with his great unsanctified wisdom be permitted to get the least hold, [he would rejoice]. Now, when I saw how you were working, my mind took in the whole situation and the results if you should go forward and give the parties that have left us the least chance to bring confusion into our ranks. Your lack of wisdom would be just what Satan would have it. Your loud proclamation was not under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. I was instructed to say to you that your picking flaws in the writings of men that have been led of God is not inspired of God. And if this is the wisdom that Elder Daniells would give to the people, by no means give him an official position, for he cannot reason from cause to effect. Your silence on this subject is your wisdom. Now, everything like picking flaws in the publications of men who are not alive is not the work God has given any of you to do. For if these men—Elders Daniells and Prescott—had followed the directions given in working the cities, there would have been many, very many, convinced of the truth and converted, able men that [now] are in positions where they never will be reached.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 7)
All the world is to be regarded as one great family. And when you have such a fountain of knowledge to draw from, why have you left the world to perish for years with the testimonies given by our Lord Jesus Christ? True religion teaches us to regard every man and woman as a person to whom we can do good.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 8)
This has been in print many years: “A Balanced Mind,” testimony to Elder Andrews. The mind may be cultivated to become a power to know when to speak and what burdens to take up and to bear, for Christ is your teacher. And I feared greatly for you [when I saw you], exalting your wisdom and pursuing a course to bring in differences of opinion. The Lord calls for wise men who can hold their peace when it [is] wisdom for them to do so. If you would be a whole man, you need sanctification through Jesus Christ. Now there is a work just started, and let wisdom be seen in every minister, in every president of [a] conference. But here was a work for you to take hold of years ago where you were needed to lift your voice for this very work. Christ gave all His people special directions what they shall do and the things they shall not do. And there is a little time left us to work out the righteousness of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 9)
You can understand the way of the Lord. I saw your purpose of carrying things after your own devising after you were placed as president. You had thought you would do wonderful things, which would be a work God had not placed in your hands to do. Now, your work is not to oppress, but to release every necessity possible if the Lord has accepted you to serve. But you have very early given evidence that wisdom and sanctified judgment have not been manifested by you. You blazed out matters that would not be received unless the Lord should give light.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 10)
I have been instructed that such hasty movements should not have [been] made [such] as selecting you as president of the conference even another year. But the Lord forbids any more such hasty transactions until the matter is brought before the Lord in prayer; and as you have had the message come to you, that the work of the Lord resting upon the president is a most solemn responsibility, you had no moral right to blaze out as you did upon the subject of the “daily” and suppose your influence would decide the question. There was Elder Haskell who has carried the heavy responsibilities, and there is Elder Irwin and several men I might mention who have the heavy responsibilities.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 11)
Where was your respect for the men of age? What authority could you exercise without taking all the responsible men to weigh the matter? But let us now investigate the matter. We must now reconsider whether it is the Lord’s judgment, in the face of the work that has been neglected, of showing your zeal to carry the work even another year. If you should carry the work another year with the help that shall unite with you, there should be a change take place in you and Elder Prescott. And humble your own hearts before God. The Lord will have to see in you a showing of a different experience; for if ever men needed to be reconverted at this present [time], it [is] Elder Daniells and Elder Prescott.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 12)
Seven men should be chosen that are men of wisdom and through the working of the grace of God [give] evidence [of] a reconversion. For any men who are so blinded that they cannot reason from cause to effect, that they would ignore the men who have borne the responsibilities of the work and these presidents of conferences, [that] men [who] carry the work for over two years should be disregarded and such an impulsive consequence take place, that men would neglect the very work kept before them for years—work the cities—and no, or but very little, attention [be] given to the old men for counsel, but proclaim the things they choose to give the people, bears its own testimony of the unsafety of the men to be entrusted with such a grand and wonderful work.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 13)
Christ is not dead. He will never suffer His work to be carried on in this strange way. Let the books alone. If any change is essential, God will have the harmony in that change consistent; but when a message has been entrusted to men with the large responsibilities involved, [God] demands faithfulness that will work by love and purify the soul. Elders Daniells and Prescott both need reconversion. A strange work has come in, and it is not in harmony with the work Christ came to our world to do; and all who are truly converted will work the works of Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 14)
We are every one [to] work out the work which shall glorify the Father. We have come to the crisis—either to conform to the character of Jesus Christ right in this preparatory time or not attempt [it]. Elder Daniells, [you are not] to feel at liberty to let your voice be heard on high as you have done under similar circumstances. And understand, the president of a conference is not a ruler. He works in connection with the wise men who occupy the position as presidents whom God has accepted. He has not liberty to meddle with the writings in printed books from the pens that God has accepted. They are no longer to bear sway unless they show less of the ruling, dominating power. The crisis has come, for God will be dishonored.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 15)
How does the Lord look upon the unworked cities? Christ is in heaven. Now its acknowledgment is to be, “There is no kingly rule. And now is the crisis of this world. Now I am the Power to save or to destroy. Now is the time when the destiny of all is in My hands. I have given My life to save the world. And ‘I, if I be lifted up,’ the saving grace I shall impart will prove that all who will be fashioned after the divine similitude and will be one with Me shall work as I work with My power of redeeming grace.” Whoever will, [let him] take hold with his brethren to do the work given them to do when in responsible places under the counsel the Lord gives, and seek most earnestly to work in complete harmony with Him who so loved the world He gave His life a full sacrifice for the saving of the world. I speak to our ministers, that as they enter upon the work in our cities, let there be a calm sacredness attending the ministry of the Word. We cannot make the proper impression upon the minds of the people if we ...
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 16)
[Lower third of this page left blank.]
I copy from my Diary. The truth as it is in Jesus—talk it, pray it, believe every word in its simplicity. What would you gain if mistakes are brought before the men who have departed from the faith and given heed to seducing spirits? Men who were not long ago with us in the faith, will you stand on the devil’s side? Give your attention to the unworked fields. A worldwide work is before us. I was given representations of John Kellogg. A very attractive personage was representing the ideas of the specious arguments that he was presenting, sentiments different from the genuine Bible truth. And those who are hungering and thirsting after something new were advancing ideas [so specious] that Elder Prescott was in great danger. Elder Daniells was in great danger [of] becoming wrapped in a delusion that if these sentiments could be spoken everywhere, it would be as a new world.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 17)
Yes, it would; but while their minds were thus absorbed, I was shown that Brother Daniells and Brother Prescott were weaving into their experience sentiments of a spiritualistic appearance and drawing our people to beautiful sentiments that would deceive, if possible, the every elect. I have to trace with my pen [the fact] that these brethren would see defects in their delusive ideas that would place the truth in an uncertainty; and [yet] they [would] stand out as [if they had] great spiritual discernment. Now I am to tell them [that] when I was shown this matter, when Elder Daniells was lifting up his voice like a trumpet in advocating his ideas of the “daily,” the after results were presented. Our people were becoming confused. I saw the result, and then there were given me cautions that if Elder Daniells without respect to the outcome should thus be impressed and let himself believe he was under the inspiration of God, skepticism would be sown among our ranks everywhere, and we should be where Satan would carry his messages. Set unbelief and skepticism would be sown in human minds, and strange crops of evil would take the place of truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 18)
If these men will now be able to discern [their errors, the Lord promises] “I will heal them.” But if they go on picking flaws in the messages God has given, [He declares], “I will remove My Spirit from them.” Then will (Acts 17:31) [be implemented]. Now I am charged to say, we have been as men and women asleep. And if the past experience is to be repeated, we cannot consent to have our people, as regards this faith, like people lost in the fog. Our work is not [to] be confined so largely to holding meetings among believers. We must work the cities. I am doubtful of Elder Daniells’ being entrusted [with the work] as president of the conference, because he cannot discern from cause to effect. His position carries a weight of assurance that will make him a man [whom the people will feel is] to be trusted, when I see spiritual blindness has come upon him. Were Elder Daniells genuinely converted at the General [Conference] and Elder Prescott, I could then feel some courage to confide in his judgment when to speak and how to deliver the messages the Lord has for His people. Our work in the future is not to be confined as in the past so largely to believers. There is a converting missionary Spirit to enthuse every mind that will come to search after the truth. There [are] many outposts. Important work must be done by men of sanctified discernment. No haphazard work must come in now. There are to be men of keen discernment under the influence of the Holy Spirit of God. Pastors are to [be] chosen under men of discernment to be directed to important outposts.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 19)
Evangelistic and medical missionary work is to be done in many places. A special work is to be done in our cities, and it requires men and women to meet the necessities of the case because they are taught of God. I am heavily burdened because [of] the neglected fields. Why have our ministers hovered over the churches? Some will take the burden. It is skilful work now called for to meet unbelievers, infidels, [and] church members. A world is to be warned. We have large interests that must be handled. I have had presented to me [that] there must be meetings appointed to consider how the work is to be done in the many places.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 20)
Now the outdoor work in camp-meetings should be well managed and every minister understand his commission as from Jesus Christ. And if the ministers are truly converted and copy the pattern Christ Jesus, your faith in the work to be accomplished will testify of the sanctification of the Holy Spirit upon human minds. No careless, reckless work is [to] be accepted. There need to be men that evidence they are born of God through the Holy Spirit. All who are daily under the influence of the Holy Spirit, as Seventh-day Adventists carrying the burden of the work, will be often in humble prayer. Why? Because Satan will try every effort to make them act as superiors. All who take hold of the work are to be under the Holy Spirit of Christ’s dictation, making the Saviour’s words a verity and bringing truth into their daily experience. They will reveal the virtues of Christ’s character, united in the bonds [of] solemn sanctification through the truth of the lessons Christ has taught His disciples. When the people are thus united to Christ and they [go] before a congregation, they will in words and in their manners reveal the virtues of Christ’s character. When in the pulpit or on the platform, they will not act like pugilists, traveling and talking from one end of the platform to the other, even in camp meetings. If they have the Word of God in their heart, there will be no rough presentations. We are to consider Paul’s words, “I am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the Barbarians.” [Romans 1:14.] “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 21)
Paul accepted the commission. He realized that upon him rested the obligation of laboring for all classes of men—for Jews, likewise for Gentiles; learned and unlearned Jews and Gentiles; for all those to whom he could find access; for those in high positions and for those in the most lowly walks of life, but who love God and keep His commandments.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 22)
The seventy disciples sent out by Christ on their missionary tour returned with joy, saying, “Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through Thy name.” And Christ said unto them, “I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven. Behold, I give you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy.” [Luke 10:17-19.] This Scripture refers to the opposition we shall realize from men, satanic agencies. Will our churches be converted and walk in the counsels of God? The Lord in this age of the world calls for men and women on whom we can depend, who will be laborers together with God, [who] are consecrated to do the will of our Father in heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 23)
I am now seeking to impress every soul to work intelligently as Christians, for we have no time to lose. And do not let any soul give himself up to theatrical performances, for that is not the power of God. The Lord calls for men and for women to come into line in His service. Let not one soul be self-sufficient.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 24)
Now is your opportunity to pray, to believe, that the Lord Jesus will give divine enlightenment to every soul who will work in humble obedience. Nine years have passed into eternity, and our cities have not been worked. Every neglect has placed many souls beyond the reach of the workers.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 25)
Lucifer is represented [in] Ezekiel 28. Read this description of the angel who came to suppose he should occupy the place of Christ. And it might be the place of God. Read and understand who left the royal courts and who consented to live the life of humanity, that He Himself might experience all the afflictions wherein humanity must be a partaker. Why cannot humanity humble itself as did the higher Being next to God? Who have been truly converted? There are churches that seem to have no idea of what true conversion, self-denial, and self-sacrifice mean. Many of those have a knowledge of the theory of the truth, but do not obey the words of God. Their influence the Lord does not accept. Pray that your own unconverted hearts may have the divine conviction of what conversion means. Will they ever find out that one movement in self in your own unconverted state may be the ruin of many souls?
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 26)
Christ is the connecting link between God and man. And man need not continue in the self-absorbed element of self-indulgence. Christ came to our world to live the life we must every one live if we shall enter the kingdom of God. It is when man is claiming much knowledge that his danger becomes comparatively greater than himself can comprehend. And we need to learn what it means to be a child of God. [There is a] great and mysterious link between God and man. When the suppliant humbles himself, Christ promises His personal intercession. He places the whole virtue of His righteousness on the side of the suppliant. He pleads for fallen man Himself in the presence of God. Christ pleads, and the one who is the suppliant [pleads] in the name of the One who came to our world and died to make it possible for Him to save every fallen sinner, for He gave His life for the life of the world. And His blood was shed for the life of every soul that should be born into the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 27)
Will men repent and be converted? Will they be induced to humble themselves? Will the presidents of our conferences closely examine their own lives in the light of the Word? I have a message to bear: Let every minister of the gospel humble himself and work, if need be, for the conversion of souls as Christ worked to make it possible for sinners to be renewed and transformed in character. And do you—anyone—flatter yourself that unconverted, unrenewed, unsanctified, you will have the welcome, “Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you” [Matthew 25:34] from the reception of the character of the meek and lowly Jesus? When I see ministers exalting themselves, I am ashamed of the contrast exhibited by their self-exalted position and the example given in the teachings and the life of Christ Jesus. I do not expect my life will be protracted long.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 28)
Only consider, every minister of the gospel, Christ is the connecting link between God and man. If man will humble himself daily and become a channel through whom Christ can communicate the promise of the Lord God that Christ’s righteousness [may be imparted in response to] man’s penitence, then the divine help can be communicated through Christ and the virtue of His intercession prevail. Christ pleads for Himself in the presence of God, using His own influence as the advocate in behalf of man as one with the Father, who came to our world and who gave His life to a life of humiliation in behalf of man; and if man will repent and be converted, He then has permission to claim great things of the Father in behalf of man. Then as man acknowledges his own unworthiness and accepts the precious Saviour, Christ’s arm encircles the repentant [sinner].
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 29)
Your prayers will become a virtue when by faith you confess your sins and with a broken heart confess; and sincere repentance brings us on the side of Jesus Christ. Then men and women [are accepted by God] after being truly converted, because One equal with the Father has made an appeal [on their behalf]. [Here there is an unclear sentence.] Angels of God will clear away the sin practice, because the appreciation of Christ’s merits is sufficient to cleanse away every sin fully repented of, and [to] place upon the repenting soul the garments of Christ’s righteousness. I have tried my best to express over and over again [the truth that] your only hope is in daily, humbly walking with God. Such a daily [walk] every soul needs presented to him in the simplicity of daily conversion to God. The unchristlike behavior of some needs to be seen, and they [need to] repent before it is too late.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 30)
But I must charge that all theatrical performances be left [out] and not encouraged in our meetings. Ministers, do not travel in our meetings from one end of the platform to the other. It confuses the congregation and encourages acts of fanatical performances. Preserve your dignity, and work in a godly manner. There is a great and solemn work to be done, and let no theatrical performance come in, for it will give license to a phase of work which we do not need and which, if once entered, pleases Lucifer, but grieves the Lord Jesus Christ. Let all be done under the Holy Spirit’s influence.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 31)
City Work. How Shall We Begin?
I was considering some points. How shall we reach the people? Begin in a way that will not be necessary to set too many at work, and [do not] get a large number at work who offer themselves, for they may have ways and methods that will be coarse and undesirable. Have your appointed meetings, and then do not send out questionable men and women, but select special ones. A great excitement started in any city needs to be started in a most earnest way and in different sections, and there will be men and women who are not adapted to the work. And let there be no such performance as of a theatrical characteristic. Let a few be attracted to the work, and hold meetings in our cities, pleading for the wisdom which God alone can give. The whole [population of the] cities are to be warned, but [we must follow God’s counsel in] the way this shall be done. There are some who have no experience. Do not send them out alone. But let there be no undue excitement. Having Scripture open before you, take the discourses one after another which Christ gave, and keep the special truths appropriate for the delivery of the truth in Christ’s own words. These are to be spoken and repeated. Be sure, many a devised plan will have to [be] treated in a sensible manner. And if you set too much in operation, confusion will be the result.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 32)
There must be no fanciful and theatrical exercises, but the Word, Christ’s words, are to be your stronghold. You shall seek the Lord daily in humble prayer and that in different companies in different places. Simplicity of true godliness is to be put into the work, not a make-believe work which some may interpret against us. There is to be a general taking in of the places that are desirable; and let not superficial persons, who themselves need first to learn how to manage wisely, [be employed]. “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” [Proverbs 9:10.] My brethren, ministers spread out over too much ground. Take time to give most convincing Bible readings. Calmly are these matters to be studied. But the Holy Spirit’s power will do that for the penitent souls that have first heard the reasons of our faith. Yourselves may be in need of training and the Spirit of Christ. Most precious Scriptures full of instruction are to be brought in. And the more calm, sensible reasoning from the convincing words of Scripture will be the most convincing Scripture evidence [needed] to settle the mind. Every true worker will place himself under the true theocracy, that the will of God may be done in himself and the teacher daily converted to the understanding of the work.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 33)
(John 17:15-26) give in full. This is the great purpose for which Christ came into our world. He left the heavenly courts and came to convince the world of sin, that they may come into complete harmony with God in taking away their sin and become channels of light to a sinful world, through the Spirit which shall mold and fashion their souls after the divine similitude. What are the words of Christ? “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word: that they all may be one” [verses 20, 21], not independent atoms, doing as they please, but united in the great, grand principles of the gospel of Jesus Christ, that the power of the gospel may be demonstrated to the unbelieving world.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 34)
“That they all may be one, as Thou Father art in Me and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them: that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one: and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 21-23.] What a work! Shall every believer work, interested for the souls that are perishing in their sins? When those who claim to be Christians begin to draw apart, they are discarding the divine theocracy. We need now the converting influence of the Holy Spirit of God. The Lord will work with all who will engage earnestly for the salvation of perishing souls.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 35)
One thing I must advise our brethren, for light has been given me of the Lord that no encouragement should be given to one man to lead and carry on a series alone. This has plainly been set before me [that it] should not be. The Lord is not in the plan. As many [as] three should be selected to carry the religious interest in any place. And if the larger numbers are in any one place, then the gatherings demand more speakers. One man’s talent is not sufficient. Various subjects must come to the people, and therefore the family plan of conducting meetings that was entered into by Elder Franke must never be permitted again, because that family carried things in certain lines strongly. It is not wisdom, for the Lord’s plan is not followed. And the linking up of even four together in a large meeting would be better than less, because the Lord works different minds.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 36)
But wherever it is possible, two and two to associate in the work is the Saviour’s plan. When He sent His disciples, two and two were connected together. And the Lord would not have one man’s mind and one man’s judgment take the responsibility, because it is not the Lord’s plan. Neither would He have a whole family go into any place and carry forward the responsibilities of the work, because there would need to be other talents. And it is the Lord’s plan to work with a variety of minds, and let the Lord’s name be glorified in the two or three or five not of the same family, but of the Lord’s family. Never consent to accept one man’s labor to bear the responsibilities of the series of meetings. The Lord’s plan is two and two, and He understands [that] a more healthful current would circulate through the congregation, and the wearied brain of one man is not wholesome or sanctifying when others can be obtained. Another evil is to be guarded—that the presentation of truth should be in a dignified manner; no theatrical gestures or expressions. Everything should be represented in correct manner. This is the great purpose for which Christ came to our world—to give to our world a pattern, and secure to Himself a people in the world who would work out His plans and His will in complete harmony as to become channels of light to the world which should fashion the human soul after the divine similitude.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 37)
Christ’s prayer continues, “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word, that they all may” become not independent atoms, doing as they please, but become united; [and through them] the great, grand, elevated, sanctified principles of the gospel of Jesus Christ may [be] demonstrated to the unbelieving world; that they all may be sanctified through the power of the gospel and may be laborers together with God, that the unbelieving world may become one in heart and one in principle as Thou. “And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 20-23.]
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 38)
There are some who wish to do all the preaching, but this is not the Lord’s plan. The Lord made the arrangement that two should carry the responsibility of the work and consult together, unite their prayers, and blend in unity in their work. This unity can be reached only as every believer can unite under the Lord’s theocracy. One man’s mind and one man’s judgment cannot be a perfect whole. It is a solemn work in which we are engaged, and perfect unity is to be expressed in labor; and these are to be sanctified through the truth. And all will be drawn by the cords of love and tender confidence of sympathy to the great center, Jesus Christ. The Lord calls for talent to be cultivated.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 39)
I have much to say in the future, if the Lord gives me strength, upon unity in the work. All must be under the molding influence of Christ’s discipline through the eternal principles of truth and righteousness. The cities have [been] neglected. Now let there be work commenced in a right way. Do not launch out and accumulate so much work for our cities that confusion will be the result. Let methods be carried out and not bank up so many interests that there will [be] confusion. The work has been pointed out for the last twenty years, but neglected to be taken up in our cities. Let not now confusion come in. Let all things be worked intelligently. The Lord will instruct, and as the work moves on in our cities [we must keep] praying and believing. Order must be encouraged, and light continually shining will regulate the working forces.
(25LtMs, Ms 67, 1910, 40)
Ms 68, 1910
An Appeal for Greater Earnestness St. Helena, California October 24, 1910 Previously unpublished. +
I am intensely wrought upon. My mind is unable to rest. There is to be no drawing back from advance work. We have lost much time in entering the fields that have not been worked. Let those established in the faith keep their own hearts in the truth and in the love of God. Let them guard themselves and keep their own souls alive. Those who know the importance of the message to be given are to keep in close fellowship with their brethren. Let seasons of prayer be held, and let the prayers offered be right to the point. Search your own hearts. Work away from every wrong action.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 1)
There should be special seasons of prayer for those who shall enter upon the work in the cities; for Satan will use all his energy in an effort to hinder this work. The Lord desires every Sabbath-keeping family to work with an intensity of effort to keep the home interest in God’s work fresh and to search the Scriptures diligently. Let all selfishness be sought out and expelled from the soul.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 2)
Those connected with our sanitariums are to go out into the nearby cities, into the highways and the byways, and visit families, using every capability in an effort to help those whom they visit to understand the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 3)
Tests and trials will come. There are temptations to be met and conquered. Satan is not idle. He is at work everywhere, striving to ensnare souls. A decided effort should now be put forth on the part of the people of the Lord to work intelligently for Him. Let the grace of Christ be revealed in every place. Let neighbors be treated kindly, and let missionary work be done with those close at hand. Let Seventh-day Adventists in every place show an intense interest in souls. And in the cities let competent ones be appointed from among those who believe the truth to take up the work for their neighbors. Let meetings be held in different localities. Let there be special meetings for souls ready to perish.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 4)
My brethren and sisters, in the great day of judgment some will be charged with a neglect of their fellow citizens. If you are not faithful in this work, those who are now your neighbors will rise up in the judgment and say with groaning and mourning, Why did you not tell us of the importance of these things? You acted indifferently, as though it were of little consequence whether we believed the truth as you believe it. And now our souls are lost because of our disregard of the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. You did not act as if this matter were a testing question.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 5)
Great light has been shining through our publications. But many of those to whom the truth has been so clearly revealed have not had the Spirit of Jesus Christ. Great light has been given, but many of our people have neighbors close by who have not been instructed in regard to the importance of obeying the Sabbath of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 6)
The Lord declares in His Word, “Verily, My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations.” [Exodus 31:13.] Much depends upon the keeping of the Sabbath, and God will be honored and exalted as His people try to make plain this command upon which He has placed so much importance. Every family that keeps the Sabbath loyally is honoring God. Upon every family that has a knowledge of the truth the Lord has placed the responsibility of letting its influence tell on the side of right. In order to be in harmony with the God of heaven, we must obey His law. It is the solemn, sacred duty of Christians to let the Sabbath truth be expressed in their words and works through the sanctification of the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 7)
There have been institutions established among us as a people. This is as it should be. But we must not forget that in the Word of God the Sabbath is made a distinct and solemn specification, and that the Sabbath truth must be made known. The genuine work that should be done by professing Sabbath-keepers is not done. We observe the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, and we must do our best to persuade others to observe it. But we must never use arguments that will close the minds of others so that they cannot be reached.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 8)
Those who have the light of present truth may do much to proclaim the message by circulating the publications which testify to the truth. All who have a knowledge of present truth should act out this truth in the life. Unless they do this, showing in their lives the virtue of the truth, the blood of souls will be upon their garments. As we near the close of this earth’s history, our characters are to show a divine connection with the character of Christ. Christlikeness is to appear in our lives.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 9)
Those whose names are on the church books can act a part before their neighbors that will reveal their spiritual relation to God. Through their words and actions, and through their sacred observance of the Sabbath, they can speak to those around them of God. Thus they can show their love and honor for Him who created the world in six days and rested on the seventh day.
(25LtMs, Ms 68, 1910, 10)
Ms 69, 1910
The Family as an Educational Agency NP 1910 This manuscript is published in entirety in PUR 08/18/1910.
In His wisdom the Lord has decreed that the family shall be the greatest of all educational agencies. The education of the child is to be begun in the home. In the home the child is to learn the lessons that are to guide it through life. From infancy lessons of honor and obedience to parents are to be taught. Never should their children be allowed to show them disrespect. Self-will and hasty words should not be allowed to go unrebuked.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 1)
Parents should realize the sacredness of family discipline. They have been entrusted with a most important stewardship, a sacred charge. They are to make their family a symbol of the family in heaven, of which they hope to become members when their day of test and trial here below shall have ended. The children are to be taught to respect themselves, because they are the Lord’s property, bought with an infinite price.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 2)
The influence exerted in the home must be Christlike. This is the most effective ministration in the character building of the child. The words spoken are to be pleasant. No boisterous, arbitrary, masterful spirit is to be allowed to come into the family. Every member is to be taught that he is to prepare to be a member of the royal family.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 3)
The father and the mother are to place themselves decidedly on the Lord’s side. It is their privilege to bring light and joy and peace into the home circle. They are to exert an influence which shows that they are guided and controlled by the principles of heaven. They are to draw in even cords. Their every act is to be in harmony with heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 4)
The parents in the home and the teacher in the school are to co-operate. The instruction given the child in the home is to be such as will help the teacher. In the home the child is to be taught the importance of neatness, order, and thoroughness, and these lessons are to be repeated in the school.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 5)
Our schools are to be built up. They are to be as the schools of the prophets. We are to expect that angels of God will be the helpers of the teachers in all the service that is done to the glory of God. But the child’s first school is the home. There it is to learn lessons of the highest importance.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 6)
Parents, remember that your home is a training school, in which your children are to be prepared for the home above. Deny them anything rather than the education that they should receive in their earliest years. Allow no word of pettishness. Teach your children to be kind and patient. Teach them to be thoughtful of others. Thus you are preparing them for higher ministry in religious things.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 7)
The history of every one is written in the books of heaven, that all may know that their reward or punishment is according to their works—their service in this life. Let parents remember that every day makes part of their history and that no neglect must be permitted in the home; because they cannot know how soon sickness and death may come to them or to their children.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 8)
In the home church children are to learn to pray and to trust in God. They are to learn that they are to prepare to become members of the family of heaven, and that they must, therefore, be kind and dutiful to their parents, faithfully respecting their wishes.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 9)
The father and the mother should work together, in full sympathy with each other. They should make themselves companions to their children.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 10)
When children reach a suitable age, they should be provided with tools. If their work is made interesting, they will be found apt pupils in the use of tools. If the father is a carpenter, he should give his boys lessons in house building, ever bringing into his instruction lessons from the Bible, the words of Scripture in which the Lord compares human beings to His building.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 11)
As much as possible, let the homes of our people be out of the cities, that the children may have ground to cultivate. It is well to let each have a piece of ground as his own. As you teach them how to prepare a garden, how to prepare the soil for the seed, and the importance of keeping the garden free from weeds, teach them how important it is to keep unsightly, injurious practices out of the life. Teach them to keep down wrong habits as they keep down the weeds in their gardens. It will take time to teach these lessons, but it will pay, yes, greatly pay. God demands of parents a faithful study of His word and a determined effort to make a success of the church in the home. Then parents with their converted children—the result of their obedience to God—can carry into the church their self-denial and sacrifice and their spiritual strength.
(25LtMs, Ms 69, 1910, 12)
Ms 70, 1910
Interview/Discussion with Mr. Tufts, and the Temperance Work NP 1910 Previously unpublished.
An Interview with Mrs. E. G. White
Present: W. C. White, J. O. Corliss, C. H. Jones, and D. E. Robinson.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 1)
[Elder Corliss:] A year ago, last month, and the month before, Mr. Tufts—the man who has been trying to put this Sunday bill through—wrote three articles through the Pacific Monthly, a Congregational paper, on “Seventh-day Adventism Exposed”; “Seventh-day Adventists, the Foes of Church and State”; then, “Judaizing Legalists.” I felt as though a reply should be made, so I went to the editor of the paper. He said that he could not spare space for more than one article in reply. So I wrote an article, and he printed it just as I wrote it: “Seventh-day Adventists and Their Critics.” Mr. Tufts had evidently read Canright’s book, and he followed Canright largely. I proved by Elder Isaac Morrison and C. L. Taylor that he had not told the truth in some points. In that article I closed up thus:
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 2)
(Here Elder Corliss read a statement suggesting that as there was not space in the paper for a review of the doctrinal points, a friendly discussion be arranged between Mr. Tufts and the writer.)
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 3)
I did not hear a word from Mr. Tufts about this at that time, but the other day I received a letter from him. He has now come back to California. This is what Mr. Tufts writes:
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 4)
(Reads letter suggesting that plans be laid for a discussion, in the large towns throughout the state, of doctrinal points of difference.)
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 5)
Of course, I consider this as a bluff that he is putting up. He wanted to get me to crawl out so he could have my letters to read in public. I have answered him in this way:
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 6)
(Reads reply)
Now I wanted to lay this matter before you, and see what you think, whether such a plan would give the public a better understanding of our positions on temperance and the Sabbath. Of course he will bring your work into it. I want to have a council of the leading brethren here today, and I do not want to start anything that the Lord does not want done.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 7)
E. G. White: Are you afraid to bring out these things? I should think you had learned by this time that we are to stand for the truth and to advocate the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 8)
Elder Corliss: He is a very mean man to talk, but I do not think he is any worse than that man we met in Australia. I do not think he is near as bad. That man brought people to the truth by his meanness. I think this man would carry on a campaign of that nature that would turn people against him and in our favor.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 9)
E. G. White: Well, if you have got a man to be with you that could be—
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 10)
Elder Corliss: Who would you suggest?
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 11)
E. G. White: I do not know as I am a proper one to suggest.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 12)
J. O. Corliss: Would you suggest Elder Healy?
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 13)
E. G. White: Well, I do not know enough about Elder Healy.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 14)
J. O. Corliss: He is a very shrewd, sharp man to meet an adversary. He is one of the keenest men that I know of.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 15)
E. G. White: Then I should think he might be a suitable one.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 16)
W. C. White: Why should not these questions come before the leading men of the conference? Elder Irwin is the president of the Union Conference, and he is right here, and the leading men are going to be gathered here. Is it your desire to take the lead in saying what shall be done and what should not be done in a matter of this sort?
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 17)
J. O. Corliss: All I wanted was to get your ideas, and then let the brethren decide.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 18)
E. G. White: From the light that I have, we have got to come to that point, and if we have not learned to stand on the Word of God, so that they cannot overthrow our positions—
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 19)
W. C. White: What shall we say to our brethren that will bring forward your many counsels, through the years past, not to enter into discussion?
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 20)
E. G. White: I have not had the matter brought before me before this time, and I do not know just what ought to be done. I do not think I ought to take any responsibility in the decision.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 21)
J. O. Corliss: I do not ask that. But I have taken your writings in the past to mean this: that we should so conduct ourselves as not to provoke men into discussions, but when we are pushed into it by direct challenges, as we were in Australia, you advised that discussion take place, you know.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 22)
W. C. White: But you know this, Brother Corliss: nineteen-twentieths of the cases where she has reproved for entering into discussion are cases where we have been challenged by others.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 23)
E. G. White: I do not think that my name should appear in this matter.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 24)
J. O. Corliss: Here is the point. I do not want to do anything that the Lord does not want, and I wanted to see you, to see what your judgment was in reference to the thing generally.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 25)
E. G. White: I have been surprised that it has not come to this point before now, and whether it is the time now, and it seems that you have got to meet it some way. I cannot tell how. You must come to a decision among yourselves, and I will say Amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 26)
J. O. Corliss: That is all I cared for. I did not know but you would say positively, “No.” If you did, that would end the whole thing. But I can see that you are taking a wise course in not taking a position either way, that you feel that we ought to do that which is for the best to uphold the light.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 27)
E. G. White: Yes, that is the only way we can do.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 28)
J. O. Corliss: Now I will not trouble you longer on that point, but there is one other thing that I would like to get your counsel on. There have been coming to us from Southern California, and in fact from some other sources, an expressed desire to have a campaign start on temperance—in favor of state-wide prohibition, without connecting with the political party. Elder Andross has been to me about it in rather an urgent way to have something of the kind this year, to take away a certain stigma that is being attached to us, that in our opposing Sunday laws we are yoked up with the saloon-keepers.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 29)
E. G. White: Everything in that line should be understood just as it is, and it will depend on how the subject is handled. When they handle it under the influence of the Spirit of God, the angels of God will make the impression.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 30)
J. O. Corliss: I ought to explain a little further. I talked about it down at the conference, and I did not get any direct opposition to my ideas, although there were some who did not know what was best, from what they said. My idea was this, that for this year, inasmuch as the legislature does not meet again for two years, that this year we could get up some sort of a petition, petitioning the next legislature to pass laws forbidding the sale of liquors in the state. We could get 200,000 or 250,000 names, and it would perhaps show to Californians that we were in favor of temperance. It would place us where that stigma would be taken away; and also it would educate the people on the line of prohibition or temperance. Then after that, we could go next year, before the legislature met, with our Sunday law petitions, and we could get more people to sign it than we could without that. That was my idea.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 31)
There is another point in it that I ought to speak of. My idea was that we could have a certain number of gatherings at our camp meetings, and in other places, but in the meantime to get some of the best things of yours on temperance, and then get some other things from leading temperance people in the United States, that would be keen and clear, and have these in leaflets that we could distribute freely, and let it be known that it came from our people. Then, of course, we would have to do something in the way of connecting with the W.C.T.U., or these temperance men, in a way that we would have control of the thing ourselves, but get them to co-operate with us if we could.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 32)
E. G. White: I have been looking for something of this kind that would have to be, but still I do not know—this is the first that I have heard, but I have been surprised that we did not get up and meet them, because we can.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 33)
J. O. Corliss: The only question in my mind has been whether the time is right for it or not.
(25LtMs, Ms 70, 1910, 34)
Ms 71, 1910
Talk/Talk given by Mrs. E. G. White at Pacific Union College Angwin, California February 19, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Daniel 1:1-21. Now, you see, it makes a difference how we proceed with ourselves. You see, these youths had been educated to strict temperance in all things, and the education that had been given them was for their present and future good. Their intelligence depended upon what they ate and drank. If they used wine and the high foods that the king had appointed them, they would step right out from the course that they had laid out for themselves as students that they should pursue, that they might stand high in clear intellect, in clear presentation of the matters that would bring them to have a knowledge of God and the truth. Well, these were the very things that God wanted to have brought before that very king and before the associates of these young men. And we see how successful they were. I have read it to you.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 1)
Now it is so that I have not felt that I could use even the things that all of you would use. I have been an invalid, pronounced so, for a great many years. My diet is exceedingly simple. I eat no butter. I do not touch meat. I cannot eat sweets, because they disturb the stomach. Too many sweets spoil the digestive organs. If we do what we can for ourselves, the Lord will work with us. But He will not work a miracle right along for any of us if we choose our own diet and feel, perhaps, that we do not have a rich enough diet. But I think our people here understand these things. So I do not present it as though they were ignorant of health reform.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 2)
My husband and I accepted the health reform principles, and we brought ourselves into a condition so that we could do a great amount of labor. Both of us would be pronounced invalids perhaps, and yet we carried on meetings everywhere we were called. And by giving instruction in regard to proper eating and drinking, we saved many lives. They would come to us and say, “Won’t you pray for us?” I would tell them we would. And we would pray for the sick. I would tell them, “Now I want you to understand that your own appetite must not be indulged.”
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 3)
If you want wisdom, if you want truth, if you want to come into right relation to God, you must be sure that you do not abuse your digestive organs. If we will take excellent care of our health, the angels of God that are round about us will co-operate with us in our efforts. They want to bring us into a condition where we shall accept the very precious light in order to keep us in a right condition of health so that we can obtain all the knowledge that is essential for us to obtain, that we may work—how? In co-operation with the angels. Then we will be able to carry out the knowledge that God wants us to have, and not spoil ourselves by indulgence.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 4)
Now the youth may feel that perhaps they do not have the advantages they should have in eating, although I have never heard a word of complaint; but they may think so.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 5)
But I want you to consider that there is a consistency in this chapter that I bring before you. It is the first chapter of Daniel, and it is full of valuable instruction. You can read further and see how Daniel and his fellows, when tested, endured the test. There was presented a dream, and the king could not get hold of the meaning because the dream and the interpretation had departed from him. He was going to kill all the wise men and astrologers if they could not tell him his dream and the interpretation thereof. Well, an angel of God interpreted the dream to Daniel so that he could give it to the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 6)
I speak of these things to let everyone understand that heaven is co-operating with individuals on earth. Everyone who will follow the light that is in this Word, and who will deny his appetite and eat sensible food, good food, denying himself of wines and liquors and such articles, will give an opportunity so that the grace of God can operate on the human mind. This is why we practice self-denial. Tea and coffee and all these things we have left alone. I have tasted none of these things for many years. For over thirty years I have tasted no flesh meats nor harmful foods of other kinds. I have studied how to keep my digestive organs in a condition of health, and when I do that, then I am prepared to take lessons so that I can bear them in mind and present them to large congregations.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 7)
I have been having some experiences the last few weeks. You will say, What is the matter with Sister White now? Well, the matter is that we had our appointed meetings at a season of the year that we should not appoint them. I labored first at Mountain View, where I spoke four times, and then at Lodi. And I want to tell you that the Lord gave me strength to speak an hour to the large congregations so that they could understand all I said. I do not hurry my speech; I am deliberate in my talking. But in Lodi there was a large company in the meeting room, and they built up a big fire. (It was cold outside.)
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 8)
The heat came to me, and I knew I was suffering from it, and I told them they must have air. I have to use my lungs and I have to use my abdominal organs so as to let my voice come out, that all may hear. I said to them, I cannot bear this heat. They had come in out of the cold with all their wraps on, but yet they thought they must have a fire because it was cold outside. Well, they did not need the fire, but I had to suffer for it. The house was crowded, and I inhaled the poisonous breaths of all those people.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 9)
Well, you ask, What is the matter with Sister White now? The air that I had to breathe was poisoned. But the Lord strengthened me to take the journey home from Lodi to St. Helena, and I was thankful that I came so comfortably as I did. But when I reached home, down I came with difficulties that I had had many years ago from which I thought I would never recover. I was affected with catarrhal difficulties in my throat and in my head, and I have been good for nothing. This is the first time that I have ventured to speak in public since I came home, and I do not know how I shall come out here. But I want to tell you to guard this matter. Do not poison the air with many breaths. If you have ventilation, frequently it [a draft] will come on someone who will think they cannot bear it.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 10)
In Lodi I felt as I stood before the people that I must make a draw upon them. They had come to the meeting, and they wanted all the labor I could give them. I asked them if every one of them would undertake the work of co-operating with us in helping the students in every way possible. Now if you will do this intelligently you will have to be careful about the atmosphere that you breathe. You must not heat that atmosphere up so that it spoils the health of the lungs.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 11)
We must use the abdominal muscles to throw out the voice. I use these organs, and that is why my voice never fails unless it is abused. And I want to tell you that every soul that was in that house stood on their feet. I asked them if they would, every one of them, undertake the work of co-operating with us in helping the students in every way possible. Now if you will do that intelligently, you will have to be careful about the atmosphere you breathe. You must not heat that atmosphere up so that it will spoil the health of your lungs. It was the Word of God that I was giving them, and every one of them stood on their feet.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 12)
Well, I was enabled to get home, and ever since I have been unable to do anything. Part of the time I could hardly speak aloud. I would take the portion of Scripture and try to read it in the family, but I could not do it. I had to be still. Catarrhal difficulty was seeking for the mastery, and I am just beginning to get over at it. Therefore I cannot give that volume to my voice that I would be glad to give you.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 13)
But this thing I want to impress upon your mind, that we individually, that you individually, can do much for yourselves to keep yourselves in health. And you can have a strength of voice, you can have a strength of intellect, if you will pursue that course of temperance, never touching liquor or tobacco or any such thing, and living on simple food. If some want one variety of food and some another, you should choose your own variety. But do not choose many kinds of food at one meal. Now what I want is that this school should stand the highest of any school that we have anywhere. If you do not have advantages here, I do not know where you will find them. You do not have to be thrown into the society of objectionable people.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 14)
We want now to consider what is our future, and we want to be wide-awake in the matter. We do not want to be loaded down with that which we eat, and no one will feel at liberty to come and tell you that you are overeating. I have not heard a word from anyone here on this subject. But I want to say we can help ourselves more than you anticipate by not loading the stomach down, but by giving it a chance and taking wholesome food into it. Now, you can study this out for yourselves. You can study the experience of Daniel and his companions, and you can see what places they were brought into, exalted to the highest station. And then they had another experience, and what was that?
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 15)
Why, the king had a dream of a great image. You have seen the great image represented on charts that our teachers present before the people. Then the king thought he would make just such an image, so he made a great image. He had a dream concerning it, but the dream all left him. Therefore he said that if the wise men could not tell him the interpretation of the dream, every one of them should be killed. [Daniel 2:5.] It was a most unreasonable thing. But here were Daniel and his fellows. They went to God, and they pled with God, and asked Him to take charge of this matter, and He did.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 16)
Well, the great image was made, according to the dream. Then the king decreed that every one who would not fall down and worship the image should be cast into a burning, fiery furnace. Here were those Hebrews. They had never bowed their knees to any such image made with men’s hands, and they [the king and his men] wanted to force them to do it. Finally they said that if they did not do it, they should be cast into the fiery furnace. Well, these Hebrews would not bow the knee to the image. They [the king and his men] could come to them for the interpretation of the dream, but if they did not bow down to the image, there they were all ready to cast them into the furnace.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 17)
They gave them their choice, and these youths refused to bow the knee to the senseless image. Then they took them and cast them into the fiery furnace, and they heated it so hot that the men that cast them in were consumed. But when the king looked, he said, Did not you cast three men into the furnace? There is Another there, and He is like unto the Son of God. [Daniel 3:24, 25.] That is the meaning of what he said. He looked with astonishment at the four walking in the fiery furnace. He called them to come, and they came, and he had them come out of the furnace, and not a single thread upon them was burned. Now I tell you this because I want you to understand that we have helpers in the heavenly courts. All of us who are striving for everlasting life have angels unperceived but round about us to guard us. Remember this.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 18)
The king called those youths forth from the furnace, and then he did them great honor. Poor man! He considered that they were to worship that image or else be burned up in the furnace. He had had a representation of the Son of God from these very youth, so he said that he saw four in the furnace, and the fourth was like unto the Son of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 19)
The angel of God was with them as they walked through the flames, and not a thread of their garments was burned. I want you to understand that heaven is very near to us wherever we are; and wherever there is a company that is striving for everlasting life, you will have your helpers if you strive by prayer and resist evil. Do on your part all that you can, and the heavenly angels will be round about you. We can be overcomers through the blood of the Lamb and the words of our testimonies. I wanted to present, and leave it for you to study, the tests God permitted to be brought upon His people.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 20)
Now, there are intelligent young men and women here, and every one of you has a battle to fight, and the Lord God of Israel will give you victory. Day by day you will obtain precious victories, and you can yoke right up with your teachers in receiving their instruction. And while you are assisting your teachers in their work, you can do, every one of you for yourselves, what no one else can do for you. You can plant your feet on the platform of the overcomer and determine that you will overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of your testimony. That makes you overcomers, and if you follow on to know the Lord, you will take this in—that you are not here to work in a haphazard way, but that you are here so that you may fit yourselves up in character to become educators to others, and helpers to others, so that you can with a clear brain and with a healthful body become overcomers by the blood of the Lamb and the words of your testimonies.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 21)
I just throw out these ideas for you to study upon. I know what God will do. I have been an invalid nearly all of my life, and I know that as I followed on step by step to obey the Lord that I would at first think, Well, I cannot live just on bread and these simple foods. I cannot live on this diet. But when I read the Word, I went right into it. And the light given me was that unless I should do what I could on my part, I could not have the health and strength that God was willing to give me unless I would co-operate with God. Well, I have not tasted meat or butter for many years. Now I do not lay this as any test on any of you. Only it was brought to me. I had a work to do for the Master, and must place myself in right relation to do that work.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 22)
For years I was pronounced an invalid, and it was said that I could not live, but here I am. The accident which befell me was a great difficulty to me, but the Lord helped me, and I have been able to do much public speaking. He has given me the power of speech so that my voice has been able to reach thousands of people in different parts of the world—in Australia, in Italy, and in the different countries that I have visited and traveled in. God has helped me to do the very work that should be done and to speak so that they would listen. I do not want to hold you long this time, but I want to tell you there is a heaven to win; there is a hell to shun.
(25LtMs, Ms 71, 1910, 23)
Ms 72, 1910
Talk/Discourse by Mrs. E. G. White at Pacific Union College. Angwin, California March 8, 1910 Previously unpublished.
I want to read a few verses of Scripture. (Revelation 3:1): “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.”
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 1)
Now, I was standing in the night vision, and there was an application made of this Scripture, and it was that there was not that work done that must be done by those who claim to be Sabbathkeepers. Many of them do not act as those ought to act who believe the truth. That was the explanation.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 2)
“Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come upon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 2, 3.]
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 3)
This, I am instructed to say, is the position of very many that have stood proclaiming the last work that is to be done, but they have their ideas confused. They need the Spirit of God to come upon them to give the power of the Spirit, and then the impression will be made upon the people. Now if we go back and remember how we did in the early days of the message, how that my husband and I got out the truth, oh, how we sought to make everybody have that truth, because it was such an impressive thing upon us that they must have it, and we tried with all our powers to get it before everyone. When my husband was not well and I was under infirmity, we struggled in every way to get to this place and that place and the other place, that we might give the warning in the community around us.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 4)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but will confess his name before my Father and before his angels.” [Verses 4, 5.] Now, this work must be taken up with every one that shall accept the truth, and that is the reason why we have felt we must have a school, and this school will swell in proportions. You have a number here, but you will have many more. There will be many more here, and there is a work to be done here in this very place. There are to be, as you see the necessities, provisions made so that you can come right up to the work, and not say, Now the time is so short that it will not pay to make such great preparations. Why, the great preparations must be made to make a place for the people, that they can hear, that they can understand, that they can see that there is something in this matter that stirs their souls.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 5)
And every one in our institutions should feel that they are carrying on a work of the highest importance, and every soul in connection with them should be just as clean and pure in the sight of God, that they may understand what their movements make. Here is a party spoken of right here in the third chapter of Revelation: “Thou hast a few names ... for they are worthy.” Now there are some that will keep the high standard before them. There are others that will allow their minds to be confused so that it seems as though it never could be possible that the things which we have apprehended are coming upon the world. But what has come since the burning of San Francisco? Why, as it is presented to me, the wickedness of the wicked is almost beyond comprehension. What is the matter? They are hardened. They seem to be where the truth could not reach them, and we have no time to delay.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 6)
We must bring the message before the people just as it is. The precious truth is to come to many who do not now know it. But how are we going to get it to them? Missionaries are to be in every city. Missionaries are to be all through our cities. We are not to delay to find out whether they can go or not. God says to go. He has given the very first charge that they are to go, and to warn those who are unwarned.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 7)
Well now, there are quite a number of young people here. What are they here for? What is this place prepared for? It is that these young people may become acquainted with the Scriptures and that they may understand that the end of all things is at hand, and that whatever they shall do now, they must bring their souls into right relation to God. The end is near, and everything that is a pretense we want to drop and get in its place the reality, and it is our privilege to do this. That is why I speak to you today. “Remember how thou hast received.” [Verse 3.] They have had the truth in its purity. They have had a knowledge of the truth, but it has become a tame thing. “Remember how thou hast received.”
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 8)
We have an individual work to do and we have little time to do that work. We have a preparation to make, and that is why we felt so thankful when the Lord opened the way that we should have this very place. I can see many advantages that perhaps others cannot see. Well, it seems hard to climb this hill. It seems hard to go so far when we want to get there quickly. But we will make the best of it. And the very reason that the places are secured to us by God is so that we may be out of the cities. There will be places where we cannot inhabit the cities. Our lives will be in danger if we do.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 9)
And this is why I have kept before you for years that the cities must be worked without delay. But how many have been worked? I have seen city after city where one or two men have been allowed to go to work, and then they felt that they had worked the cities. Why, you must act as men striving to bring the truth before others as God has brought it before you.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 10)
Angels of God are watching. They will be all around you to help you and open the way before you. But if there is a hand stretched out to go to the cities to work, it is said, We have no means yet. Well, you must be ready, and go without means. But God does not intend that you shall go without means. He intends that you shall open these cities and go very guardedly. If you do not, you will lose your lives before you know it. It is no small work that is now resting upon us.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 11)
That which we might have done twenty or thirty years ago will have to be done and carried forward in a very different manner than it could have been then. But do your best now. Do not delay. I lie awake hours and hours in the night season. I am wakened and I cannot sleep another wink. I lie there and cry, Lord, what can I do? I have given the message in print; I have given it before congregations of our people, and what more can I do? Well, I cannot see how, unless you take it up and work upon it. “He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels.” [Verse 5.]
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 12)
Now that is what the promise is, and I believe in the promise of the Lord. You just go to work, and you see if you do not have ways open before you and if the hearts of the people are not moved. You tell them the simple story of the cross, and lay it right out before them that the salvation of their souls is hanging in the balance; and if you do this, the God of heaven will make the impression. He will do it.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 13)
“I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels.” [Verse 5.] I know what that means. When I was in despair, utter despair, I understood, when it was opened before me, what that meant. I thought I never, never could get in harmony with the laws of heaven. I knew that I had to do it if I would be saved. I was brought in the visions of the night, by one of the angels, before Jesus, and I fell like one dead. There was the representation. I had then been in utter despair for some time, but as Christ looked upon me, He laid His hand upon mine; He clasped my hand and said, Be not afraid, I will be with you. I will give you light; I will give you courage; I will give you strength. I was only a child then, and I have had the fulfillment of this promise; I have had it ever since. When we came to a strait place, I knew what to expect—that He would help me.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 14)
“And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name.” [Verses 7, 8.] He recognizes the “little strength.”
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 15)
“Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold fast that which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 16)
Now, we must study what the word of His patience is. This is our work. Here are all of these students, and the angels of God are co-operating with you, and we know that if you will press to the mark that you will have evidences of the love of God and the power of God and the salvation of God. You may at times think, What is the matter with me? Is my burden all gone? Have I lost it? Has the Lord left me? No, indeed. There comes up a brighter and stronger courage. There comes up a light from Jesus, and if you will encourage that you will have more.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 17)
“Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon him my new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.” [Verses 12-17.]
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 18)
It crops out every little while because they have not that perfection of character that Christ wants them to have, so that wherever they may go, they will have the name of Jesus on their lips and will try to reach those that are around them. They will be working for the salvation of others. Here is the great inducement. He will give us a higher realization of truth, and that is what we want; then we cannot hold our peace. I speak it before these young students because I want them to have a sense of what the Lord can do for them. He expects them to have the truth as it is in Jesus, and He expects them to reach a high standard.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 19)
Verse 16. It is because you feel no earnestness, no intensity. You do not realize that it is a case of life and death, and you know not how matters are breaking up in the cities. Why, there is the most awful condition in the cities! We hear the reports from one city and then from another. What are we to do? We have neglected the cities so long that it will be harder for us to work them now; nevertheless, if those that are placed in positions of responsibility will even now wake up and repent and seek the Lord with all their hearts, the Lord will renew unto them His Spirit if they are whole-hearted in the matter, and He will give them the message just as He gave to us in the first messages that came. And I know how we worked all around us. Darkness was everywhere, but we had to urge our way.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 20)
Here are the workers, and here we are to lay right hold and to do the very best we can. “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot.” [Verse 15.] We do not want to be in that position any longer. We want every one to stir up another, to help another, every one to feel that we are right on the verge of the eternal world. We are right in the time when the Spirit of God is striving with these youth. Get a solid experience. The Lord will teach you. The Lord will guide you. I know He will, for He took me when a child, and when I was suffering so much from the severe accident I suffered.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 21)
The Lord God of heaven would communicate with me, and I would say, “What does this mean, Mother? I do not know what it means.” She said, “I know. The Lord wants you to take your position.”“How can I do it?” I would ask. “Well,” she said, “you must do it.” I was enabled to do it, and not a cloud darkened my mind for so long. I was right in the light of His countenance, and when I would go to the meetings of unbelievers, they would crowd in and crowd in until they drove me right onto the hearth. And there in the homes of the people I would take the families, whenever I could, and teach them, and before I would get through there would not be one still sitting on their chairs they were so stirred by the power of God. Well, of course I did not dare to leave the work there. I saw nothing but the light, and I carried it on.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 22)
Now, what you want is the simplicity of true godliness. Here is the work to be done on this land. Here is the work to be done in building. You need buildings. Why? Because the cities will be in such a condition that our people cannot live in them, and when I heard how much land there was in the possession of our people, I said, “Good.” Now when conditions are such that it will be impossible for us to remain in the cities, we must raise everything we can to support ourselves, and then go out into the byways and into the highways to give the message. This is the very work we must do.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 23)
When I was told of this place, I said, “God is in this. He has opened the way.” I first enquired how much land there was. They told me. “Are there many settlements nearby?”“No,” they said. We feel so thankful that we have a place out in the country, away from the cities, and that it is hard work to get to it. I felt that it was pretty hard work for me today. But we are here, and I want to say a few words more. Let us every one seek the Lord with simplicity of true godliness. Let us, every one here, strive for this. And if we have the true spirit that is pointed out here, let me tell you we will understand and reveal the Spirit of Christ. You will know just how to go.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 24)
After our meetings had been broken up and they had threatened to put us in jail, my husband and I would travel. We did not know just what to do, but we went right ahead just the same. The Lord gave us liberty; He gave us grace; He gave us His Spirit, and I want to tell you that we need a great deal more religion than we have today. Do you mark how fast the devil is working? Do you mark how fast he is securing people so that you never can reach them? Now all these people are not so wicked that they cannot be reached. They have not had the truth presented before them as you have it. Now we want to be in that position where we can understand what the will of the Lord is, and then we want to take hold to carry it out, because we are very near to the close of this earth’s history. We want that everyone shall come just as close as possible into the condition where they shall be favored of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 25)
Revelation 20:1, 2. He is working now with all his powers, that old serpent, to get control of the human mind, and you do not realize it. It has come in such a way that you do not realize it.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 26)
I will not stop to read more, but you can read right through this chapter. But I want you to look at this thing, and I want it to be understood. I want these students to understand it. Think seriously. We want you to be cheerful and happy. There is not reason why you should not be happy. Everything around you is pleasant, but do not think that you have nothing to do but come in here and enjoy what there is here. There must be schools prepared in many places, and this is one of them. There must be simple buildings erected. You see the buildings that are here; there is nothing elegant about them.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 27)
It is too late in the day, altogether too late, for great mansions, but what we do want is to make a thorough preparation, to be washed white and clean in the blood of the Lamb in the very simplicity of true godliness. Then you will see that you are in a position where you can have an influence upon others. But the world is growing worse and worse. It is becoming more and more impossible to get within reach of the people, because the wicked Satan himself is working to secure the world and the wicked, and to place his stamp upon all that it is possible for him to place it upon. You know whether he is doing this or not if you read the papers.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 28)
But we want to say, Let us now seek the Lord, every one of us, men, women, and children. We have no time to lose. Let us seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. You will find that the God of our salvation is very patient. He understands all about our temperament; He understands how to deal with us individually. But I feel intensely, and I cannot sleep at night because I think so many are stupid and indifferent and they do not seem to take hold of what they can.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 29)
In Second Peter we read, “Add to your faith virtue; and to virtue, knowledge, ... into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:5-11.] Well now, what is that? It is the life insurance policy. We may have our lives insured in the heavenly courts. We do not want to make any mistake here and go on half-hearted, half-converted. Let us every one lay right hold upon the Holy Spirit of God, and we will know what it is. We enjoyed it at the very first when the message went forth, and we have enjoyed it many times since. But there is a sleepiness over our churches just as sure as you live, and we cannot afford to have it there. Let us awake. I have an opportunity now to address you, and I want to tell you that the time has come for you to put away everything like ungodliness, everything like playing the game of life with anyone, or trying to get advantage in any dealing. Come out as Christ would have you come out, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 30)
We cannot afford to make a mistake now. When godliness shall shine into your heart and mind, it will repay you. You will have the satisfaction of knowing that you are a child of God, that you are an heir of heaven. Jesus knows every trial. Carry it right to Jesus, and He will hear your prayer. He will answer your prayer and give you the grace of God. Instead of complainings will be heard praise to God from your lips. Do not let go. Keep your heart in that position so that you will lay right hold upon life eternal and you will not let go. I do not know that I have time to say any more, but I wanted to give you this hint of it, and some time I shall get it out more fully.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 31)
Last night I thought I would not come here unless I saw that I had something to say. I have said this much, and I do not want you to forget it. I want you to lay right hold of it. Remind them of it for Christ’s sake. Pray with those who are in a position of doubt and perplexity. Get right down on your knees and pray with them, and ask the Lord to help them. We are to see the saving grace of God in our own hearts; we are to feel it there. We are to feel the overcoming grace, and you can feel the power of true godliness.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 32)
God grant that all this school may have the advantage of knowing what it means to walk and talk with God. That means to keep your minds stayed on Him and not to speak idle and trifling words, but to take right hold of the grace of God. The cities are growing worse and worse. Thank the Lord, we are here. We want to see the salvation of God, and we want to hear the voice of thanksgiving that shall come to God in prayer, that shall come to Him in speech, and the Lord will bless us as a people.
(25LtMs, Ms 72, 1910, 33)
Ms 73, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on Acts 1 Oakland, California March 19, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Acts the first chapter: “The former treatise have I written, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which He was taken up, after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom He had chosen: to whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God.” [Verse 1.]
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 1)
What a grand thing that was for the disciples before they were left and Jesus ascended—that He stayed with them, revealing Himself unto them for forty days. How gracious the Lord is with us who are oft so unbelieving! He wants us to have that confidence that we will receive the evidences He has left for us.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 2)
Verses 5-8. There is such a thing as being so inquisitive that we shall not feel the importance of relying upon a living faith, upon the promises of the Scriptures. So there are things that we may greatly desire to know that are not given to us to know. We must walk by faith; we must understand and know that it is our privilege to walk by faith and to take God at His word.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 3)
“Ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria.” Shall we stop there? No. “Unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Verse 8.] There is no easy chair for you to sit down in here. Christ has given His own life an infinite sacrifice to save the people that were in their sins, that they should not perish, but have everlasting life. We have no right to let our influence be on the side of contention, and to be contending one with another. No, indeed. Time is passing; time is precious. In a little time this world will be largely in the possession of satanic agencies. It is largely controlled by them now, but we do not realize it. Today the picture is presented, showing some wonderful thing to imperil lives, to show something that no one else has shown. What foolishness!
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 4)
In the world we see the spirit of opposition to one another, striving for the mastery, striving to be exalted above somebody else. What is our business? To look unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith. It is not to take part in this hubbub and all this confusion that is taking place in our world today. Every individual soul is to form a solid character according to the Word of God, that they may have an assurance that they will have an entrance, according to His Word, into the kingdom of God. You want to know for you individual selves whether you have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. What we want is a living religion. You want it every day of your lives, for you know not when you go out of your house whether you will come in again alive.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 5)
Satan is taking possession of the minds of his party, and he is determined to have the control. And we put off and put off what Christ has told us to do. What is it? To go into the world and to preach to all classes. This is our work, and He gave us an example. And this seeking to get an easy place where you will be exalted or extolled—have nothing to do with it at all. That is what the devil puts into the mind, but you must not do that thing. What we want is to walk in all humility before God. What we want is to be companions with Christ in His sufferings.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 6)
Christ said, “I am the true vine, my Father is the husbandman; every branch in me that beareth not fruit, he taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit.” [John 15:1, 2.] How is that possible? How is it possible that He purgeth it? It is just as possible as it was for Christ to endure what He endured in coming into the world, to make it possible for you to endure suffering. How? By perfecting a Christian character—not to detract from it, but to perfect it, because you show the Christlikeness. If they abuse you, you will not retaliate. God wants every soul of us to come into right relation to Him. Without being exalted and bolstered up, He wants us to know Him, and to show by a living example what we will do to be partakers with Christ in His sufferings. Our work is before us.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 7)
I do not pay the least attention to all these little things that are done to try to hedge up my way. I know that I have a connection with the God of heaven, and I am so thankful for it that I have been willing to go from place to place when I am in my eighty-third year. For five months I labored and went from place to place, traveling and laboring every day, that I might go to the places where they begged me to come. It was hard for me to keep changing and traveling, and I am still suffering from the labors put forth at Lodi and Mountain View. Yet I have ventured to speak twice to a congregation as the college, but have not dared to speak long at a time.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 8)
I want to tell you that I thank the Lord I can say a few words. And I want to tell every one of you that unless you come into closer connection with God, your faith will be so weak that when the fiercer trials come you cannot endure them. But you say, I will be a partaker with Christ in His sufferings.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 9)
I was sitting in my chair just before starting on a long journey, and I lost myself, and I will tell you what was presented to me. “I am the true vine.... ” [Verse 1.] Whatever your disposition, whatever your temperament, unless you are molded and fashioned after Christ’s likeness you will never meet Him in peace. “I am the vine,” was presented in such clearness. Those that promise to bear fruit, to work to the glory of God, He pruneth, that they may bring forth more fruit. Now do not consider your trials are an abuse to you. They are to bring you into living connection with God. They are to teach you to resist the devil, and to cling to Jesus Christ. You want to get rid of your old hereditary tendencies and passionate disposition, and learn of Jesus to be meek and lowly. Why? Because there is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. You cannot afford to miss obtaining victories. May God put His Holy Spirit upon you and me, that we may fight the battles of the Lord and come off victorious.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 10)
Now it is stated here, “It is not for you to know the times or the seasons.” [Acts 1:7.] What you want to know is that you are a branch of the true vine. Now, do not get discouraged at the pruning. God help us that we may bind up with Jesus Christ, and be partakers of His sufferings. What did He suffer for? He had not done a thing but try to win souls to Himself, to His Father through Himself.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 11)
Satan is constantly working, and now is the time that Satan is seeking to take possession of the minds of the whole world, and he flatters himself greatly on account of what has taken place here since the destruction of San Francisco. Since then the wickedness has increased in a tremendous manner. They are working along that line, and it is our business to work just as zealously on the other line, to work for Jesus Christ and to bring in all the examples in faith and truth and holiness by our own words and our own works, by our looking unto Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of our faith. Every one of us has battles to fight.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 12)
The gospel is to be preached “unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Verse 8.] Christ died for the world, and we do not realize it. We do not seem to understand that we are to be co-laborers with Christ. You are to save that dollar that you would spend needlessly for dress or some other thing. What are you to do with it? You are to place it where it will be the means of bringing some light to some soul that needs the truth, but who cannot get it unless it is sent to him by our doing self-denying work and letting the light come in. We have no right to hoard means. “Does not Sister White?” you ask. No, indeed, she does not. I am getting my books out, and hiring the money to send them out all the time. That is what I am doing. I am not hoarding up money. We want to understand that there is a world to be saved.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 13)
When I stand before the people, and especially when I see schools such as I saw at Lodi, I have a tremendous intensity of feeling that these may be carried on in right lines, that they may enjoy the most blessed experience that the Lord is willing to give them day by day.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 14)
“I am the true vine ... beareth not fruit.” [John 15:1, 2.] They do not see that there is a world to be saved. The pruning hurts, but if you will endure it, you will understand that it is to perfect a Christian character. It is to work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. We have a heaven to win, and may God help us that we shall not miss the opportunity when we have it. In the world there is every possible invention to keep up an excitement and to divert the mind and to call people to one pleasure after another. That is just preparing for the coming of the Lord. He will come with power. He will come to put these things to an end. But it will be too late for you to work on the side of Christ then. You will have finished your period that God has given you to bear fruit. We want to bear fruit to His glory now. Every one of us wants to stand in right relation to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 15)
You and I are to put an estimate on the souls that Christ came into our world to save. He went on foot from place to place with the Word in His hand, to express that Word, to explain that Word to the people as He traveled, until five thousand were gathered about Him. There were those who hated Him just as badly as they will hate you if you try to win souls to Christ. And if you will give up your trying to be first, God will place the first just where He wants them. He will not ask you about it. He knows you do not know. He knows a good many of you would place them wrongly.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 16)
He has left the old hands, gray-headed men, in the work, that they might give the benefit of their experience from the first; and I have given to them what God has given to me. They are to stand as God has appointed them, to understand the incoming of the enemy and what he would do. Be very thankful for the gray-headed men that are in your midst, and try to hold up their hands and help them. God has appointed them, and He wants every one of you to stand in a position where you will be a blessing to the gray-headed men who have had an experience from the very beginning of the work. They are acquainted with the opposition and all the varied experiences that have come to us, from their boyhood when they stood together with those a little older, and the light of truth has come that they had a message to carry. The Lord enabled them to try to place themselves in that position where they could bear the message.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 17)
Well, He wants every one of us to come into a position where He can lend us His grace and His power to carry forward His work. He says we are to work in the uttermost part of the earth. We are trying to carry forward the work just as hard as we can, to get the knowledge of the truth to various places.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 18)
[Acts 1] Verses 9-15. Mary, the mother of Jesus, saw the Saviour, not in His glory but in His sufferings. Now, that chapter is enough to give you an understanding of just what should be.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 19)
We do not want to bring too many things before you, but we want to tell you it is best for everyone to cultivate the knowledge that Christ has given us in regard to His second appearing. Search the Scriptures. As I read the papers, I know that conditions are just as they have been presented to me time and time again that they would be in San Francisco and Oakland. Wickedness will increase, but we want to get ready, and we want to do the very work that God has appointed us to do.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 20)
We want to walk in all humility of mind so that Jesus can work with us, not to have a strong will of our own to go and come just as we please, but to be in perfect harmony in the work, to help one another, to strengthen one another, to pray with one another. And although there may be those who will carry their reports about this and that and the other, are you to pay attention to it? Are you to stop your work to listen to the reports that are made concerning you and your work? You would not be doing anything for the Lord then.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 21)
Get your eye fastened upon the Lamb of Calvary who for our sakes gave His own life that we might be saved. He is a true Branch, and as I sat in my chair and this was presented to me, I thought I never saw anything so beautiful in my life. I lost all consciousness of everything around me. Strive to be a true branch of the living vine. Let men and women report what they will; they will have that to answer for, but we will not suffer on that account, religiously, unless we give ourselves up, taking heed to it. Think of Christ’s sufferings. Could we suffer more? He hung on Calvary’s cross, our Redeemer, the nails driven through His hands and feet, the Pharisees mocking and deriding Him. And you will have just such experiences, but what then? We have a heaven to win. We have a Christ to look to. We have One that will uphold and sustain us at every step. Well, then, let us not give up to any discouragements.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 22)
Acts 2:1-11. All these different nationalities were there, that they might hear in their own tongue; and that would carry conviction to them; that was to go broadcast everywhere. The time will come when we shall have just such representations, if we follow on to know the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 23)
Verses 12, 13. We will go no further on this, because I have talked as long as my strength will permit me to go; but I want to tell you, my brethren and sisters, this gospel is to go to all parts of the world. When I see our cities unworked, I cannot sleep. I have been night after night, night after night, sleeping perhaps three hours, and some nights not sleeping at all, but talking with the Lord about it and asking that He would give His people an awakening of their minds, that they may not keep them buried up in little items here in this life, letting those that are within our reach go without personal labor, and sending our missionaries away to do work. I have given the message over and over and over, and yet we see so little arousing to take hold of the work. Why, I have lain night after night, wringing my hands in distress, saying, Will they never awake? Will they never awake? Can we say or do anything to arouse them?
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 24)
They sometimes say to me, “Do you know such a one said this and that?”“Yes, I know, but that does not trouble me. I know all about that. If you have something new, I will listen to it.”“Well, do not you care anything about these reports?”“No; only for themselves.” Let us every one of us close our lips to tattle. There is a world to be saved. If you want to help in the saving of the world, become converted and go right out from place to place, and you will become so interested in the work that all your tattle and all these things will be forgotten. You cannot think of them. You will have something higher to think of.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 25)
Let us lay hold of the work in earnest. Let us go where they have not heard the truth, where they will be glad to have the truth presented. The cities are unworked. I have called attention to this again and again. I have told them that I would take my printed books and let them have them to dispose of in the cities. Go right into the houses and take them the light that God has given you through these books, and then leave the book with them. If they will buy the book, take the money. What we want is to see true conversions, and that will crowd out the tattle of the wicked-minded better than anything else can. Let the Lord work, and we will work wherever we are, and we will see the salvation of God. There is much more I could say, but I think I have said enough.
(25LtMs, Ms 73, 1910, 26)
Ms 74, 1910
Talk/Remarks at Oakland, California Oakland, California March 20, 1910 Previously unpublished.
I have words to speak to the people. I dare not hold my peace. There are those who have not walked in the light as God is in the light. There are some in Oakland seeking familiar spirits to supply the place of the Holy Spirit which the Lord gives, and Satan is ready to meet them. There are evil spirits that come to their aid, and they accept these messengers of Satan’s providing and they give the credit to the Lord, when it is the evil working of the enemy of God to deceive them to their ruin.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 1)
Oh, that these souls would repent and seek the love of Christ with their whole hearts, and have that repentance that needeth not to be repented of. This is a deception that is coming on many who have had the truth laid clearly before them. If they would come into line, the Lord would accept their repentance. But the stubbornness of the human heart will not accept the evidence God sends by the working of His Holy Spirit. Yet they accept false spirits. They even invite them and pray for them, and they will carry on a work, deceiving themselves and others, which is not ordained of God. This is the way Satan enters in to take possession of physicians, especially, who will not receive the light from heaven but will accept falsehood for truth. They have chosen their own way, and followed a path of their own choosing. The Lord has placed evidence before them again and again, but they will not receive the divine instruction of the Word of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 2)
Our people need to walk carefully and prayerfully before the Lord. Let the light shine in every place, in the highways and in the byways. I read from light which has been given me, “When plans are laid to erect buildings in one locality, give careful consideration to other places that are in just as great need of money for the erection of needed buildings.” Souls are precious. Time is short. We cannot afford to make a mistake in the work now. Wickedness is greatly increasing. Iniquity has made rapid strides since the earthquake in San Francisco.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 3)
Satan has made every effort to impress minds to consume means in creating inventions that are odd and singular but which will benefit no soul. The result has been that much money has been worse than wasted to do a work that they consider to be a work of ingenuity. No benefit is to be derived from them, and the money spent upon them, which might have been spent in good works, is lost. Lives are endangered, and many are not only imperiled but lost. Self-destruction is placed against the names of those who lose their lives in such pursuits. The Lord did not call upon them to run the risk of losing their lives in this manner. The world has gone crazy over the most strange exhibitions of doing the things the Lord has not asked them to do. Reports of these exhibitions are published in the papers as being wonderful performances; then others will see what exhibitions they can, in their turn, make.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 4)
Christ has purchased the world with His precious blood, and having given His life for them, they become His property. It is possible for every father and mother to give their life purposes and works to the service of Jesus Christ. Each child that is brought into the world is to be carefully instructed in the truth that they are bought with a price, even the life of the Lord Jesus Christ, that He shall not have died in vain for them.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 5)
Satan, who was once a beautiful angel in the heavenly courts, became a fallen angel because he did not want to occupy a secondary place, but to be next to God. He would have the Lord Jesus become second to him, for his own glory was very precious in his own sight. He was jealous of Christ, the Saviour. Study the Word of God, and see what this jealousy led to in the end. There is nothing to be gained by jealousies. Although in the beginning Satan was an exalted angel of great glory in the heavenly courts, that glory became extinguished through his craving to be the highest one next to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 6)
All ministers are to guard their own households. The great work begins with the individual self. A message is to be given to the world, and they [ministers] should exert a most wise and precious influence. Husbands and wives, remove from yourselves every phase of spirit that will create dissension. As your children come into the world, maintain love and carry out your work in the fear of God, instructing your children in true religious principles. Home religion is to be sacredly cherished. Fathers, husbands, respect your wives and children. Preserve the sacred principles of home religion. In order to do this, parents, the reformatory movement must begin with yourselves. Restrain yourselves from speaking one word that will not be helpful and that would not be expressed if you knew the Lord was in your home.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 7)
The principles of the law of God are to be stamped upon the retentive minds of your children. Obedience to the law of God is to be the choicest lesson to be given to your children. Parents, carrying out their own convictions in firm obedience, will convince their children of their duty to obey the law of God. Teach your children that the Bible is the Guidebook to heaven, and educate them in the precious things God has expressed in the Scriptures.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 8)
Parents are daily giving to their children an example either of obedience or disobedience to the law of God. By their own words and daily actions, they express either sacred obedience to a “Thus saith the Lord,” or a disobedience to it. In their future life the children will be what their parents have made them. Tradition or custom is not to be your rule. The Word of God is your Guidebook. Let every family manifest their religion by a sanctified spirit in words and actions, thus showing that they sense the sacred responsibilities that rest upon them. Religion in the home, a life which shows respect and love for each other, should be the sacred lesson of every family. Then it may be expected that the same spirit—love for truth and holiness—will extend to the children. Do not let the matter stop here, but in kindness speak words to your neighbors. The fruit of religious principles carried out in the home life means the saving grace of Christ in the home.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 9)
All who work for the Master should have the Martha and the Mary attributes blended—a willingness to minister and a sincere love for the truth. The heavenly angels are round about you to aid you in every good effort. The Lord calls Christian women workers who are prudent, warm-hearted, tender, and true. These can do a great work for the Master in representing true principles. How much Christlike work women can do when they are truly converted.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 10)
Novels should never be brought into the home, for a snare is laid in so doing. Let fathers and mothers work wisely in behalf of their children.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 11)
We are ministers and people bearing the last message of warning to the world by our course of action. Time is short, much shorter than when many of us first believed. The great reformatory movement that must be made is so feeble that the world does not think that we believe all the solemn, sacred truths which we profess to believe, because our religious life does not express that we do. In our actions we are not to demerit in any sense the sacred claims of the law of God. We are now under test and trial for a short period of time.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 12)
Parents, I am charged by the Spirit of God to say to you that you are under sacred obligations to take up your neglected duties at home. Many are in positions of responsibility, acting as parents who do not understand their own decided neglect to take in the situation. If Christ should come today, a record of unfulfilled duties would meet them. Fathers and mothers who have neglected your life-long religious responsibilities in the home life and in the association with relatives and friends, let your hearts be broken before God.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 13)
A scene was presented before me in which ministers of the gospel, with their companions, were taken unawares, and the judgment was set and the books were opened. The decision made was just—“Depart from Me.” It was said, “Your example has been of a character to lead many souls away from true righteousness and godliness. You have been an excuse to many who do not receive the truth. You have been stumbling blocks. You have had every advantage to understand your duty, but you have not honored Me in life or character. Heaven will not be the receiver of such. Depart.”
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 14)
I awoke with a terrible burden, and that is why I now write. I never wish to speak of this matter again. I beseech every soul who has encouraged self-sufficiency in himself to change his course. I will say, it is not yet too late for you to change and become converted. If you receive this message, I shall not be sorry that I have written it.
(25LtMs, Ms 74, 1910, 15)
Ms 75, 1910
Talk/Discourse by Mrs. E. G. White at Workers’ Institute, Oakland, California Oakland, California March 21, 1910 Previously unpublished. +
1 Timothy 4:1. “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” This we shall realize, therefore we want to be every one of us in our proper order to know how to meet the spirit of Satan, which will come in various ways. The spirit of Satan will come to some and cause them to think that they are not thought as much of as they ought to be, and others will think some other way and will consider that they are not exalted as they should be. Now, is it any of our business to be working on such lines as these? Is it not best to serve the Lord in all simplicity of mind, in meekness, looking not to this one and that one and the other one for fear they will get ahead of us? We cannot afford to do this.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 1)
What we want is to follow Jesus. And we have the Word of God, saying, “He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] If we will submit ourselves to Christ, to follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that “His going forth is prepared as the morning.” [Hosea 6:3.] We do not see the whole flood of light when the morning dawns. We see a little at a time, and should be thankful for that little. And if that little light comes from God, if He is the Source, we shall have a great deal more. What we want is the simplicity of the gospel of Jesus Christ, and if we will only this simplicity, we shall, just as surely as Christ is our Saviour, obtain the victory. As long as we cling to Christ, Christ clings to us, though we see so much that the enemy will introduce.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 2)
One has recently written that they have decided to have ballplaying at the office in Washington. We have no time for such things. All around Washington there is settlement after settlement in every direction. In their spare time these students should take their Bibles in their hands and go right into the humblest cottages and talk the truth and pray with them. In this way they will gain confidence in one another. There are those in that vicinity that the light must come to, and in other places as well.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 3)
The world is to be worked; the gospel is to be preached to every creature. If they will hear and understand, they may be converted. But in order for the gospel to do its work, every worker must go to Jesus and cast his helpless soul upon Him. Do not think that you must be exalted. “All we are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] If we will seek the Lord with all our hearts, we will know of the doctrine. We have the Word, and we are to walk with all humility of mind in accordance with that Word, and if we do this, we shall certainly have evidence that we are children of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 4)
The most perplexing subjects are presented to my mind that I must present to the people. How do I know how it will be received? I do not stop to know. If it is God’s will that I should speak of these things, He has an object in it. What we want is to walk humbly with God. We are . There are many of us . We want to feel that we shall be made first, and have much attention paid to . What are we? We are only servants. Do not envy another. Do not think that . Think of the precious souls that are perishing in their sins. There are souls, precious souls, that must be reached, and every one of us should be so consecrated to God that we shall understand that it is for us to walk in all humility of mind, and then we can address ourselves to those that need us most.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 5)
God wants to do a mighty work for you right here in Oakland. My husband and I came to this place when there were but three or four Sabbathkeepers in the city, and the Lord would meet with us in private houses. After a little time, people began to take knowledge of us. We kept humbly before God, and soon we began to have additions to our number. One favor after another would be granted us, until we were able to get that meetinghouse in San Francisco. And we thought we were wonderfully favored to be able to get a meetinghouse established. I want to tell you, brethren and sisters, the best way we have found to work is to go right ahead, looking not to this one and to that one, but to Jesus Christ, the Author and Finisher of our faith. Do not forget that He is the Finisher as well as the Author.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 6)
We shall have hard battles to fight, but what we want is to hide ourselves in the Lord Jesus and follow on to know the Lord. But I am so afraid that we are not becoming as substantial as we should be, so that the grace of God shall come to us, and that we may recognize it. We see that Satan is at work. Every mind that he can work he will work, that these minds may not be diverted to Jesus Christ to draw from the Source of power that strength and that grace that He alone can impart. You know that the wickedness and murder and crime in the city of San Francisco since its destruction by fire has been without limit. And what are we doing? We must work to the best of our ability to let our light shine. Let it shine before men. Do not put it under a bushel in the house.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 7)
Every one of us that Christ is to make Him known by word and by actions. We are to let our light shine by calling upon others, by studying the Scriptures with them, by praying with them, and in this way we shall find life. But it has been coming in among us to feel that our very life, as it were, depended upon our getting in to first place. If we were fitted for it, God would have provided that we should be first. The very ones that are less prepared to carry through the subjects that we must carry through are the ones that feel this way. Seek the Lord as little children; come to Him as a child comes to his parents; ask Him to teach you and to lead you and then say, I believe, because You have said it: “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 8)
What we want is to do all the good we can while we are in this world. The very first work is to begin in your household. get your children to come into harmony with you. This will be a lesson to others who are round about you that you have wisdom to bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. If you will do this, the glory of God will come into your teaching. You will see of the salvation of God. But if you have your mind on doing something great that someone else is doing that you could not possibly do because you have not the experience nor the capability, you will miss your calling. You are to speak a word here in season and a word there in season. Wherever you are, have the glory of God before you. Seek in everything that you do to glorify God.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 9)
I am glad that Brother Haskell is here. It was not supposed that Brother Haskell could be here another year, but from the light given, [the workers had] not the preparation, with the intelligence of the years and gray hairs , so that they could understand how to balance the work, that it might go in the right direction. Therefore the Lord made it known that and Brother Irwin should serve another year. Now we want to know if you are going to help the aged man. He is not quite as old as I am. I am eighty-three years of age , and yet I feel such an intensity for the work.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 10)
The day before I came here, I had no more idea that I could speak, because I had had an ill turn. I was very sick, and I said, I cannot go. Then I thought, Is this not unbelief? I will say I will go; and if I cannot have strength to speak, I will be humble enough to go to the home of Brother and Sister Haskell, and I will say, I have come down here, but I cannot say anything. Well, I came down, and when I stood up to speak to the people, I did not realize any weakness. I realized that angels of God were round about me. They honored my faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 11)
There is a world to be saved. If I should begin to tell you some of our experiences in foreign countries, it would astonish you. We pitched our tents, and we would provide tents and food and clothing for the poor who were not able to attend the meetings unless we did this for them. And the Lord honored our faith, and souls were converted.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 12)
There are men who are lovers of their own selves more than lovers of God. There are those that profess to be Christians who want to be the highest or nothing.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 13)
We will have trials before us that you have never dreamed of, but what we need to know is whether Christ is worthy to be served. When on earth He went from place to place on foot until He gathered a company of some five thousand about Him. Then when they came to a nice grassy plot of ground, He commanded that they sit down. He asked His disciples how much food they had. “Five loaves, and a few fishes,” they said. [Mark 6:38.] <“Bring them on.”> They brought them out, , and He gave each a small parcel, and this amount fed the five thousand souls. Then He said, “Gather up the fragments.” [John 6:12.] And they gathered up twelve baskets full of fragments.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 14)
We do not have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Unless we are willing to pass through some hardships, some trials, . We know from experience what it means to open the work in new fields. We must work in the simplicity of godliness. If you work in this way when the difficulties and trials arise, you will press right forward. , “Nevertheless, the foundation of God standeth sure,”“the Lord knoweth them that are His.”> [2 Timothy 2:19.] And you will work right along like a child under its parent, and you will know that Jesus Christ is leading and guiding you. You want that confidence in God that will never fail you, and I am so thankful that I can look back and see what has been done in those foreign countries.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 15)
I want to tell you, The cherished feeling that unless you can fill a great place you cannot do anything will put you out of any place. Fathers and mothers are to fill a great place, and to bring their children up in the admonition of the Lord. I have taken children and brought them up to manhood and I know what it means.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 16)
I am glad that Brother and Sister Haskell are here. Elder Haskell was with us working in new fields. We know how to press the battle to the gates, and we shall understand how to move on in humility and in the fear of God. I never question whether I am going to gain honor or not. I do not want it—. What I want is to point souls to Jesus Christ of Nazareth, to Him who said, “I am the true vine.” [John 15:1.] Every branch that bringeth forth fruit is pruned. Do not feel when the pruning is being done that you are cast aside and not appreciated. God has a place for you somewhere, and He wants you to stand the test.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 17)
If you will walk humbly with God, the Holy Spirit will be with you. What we need so much is to humble ourselves and to be willing to be partakers with Christ in His sufferings. He was called the Man of sorrows, acquainted with grief. He took our infirmities upon Him; He lifted the cruel cross. He came to our world, leaving behind His kingly crown and royal robe. He was a babe in Bethlehem. He went over the ground, that He might know just how to sympathize with us. He was touched with the feeling of our infirmities, and He wants every one of us to speak a word in season here and there and somewhere else. He wants us to be laborers together with God.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 18)
They could find no occasion to find fault with Christ and His teachings. they crucified Him. Pilate said that He was without fault, and yet he gave Him up to them. That was the justice that was manifested in their to . He was beaten with rods, the cruel thorns pierced His brow. They hung Him upon the cross and the nails were driven through His hands and feet. Then they said, “After all, He is nothing more than any of the rest of us. He dies like the rest of us.” But while hanging on the cross the penitent thief said to Christ, “When Thou comest into Thy kingdom, remember me.” [Luke 23:42.] And Christ made him the promise that he should be with Him in paradise. Just think of it! That was what He said to the thief that acknowledged Him in His humiliation.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 19)
What we need is to be in that position where we will recognize Jesus as our Helper. He will select those to do His work who get into a position where they are willing to do anything that the Lord would have them do. I am so glad that the Saviour knows how to sympathize with poor humanity. He has borne the heaviest humiliations that anyone that lives can bear. He has borne them in our behalf. They killed Him, and they laid Him in the tomb. But angels of God were sent, and they came down from heaven and rolled away the stone from the sepulcher. , and as Christ came forth from the tomb, He proclaimed over the rent sepulcher, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.]
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 20)
Now, I want to bring these things before you so that none of you will think that you are going to pass along and be honored by this one and by that one. That is not what you are to think about. You are not to build yourself up in your own thoughts. Think about Jesus, and pray that He may give you grace to go through the trials that come to you so that you may see Him in His kingdom. He will hear your prayer. But I want to say, dear friends, Let us love Jesus, and let us consider that we can go to no greater depths in humility than did Christ. It was humiliation that Christ suffered all the way through, and if we are partakers of His divine nature, we will understand that we must be partakers of His sufferings which will come to the Christian when placed in hard places.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 21)
There is a world to be saved. We need not make a flying machine or some wonderful invention. What glory will that bring to Christ? Not a particle. What we want is to see saved the souls for whom Christ has died. We are not to occupy our time and our brain to institute something that will bring glory from the people to us. It makes them foolish, so foolish, that they never will accept and find a place with Christ upon His throne. They will be spending their time instituting things to imperil their lives.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 22)
Jesus lived to make intercession for us, and He expects us to help Him in carrying the gospel to the uttermost parts of the earth. The Lord has permitted me to write because I was to present Christ and Him crucified. I began when a mere child. And when I have been greatly afflicted, as I was for eleven months in Australia, that hand has still been enabled to hold the pen. During that time I wrote twenty-four hundred pages. Now you know that I have proved the Lord. I understand that trials are not to make us foolish or foolhardy. Do you think I can doubt the Lord? Not a bit of it. I love Him because He first loved me and took a child of weakness. I have worked through the years since my childhood, and I have no idea of doubting the Lord now in my old age.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 23)
I bless the Lord with heart and soul and voice, and now I will say that I hope to meet you all again when I have more strength. God is good, and His mercy endureth forever. I want every one of you to remember that you have a warfare before you. You must fight the battles of the Lord. Satan is seeking to gather in every soul that he can to work for him. You cannot afford to do . You want heaven, and when you humble yourselves before God, He will give you strength and fortitude and comfort.
(25LtMs, Ms 75, 1910, 24)
Ms 76, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on First Peter 2 Oakland, California March 23, 1910 Previously unpublished.
2 Peter 2:1-9. Now here is our work. It means everything to us, and we want to understand it. We are called out of darkness into His marvelous light. That is what we want. We want heaven’s light, to understand what the will of the Lord is concerning us. This is what we want to do, and we cannot be too circumspect in this. We cannot be heedless in this matter. We want to make a business of this work. If we want heaven, we must seek it with all our hearts and all our understanding, and the grace of God will reveal to us His precious light, that we shall not make mistakes. And if we do make mistakes, we will confess them and seek to be overcomers. Let us not try to practice all the sayings and all the customs of the world. We are a peculiar people, and we should show forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into His marvelous light.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 1)
We must keep this Scripture in view. If people ever need to understand what their duty is, it is best for them to search the Scriptures, for in them we “think we have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me,” says Christ. [John 5:39.] We will be without any manner of excuse if found deficient at last, because the Lord wants us to come into sacred relation to Himself, and it is possible for us to do so. And if it is possible for us to come into sacred relation to Jesus Christ, we, by beholding His life and character, shall come to be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 2)
In this world we must engage in the warfare. I have here the book Testimonies to the Church, Volume 7. Some of the most striking and important things we have placed in these books so that our people might have them to read and examine. My attention has been called to some special things, and I will read from that section of this volume entitled “The Extent of Our Work.” The statement is here made that “God has qualified His people to enlighten the world.” Have you ever considered how rapidly the work is going in the foreign lands? The missionaries who go to these countries must learn the language, and then they can give them the light in a way that they can grasp it.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 3)
When we had our last meeting at Washington, D.C., there was a most intelligent-looking company of men and women who had come from foreign countries. They wished to be introduced to me, and I was pleased to meet them and speak a few words to them. Of course, I had to have an interpreter that both they and I could understand. I was surprised to see such a large company of these brethren from foreign countries, and I was very much pleased with their appearance. The work is going wonderfully fast in all the foreign lands. It is remarkable how it is going. Many will accept the truth and glorify God.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 4)
When I was laboring in foreign lands, if there was any way we could get at the people, we would get at them. One would sit right by my side, interpreting what I was saying. Everywhere I went, the Lord opened the way before me. In Australia when they wanted me to speak before the people, they honored me by putting the stars and stripes up over the platform. We labored in that field ten years, and the Lord blessed our efforts there. He helped us to build up the work and to carry it on step by step. We took hold of the work in the name of the Lord, and His blessing rested upon us all in large measure. So our work has been carried to every country.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 5)
Too much attention has been given to reaching those of the poorer classes, while less effort has been put forth to reach the higher classes. This is a mistake. The efforts for the two classes should be equalized. Not one-half of the work has been done in San Francisco that should have been done before the calamity which befell that city. God wants us to act like sensible men and women. He wants us, if we have a truth that enlightens our minds, to dig deep and lay our foundations sure, and to impart the same to others. We are to be in a position so that we can help them in every line possible.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 6)
It is not our dress or our appearance that is of so much importance, although we are to be neat and orderly. The amount of money that is spent by those living in our cities, on dress and entertainment, would be the means in the hands of God of doing much good. I have letters coming from all parts of the foreign countries where they want means. They want to take hold of the work and push it forward from place to place. What shall we do? I have tried to help forward the work by my books. Here is The Desire of Ages, Patriarchs and Prophets, and Great Controversy. I keep my workers busy on my writings, and then I look them over to see that every word is as it should be. Thus my time has been spent for many years. And then I make selections of certain portions that they can use from place to place to present to the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 7)
Since we have seen the calamity that came to San Francisco, we feel that before a second calamity shall come to that city and to Oakland we must get all the light possible into these places. We cannot endure the thought of this work being neglected.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 8)
I was not feeling at all able to come down here when I came. But I thought, It will not kill me to go, and if I am able, I will speak. And every time I have made an effort to speak my strength has been doubled. I believe in God. I believe He will do what He has said He would do, and that our strength shall be as our day. I am much improved in strength. The Lord gives me strength as I venture.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 9)
We have made a collection of some things on health reform and on other subjects, and they have been gotten out in this form so that the people might have them. We are trying in every way possible to get at the people. I have given a set of my books to each of our schools, that they might have them in their library.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 10)
The judgment of God came upon San Francisco to awaken our people to go to work and do everything possible to bring the light before the people. It is a rough time now to present the things that do not agree with the sentiments that others maintain. We are to present the truth in order that they may lay hold upon Bible subjects, study Bible subjects and become converted, and they themselves go to work. We want to see the world stirred up to come onto the right platform, and we mean that it shall be if we can bring it about.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 11)
At the meeting at Lodi those present pledged themselves that they would be laborers together with God, that they would try to reach perishing humanity. I ventured to come here, and I am going to Southern California, to carry the message where I go. I expect that the Lord will give me strength to stand before the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 12)
We want our sanitariums to stand before God in such a light that He can prosper them financially, and that those who come to them will be brought into right relation to God. That is what we want. In the kingdom of glory, we want to meet those to whom we shall give the light. Reading from Volume 7: “Shall we not do all in our power to advance the work in our large cities?” [p. 114.] These things were in print before the judgments came upon San Francisco. We want our books to go everywhere and the work to be carried forward intelligently.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 13)
I just call your attention to these things, and say to you, Let every one of us come in right relation to God. The judgments of God are surely coming upon our earth. We see that notwithstanding the wickedness that has been brought to light in the courts of justice, it is everywhere murder and crime. The end is at hand. I want to say that although I may drop on the field of battle, the Lord will accept old or young.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 14)
I used to get my young friends together when I was but sixteen years old. I would say, Now we are going to ask God to help us. We do not know much, but we want the help of God. I never let go until every soul would give themselves to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 15)
The Lord God of heaven has extended the work largely, and is extending it. We have our sanitariums for the recovery of health and for learning, and God is to be made first and second and third. We want God to come in in every place.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 16)
Although my strength was small, I spoke at Lodi four times, and the Lord gave me strength; the Spirit of God came upon me, and I felt an intense interest for our people at Lodi. They have a large school there.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 17)
I want to tell you, dear friends, we can do ten times more than we do. Those who claim to have the truth of God in your hearts, I beg of you for Christ’s sake to be converted. I ask you, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, to make the most of your opportunities. Speak to those in darkness; open the Scriptures to them. Some may say, Sister White, what does this mean, “Go out into the highways and the byways?” [Luke 14:23.] How are we going to accomplish it? By trying. Go right to work, and as you begin to try, you will feel the presence of angels right around you, and you will have the interpretation yourselves of what this means. We are amenable to those around us who have not the light. May God help us that we may carry the light in every phase possible, and not carry it so high up that it cannot be reached. Come right down with the simplicity of the gospel, and open it right before the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 76, 1910, 18)
Ms 77, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on John 15 Los Angeles, California March 26, 1910 Previously unpublished.
(John 15:1) and onward. “Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away.” [Verse 2.] Bear that in mind. The fruit, the fruit, the fruit manifests what we are. It is not our word, it is not our profession, but the fruit we bear. Let every one of us consider that it is a most precious opportunity we have that we may become acquainted with Jesus Christ by a personal profession, and the carrying out of that profession in our lives. He is intently watching to see how many are bearing fruit to His name’s glory. We are not to glorify ourselves, but be just as submissive to God as a child is to his parent.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 1)
Christ came to our world and gave us an example of what we should be. “Every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it.” [Verse 2.] So if you have trials, do not think that you are cast away and are not children of God because you have trials. We are to give proof by bearing these trials and pressing close to Jesus Christ in prayer, in submission, in giving our will to the will of Christ, that His will shall be manifest in us. It means everything to us.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 2)
“Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away.” [Verse 2.] Do any of you want to be taken away? Do you want it to be so that you shall have no living connection with Jesus Christ? Not one of you can afford this. What we want is that living connection with Jesus Christ and every day to learn of Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 3)
“I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing.” [Verse 5.] There will not be complaining, nor faultfinding because you have trials. Go right on your knees to Christ and tell Him, I am not worthy to be Your child, but if You will bless me and give me strength, I will walk humbly before You step by step. We are here preparing for the future, immortal life; and if you gain that, what do you gain? You gain a crown of glory; you gain an entrance into the city of our God. You will have a life that measures with the life of God, and therefore you want to fulfill every requirement that God has given. Come out from the world and be separate. That is what we are to do.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 4)
“Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you.” That is, they are clean in their understanding. “Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me.” [Verses 3, 4.]
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 5)
There is a large company here, and I want to say to you that Christ has given His life to save you. What a sacrifice! What abuse He suffered even in His crucifixion, [made by His enemies] as humiliating as possible. He bore all this that He might bear our sins, your sins, and that He might take away your sins if you will let Him. He cannot take them away unless you are willing to give up these sins and to be converted daily to God. Now let us make a business of this matter. If you have never given yourself fully, soul, body, and spirit, to God, let not another day pass until you do honor to Jesus Christ who gave His precious life that we might not perish, but have everlasting life. This we can obtain if we lay hold of Him by a living faith and live in accordance with His Word, working the works of Christ, being patient, kind, and tender, true fathers and mothers, working out the plan of salvation that is given to us.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 6)
You must become acquainted with Him, that you may when in trial lay your perplexities before Him. Go right by yourself and tell Him all about it, as a child would go to his parents. Go to our Saviour, and just tell Him your necessities. What we need is to be in harmony with Him. Ask Him to lay His fashioning hand upon you, that you may have His image in your life. “Ask what ye will, and it shall be done.” [Verse 7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 7)
You will ask in the right spirit; you will pray in the right spirit; your actions will be in accordance, and the fruit of the vine will be produced. It is the fruit that Christ wants. Why? Because you are abiding in Christ. You will not ask things that are unreasonable if you abide in Him and He in you. “If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verse 7.] Thank the Lord. If I had not had this promise given to me when I was twelve years old and onward for several years when I was trying to get an experience, I should have been in despair, and I think my life would have gone out.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 8)
“Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples. As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love.” [Verses 8, 9.] He wants every one of you. He does not want a single soul of you to be lost. He wants the fathers and mothers to bring their children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. He wants these fathers and mothers to educated their children to be children of God. You cannot give them up to the world and yet bring a good report unto God. What you want is to be in submission to the will and way of God. That I want to be, that I mean to be, if I know what it is.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 9)
Christ tell us how His Father is glorified. He gave His only begotten Son that through the gift of His Son we should become His disciples through faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 10)
“As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father’s commandments, and abide in his love.” [Verses 9, 10.]
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 11)
It is no make-believe business to be a child of God, for Satan will dispute every step that you take. But if you live your life in Christ Jesus, He covers you, He protects you, He gives you the power to become sons of God, children of the Most High.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 12)
Father, mothers, what a responsibility rests upon you to have that living faith that grasps the hand of infinite power. Christ has made all these promises for us and pledged them with His life. We have no reason to question that He means just what He says, and He wants every soul of you to represent Him to the world. If you make a profession and do not live up to it, but bring your children up to grow after the worldly fashion and order, then you are responsible for their characters. We want, fathers and mothers, every one of us to be converted daily to Jesus Christ, and then what will we do? Verses 3 and 4. Do you think that He tells us the truth? It is an abiding Christ that we must have, and in having an abiding Christ, you will have the comfort of the grace of God in your hearts.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 13)
Now you are in this city. What confusion there is in the streets of Los Angeles, and in every city. In many of the large cities, as we have gone through them, we have tried to bear our testimonies. And I want to tell you that God will sympathize with you in every trial that you have if you will let Him. But if you shut yourself right up to yourself, if you will do just as you please, thinking you will come out all right, you will find that you will come out all wrong. Our precious Saviour gave His life for us, and the question is, Who appreciates it? Who will work out their own salvation with fear and with trembling? Such ones will grasp the hand of infinite power and say, I will be saved through the grace of Jesus Christ who gave His life for me.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 14)
Fathers, mothers, never in the world will you convert your children by working counter to the work of Christ. You want to be children of God, and bow your will to the will of God. You want the light of heaven to be with you as you go into the closet, as you plead with God to give you a parent’s heart that is sanctified to Jesus Christ. There is to be no scolding, no fretting. Take these children and kneel before God and plead with Him in their behalf. Let them know that it is everything to them and to you whether they will yield their hearts to be sanctified through the grace of Christ. If you get angry with them, and in impatience cause them pain, do you think you will convert them in that way?
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 15)
Mothers, I plead with you, do not let yourselves be drawn away from a mother’s duty. Do not, I beg of you, think, Oh, they will come out all right; it is no use to restrain children so much. The devil wants you to think that. That is just the idea that he wants to get into your minds. You must fight every step of the way. When I have seen children mismanaged I have said, Give them to me. And I have taken child after child, and I tried to fashion them after Christ’s order. I never found it did much good to pound them.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 16)
Once I thought I would have to punish the child, but I took her in the room with me, and I said, We will pray. After I had prayed, I asked her if she would like to say a few words to the Lord. I told her that it was the first time that I had brought anything in my hand with which to correct her, and that I did not want to use it this time. I said, Can you just ask the Lord to forgive you for what you have done? The lips were opened, and the moment the lips were opened the heart was broken, and there she wept and wept. Could I have struck a blow to that child? I told her, I am so thankful that I did not have to correct you. It hurts me worse than it does you. If you will try to do right, we will take you out in the fields where you can pick the flowers, and we will kneel down there and pray all together.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 17)
I want to tell you that there are many children who go to ruin because the parents do not know how to handle them. They get out of patience with them, and then they lose the battle. They hate their fathers and mothers. But we will work in a different way. We will talk with them and pray with them and try to help them. You want to enter in through the pearly gates into the city, and when those gates are thrown open, you want to go in with your children, saying, “Here am I and the children whom Thou hast given me.” You want to see these children receive the crown and the harp, saved, eternally saved in the kingdom of glory. Is it not worthwhile to overcome your own passion? You create a warfare when you might have peace.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 18)
How long does Christ bear with us!
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 19)
It is the fruit that you bear in your family that creates an influence to reach other souls in the same line. We are each to help each other. Where there is a useless branch, it is to be taken away. When there are evil traits in your children’s characters, you are to talk with them and pray with them and seek to soften their dispositions, and you will in doing this soften your own dispositions.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 20)
Verses 8 to 12. Love those with whom you associate in church capacity. Love the members of your family. The husband and wife should never scold and fret in the presence of the children. It is a terrible example.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 21)
Verses 13 and 14. He had just come to the point where He was going to lay down His life. “Ye are my friends.” Here is a point that every one of us needs to understand. We are to walk in the direction of these words.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 22)
Verse 15. Precious Saviour, we thank Thee with heart and soul and voice; we thank Thee that Thou hast given Thy expensive life, such terrible suffering, that we might have a right to the life in the kingdom of glory. Will we strive for it? Will we labor for it?
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 23)
Mothers, never scold your children. It will not do them a bit of good. Take some of these words and read them to them, and pray with them. Do not be the one that needs the correction more than the child does, because the child knows so much less than you do, and you ought to study how you can keep the tempter away from your child, that he shall not have the victory over him. Christ wants you to work so that you may save your children. You are to work by overcoming yourself. Overcome your own disposition.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 24)
Fathers, will you unite with the mothers to bring your children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord? We love the children, and we want to see them as children of the Most High God. We want to see them crowned, entering in through the gates into the city of God. We want to see the children with the parents passing in through the gates into the city, there to go no more out into the wicked world—saved, eternally saved, if they gain the city when their warfare here is accomplished.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 25)
Time is closing. We want to be righteous; we want to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Will we do it? Parents and children, I feel such intensity as I consider how many children are growing up with scarcely any care to teach them that they are children of God. They must act as children of God; they must have hearts in unity with Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 26)
When this parable of the vine and the branches was presented to me, I lost consciousness. I did not know where I was. When I regained consciousness, I found that I was in my own chamber. It was presented before me that I was to bring these things before the people. “If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verse 7.] We thank Thee, heavenly Father, with heart and soul and voice. Help us. Help the parents and the children. Help them to be overcomers by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 27)
When I came to myself, I found that I was sitting in my writing chair, and I did not know how long I had been unconscious. Oh, I had such impressions made upon my mind that parents should make to their children! It seemed I could hardly wait. I must go where I could see the children and the parents together, and I must plead with them. You who are older in years should know more, and your children have leniency from you. God grant that every mother that is in this room shall be truly converted, and every father, to stand by the side of the mother.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 28)
Do not, I beg of you, have an iron rod in your house, for you will often rule unjustly if this is the case. You want Christ who has borne so much for you. He came into this world as an infant to go through life from infancy to manhood. But He did not commit sin, because the God of salvation protected Him; and when He began to work, it was with all faithfulness that He did everything. And the children would say to Him, Why do you take so much pains? He would begin to sing songs of heaven, and the first thing they knew, all would be singing. Now what we want is to sing the songs of heaven. We want to have pleasurable notes in our voices. What we want is salvation every day.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 29)
Verses 1 and 2. Some do not bear the right kind of fruit. How does He purge the branch? He corrects the errors. He shows what their errors are and what they must do to please Jesus, the blessed Saviour who gave His life for them. Shall we begin, as we never have before, to humble ourselves under the hand of God, and He will bind us up. He understands how.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 30)
You may profess to be genuine Christians, but if you scold and fret if everything does not go just as you would have it, you are anything but that. Suppose that we begin today to seek to become branches of the true vine. Christ has pledged Himself to glorify God through us if we will make the effort to cling to the Mighty One and to bear fruit to His glory. We can do it because Christ gives us the power, and therefore every one of us can begin the battle.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 31)
Here is a large, wicked city, and there are others like it. What are we all doing to bring the light of truth just as it is into these cities? Are we trying to exert every influence possible to sweep back the powers of darkness and to let the sunshine of His glory in? Are you trying, fathers and mothers, sisters and brothers, to make a covenant with God by sacrifice? This is what our Saviour wants you to do. He came to our world, and you know what He bore. He hung on Calvary’s cross, and the poor thief who was hanging by His side said to Him, Remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom. Christ said that He would, and He will do just as He has said. There was that thief hanging on the cross, and he showed his faith in the redeeming Saviour right there.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 32)
Now let us overcome our passions. Let us be converted. The converting power of God is to be felt in this city. Let those who profess to be converted give themselves fully unto God.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 33)
Verses 10-14. Now, this is the work that rests upon us. I want to say to you that the wickedness in these cities is increasing continually, and unless we are increasing in spirituality, and unless we can be co-laborers with Jesus Christ to bring these souls to the knowledge of the truth, we shall not be a branch in the true vine. The branch in the true vine bears fruit of the first order. Every one of us needs to be converted to Jesus Christ. Let us this very day make a covenant with God by sacrifice.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 34)
Our Saviour left His throne, and He came to this world as a little child. In His work He went from place to place on foot, taking the Word and going through the cities, gathering the people about Him. In one company there were five thousand following Him. He said, These are weary. They must have rest. He had been leading them all the time to a grassy place where He could invite them to sit down and rest. He asked His disciples, How much food have you? Five loaves and two small fishes, they replied. [Mark 6:38.] They brought them on, and that fed the whole company. And after all had had food, they gathered up twelve baskets full of fragments.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 35)
What we need is self-sacrifice and self-denial. We want to push the triumphs of the cross of Christ every day, and if we will do this, we shall see the salvation of God in our homes. Do not speak cross words, because that will teach your children to do the same. Kneel down and pray, and tell the Lord that you are grieved because the children have grieved Him. Beating them will not make the heart any more tender. But the Lord can help you and direct you in judgment. May God give the grace that is needed this day to children and to parents, that the converting power of God may come upon every one of them.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 36)
As I look upon this company, I wonder how many of us will meet in the kingdom of glory. I want to be there. I shall be there, if I follow on to know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning. And as we follow on to become acquainted with Christ and His truth, He opens our understanding. The devil tries to close it in every way possible. If every one of you that profess to be Christians will be converted daily, you will see of the salvation of God in this city, as we saw them converted in 1843 and 1844 and onward; and now we have the light God has given as we followed on.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 37)
We have our institutions in nearly all sections of America. We must labor in New York City and in all the large cities. And we want workers. We want everyone who will be converted to the truth to bear fruit. Christ will help the branch to bear the right kind of fruit. If you will follow on to know the Lord, you will know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. We want new conversion, we want new sanctification, we want to seek the Lord as we come together in our churches. We want to seek Him with all our hearts, that we may find Him. Then lift your voices in praise to God; that is bearing fruit to His glory. We want to see souls converted. We want converted souls that will come and labor for the salvation of those that are perishing around them.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 38)
Will every one of you consider that salvation is worth winning? Will you take hold of the work? Do you want to be transferred to the higher school? Do you want an entrance into the kingdom of glory? If you do, commence your work without delay, and then you may lead other souls into the path of righteousness. I love my Saviour because He first loved me. I love to do His will. When I thought of coming here, I said, I have not the strength, for I still feel the effect of the labor put forth in Mountain View and Lodi. But the Lord gives me strength, and I thank Him. And I want your help, every one of you, mothers and fathers. Christ is coming. We want your help, that you may convert the members of your families.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 39)
Fathers, we want you to be overcomers, that you may wear the crown in the city of God and touch the golden harp and fill all heaven with rich music and with songs to the Lamb. Oh, that God would help! Will you be converted? Will you stand up this day, you that will be converted? Is it worth enough to be converted? It is worth everything. I am now in my eighty-third year, and I have been working constantly from one end of the earth to the other, in different cities and among different nationalities. I want women to help. I want the men to take right hold, that the salvation of God may be revealed in our communities. Will you make a covenant that from this time on you will try to serve God with full purpose of heart? Whoever will do this, rise to your feet. Amen and amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 40)
Prayer: Heavenly Father, we present to Thee this company that have pledged themselves that they will be followers of God, to bear the fruit of the true vine, and You will help them because You have promised. And we ask Thee that Thy blessing shall rest upon all this standing company that have pledged themselves to seek for a higher life, a higher education, that they may be presented to the King of glory. I ask Thy blessing upon them. Give them a heart to know that they are workers, laborers together with God, and that Thou wilt be their Helper if they will follow on to know the Lord. Amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 77, 1910, 41)
Ms 78, 1910
Sermon/Thoughts on 2 Peter 1 Loma Linda, California April 2, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Now the track is laid. We are to live upon the plan of addition. We are to add grace to grace. We have our work, and God will sustain every soul who will receive and cultivate the graces of the Holy Spirit of God in their hearts. Why, what a world we would have if this instruction were obeyed! Here is the life insurance policy, and in the day of the Lord, when the books are opened, you will realize, if you have followed on to know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning. It comes degree after degree, strength after strength, as we live on the plan of addition, until we are in a position that it is stated, “we shall never fall.” [Verse 10.]
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 2)
We want to act as though we appreciated this life insurance policy. We want to carry it out every day in our daily practice in our homes and in our families. Let there be no scolding, no fretting, for that is not religion. But what we want is to add grace to grace, and then we want to expect that we will have the life insurance policy, that we shall have that life that measures with the life of God. It is wonderful, and it is in this chapter that the assurance is given us.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 3)
“For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 4)
We thank Thee, heavenly Father, that we can claim this promise today while mercy lingers, while the way is open that we may approach to God through our own earnest efforts and faith. We can add grace to grace, and light and power is promised unto us if we will follow on to know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 5)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though you know them, and be established in the present truth. Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance; knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath shewed me. Moreover I will endeavor that ye may be able after my decease to have these things always in remembrance.” [Verses 12-15.]
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 6)
What does that mean? It means to every one of us here that there are angels on this ground. It means to every one of us that the impression of the Holy Spirit of God must come to the human heart, and if it comes to the human heart, we must accept it. We must have a heart that will understand these eternal life principles, and then we must work to the point every day.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 7)
Fathers and mothers, you have no right to speak cross and fretful words in your homes, because you are educating, educating in the wrong direction. You must not do that.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 8)
Here are young men before me. We want to meet these in the kingdom of glory. I have one son whom I laid in the grave when he was grown to manhood. He was a Christian, and a beautiful singer, and I expect to meet him again. The younger one was a baby only a few months old when we laid him in the grave. And then we had to lay the father in the grave. He was my faithful worker, who had stood beside me as we worked together. We went to many places to labor together. Night after night we have risen from our beds and pled with God for the congregation for whom we were laboring.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 9)
We were both taken sick at the same time, because of the heavy rains that came when we were returning from a meeting. We did not understand that we were in danger. Just before his death I asked him if I should take our children and have them unite with me in the work, trying to fill his place, and thus continue in my labors. Three times he signified that I should.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 10)
After his death some one asked me if I was not going to pray to have him raised up. No indeed, I said. The old soldier and I have talked these things over together, and we decided that if one should die before the other, the one remaining would try to carry on the work wherever called. I would not be so selfish as to have him stand by my side again, and again pass through death. Never, never! He has had a full life. We have worked together, we have prayed together, we have fought our battles together, and now write, Blessed are the dead that die in the Lord. I could not say all this just then, but I said it afterward. I wanted them to know that my work was not done. I have gone from East to West, and from North to South, with my son who travels with me. I know in whom I have believed. And I want to tell you that I love the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 11)
I have had rather a weak time here because of the constant writing which has taxed my eyes and my brain so that I needed a rest, and I have had it. I have not spoken to you once. I have not been in any place where I have been so quiet and had such a time to rest as I have had here, and I thank the Lord for it.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 12)
Now I want to call your attention to this Scripture:
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 13)
Verses 12-19. He has full confidence that they will carry out the principles that he is presenting before them. He tells them that while he is with them, he will keep it before their minds, help their memories. Now, let every one of us have an appreciation of these promises. It is an immortal promise, if we will carry out the plan of addition. Shall we do it? Shall we add grace to grace? Shall we follow on to know the Lord? I am so thankful that we are not left in ignorance, but that we have the Word of the living God, and I am so thankful that it is my privilege to see many souls brought into the truth as we try to present the Word of God before them. We want heaven; we want eternal life, and we want to be in that position that we can lay hold on the Word of God as ours.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 14)
Now here are your families, here are your children. It is no small item to bring up children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. I have taken child after child that I saw was going to destruction. I took Brother Amadon when he was a little boy, driving on the tow path. He is alive today, and is one of our main pillars in Battle Creek, and he often speaks of the time when I took him away from his associates.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 15)
Girls have come to me, saying, Sister White, Will you take me? Certainly, I said. I took them, and we worked together. One of them lies in the grave now, and there are several living whom I took and educated. I kept someone to educate them. I did not begrudge the money at all. My husband and I had to keep together while he was living, and I want to tell you that we have seen the grand workings of the Holy Spirit of God upon human hearts, and we want to be in that position that we can understand that the Lord has His Holy Spirit to help us, to strengthen us, to lead us, to guide us.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 16)
In the twenty-first chapter of Revelation, we read of the beautiful new earth. Let us work for one another. Let us work determinedly to bring up the youth in a right manner. We want them to have the crown of life. We want the youth to be overcomers. Angels of God are assisting us in our schools as we seek to educate the girls and boys. They do not leave us to our own notions. The Holy spirit of God is to work with all our efforts. We want to see souls saved. Fathers and mothers, let us take hold of the work.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 17)
I am glad that you have this beautiful place here. I am thankful for it. I was sure that it was the very place we should have, and we have it, and we will praise God for it. We desire that fathers and mothers shall be benefited by the Word of God which we shall bring before them in the name of the Lord, and especially upon health reform. We can give the health reform subject here very nicely because we have the right kind of helpers, and they will work and press the battle to the gates.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 18)
We have a heaven to win, and a hell to shun, and it makes every difference with us whether we lay hold on the provision that has been made for us. How? Did it cost anything? It cost the life of the only begotten Son of God. He laid aside His royal robe and His kingly crown, He clothed His divinity with humanity, and you will see in the Old and in the New Testaments the workings of God so that this world need not perish in their sins. They may have a life that measures with the life of God if they will. I want to say that we are under God’s guardianship. It is He alone that can keep us from falling under the hellish powers of darkness. He is making impressions on human minds this very day, and He wants every one of us to humbly and meekly follow on to know the Lord. He wants us to pray.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 19)
When we used to get into perplexity, my husband would say, We must get right up and pray about it. We must not lie here. How do we know what an influence will be exerted upon human minds? Here is a crisis, and let us pray that the Lord will give us the victory. And we would always have it. We could not sleep until we had evidence that our God was working in our behalf to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 20)
We must use His promises as we live on the plan of addition. Lay hold of them, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth. Make the most of your opportunities, for God will help you if you will. He wants to help you and give you courage, and He wants you to understand there is a world to be saved. He wants you to act your part in going forth and doing your part.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 21)
Every one of us has a part to act in connection with Jesus Christ, and believing that we shall have that grace and that strength, we shall come off victorious at last. I believe that we shall see the glory of God revealed in every community where we are. We are not to shut ourselves up to ourselves, but we are to take right hold, and we are to weave in the principles of righteousness and truth and justice and love. You thus take the ones that need help and that want you to help them, and give them health and strength, that they may form a character after the divine similitude, so that Christ shall not have died for them in vain.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 22)
We want heaven, and we want all around us to be impressed with the Holy Spirit of God to seek that precious Saviour, full of mercy and love, never turning away a soul that comes to Him. There He was kneeling in prayer before His crucifixion; and He would get up to see if His disciples realized what He was passing through, and He found them asleep. Are we asleep? We that are entrusted with great capabilities for looking after souls, are we asleep? Every one of us has a responsibility to carry through the perfection of character, that no one shall fall under the temptation of Satan if you can help them. And we are each to live upon the plan of addition.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 23)
My heavenly Father, I thank Thee and I praise Thy holy name that Thou hast presented us the Scriptures, and we will be obedient.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 24)
I know in whom I have believed. I know that He has met me when it seemed an impossibility that I could stand upon my feet. But the moment that I stood up, I had the power of God come upon me, and I could carry my message to the people every time.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 25)
Now I want you to prove the Lord, to work on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace, and then try to reach out for souls that do not know that truth, try to convince and help them and be a blessing to them, that they may not lose their chance to obtain the crown of life.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 26)
But now here was our Saviour, as it were, dying on the field of battle, and His disciples [were] asleep. How I have felt when I have thought of these things! He staggered, with the bloody sweat coming from His pores, moistening the sod of Gethsemane; and there was the cup of sufferings presented to Him; and He went to see where His disciples were, and they were asleep. Are we asleep? He staggered back again, and began to pray for them, and here it was that the mysterious cup trembled in His hand. Should He drink of that cup, that cup of sufferings? “If it be possible,” He said, “let this cup pass from Me.” [Matthew 26:39.] A strong angel was sent from heaven to strengthen Him. What if He had let that cup of sufferings alone? We should have been lost. He drank that cup for us, and we want to understand it. We want to sense what He has suffered in our behalf. He did not draw back from any representation of sufferings.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 27)
But here are the young. You are to form a character before these young people with whom you associate and come in contact.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 28)
Christ took the cup and drank it, and then it was that Judas betrayed his Lord. They took Him, abused His person, put a crown of thorns upon His head; they pressed it into His sacred temples and caused Him all the suffering possible; then they drove the nails through His hands and feet. And while He was hanging there on the cross in company with two thieves, one of them repented, and said, “Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.” The Lord answered him, “Verily I say unto thee today, thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:42, 43.] Today, while His hands were pierced with nails, today, while He was suffering on the cross and passing through death, He said, “Thou shalt be with Me in paradise,” because the thief acknowledged Him in His humiliation. He could accept the poor thief; He could pardon his sins.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 29)
Let every one of us, for Christ’s sake come into that position that we will understand the sacrifice that has been made for us. There He died on the cross. There was an awful earthquake at His death. Mighty angels came from heaven and rolled back the stone from the door of sepulchre, and Christ came forth. He was raised from the dead, and He proclaimed over the rent sepulchre of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] Then He walked in the way, and He met two of His disciples and made Himself known to them before leaving them. Thank God, thank God, we have a risen Saviour!
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 30)
I am so glad to tell it to you, that He can bring us all out of our afflictions. He can be with us in all our sadness and in all our grief, because He is a living Saviour, and He will give us strength and grace to endure all the sorrows and afflictions that we may have to bear. His glory will be revealed when the golden gates of the city of God are swung back upon their glittering hinges. At that time the mothers and fathers with their children who have been overcomers will enter in, the crown of life will be placed on their heads, and the harp placed in their hands. The victory is gained. Now this is just what we want to aim for. I want to say we have a living Saviour. What rejoicing there was in the heavenly courts when Christ rose from the dead!
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 31)
Now I will say, God bless you. We have a heaven to win, and a hell to shun, and we can do it if we have that living faith that works by love and purifies the soul. I love Jesus. That is why I am trying to travel. I am in my eighty-third year, and I have been an invalid all my life, and yet God gives me strength to bear my message.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 32)
Now, let the fathers and mothers bring up their children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, not scolding or fretting or beating them, but pray with them. And who do you think is with them when you pray? The angels of God are there. I have taken children who were just as stubborn as they could be, who have had their own way. The blessing of God would come upon us as we would pray together.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 33)
There is a world to be saved, and what are we doing today for those places that have not heard the truth? God help us that we may do our duty in the name of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 78, 1910, 34)
Ms 79, 1910
Sermon/Thoughts on Luke 13 Loma Linda, California April 5, 1910 See variant Ms 79a, 1910. This manuscript is published in entirety in LLM 533-542.
(Luke 13:11): “And, behold, there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity eighteen years, and was bowed together, and could in no wise lift up herself. And when Jesus saw her, He called her to Him, and said unto her, Woman, thou art loosed from thine infirmity. And He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight, and glorified God.” [Verses 11-13.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 1)
Thank God for this! That we can have such manifestations!
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 2)
Verses 14-16. Consistency is a jewel, and we all want it!
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 3)
We want to have just such a work that we shall take up after Christ’s example. That is what we need. And we need much more of the baptism of the Holy Spirit of God than we now manifest, and it is our privilege to have it.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 5)
“Then said one unto Him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And He said unto them, Strive to enter in at the strait gate; for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able.” [Verses 23, 24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 6)
Why? Because they trust to uncertainties. They do not read the Bible. They do not understand what the Word says. When they read the Bible and understand what the Word says, let me tell you, there will a hundredfold more accomplished by our churches, by the ministers, and by those that are teachers, and by all men in office, and they will then see of the salvation of our God. What is the matter with us? We have not a love from above. We do not make a business of serving God.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 7)
“He went through the cities and villages, teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem.” [Verse 22.] He went, teaching on the way. He did not go right straight along. He taught on the way, and when He saw persons who needed help, He would take their cases and present them in His teaching.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 8)
“Then said one unto Him, Lord, are there few that be saved? He said unto them, Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able.” [Verses 23, 24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 9)
What is the matter? They are not living their faith. They seek to enter in, but are not able because it requires earnest effort for every one of us to walk in the narrow path that leads to eternal life.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 10)
We see there is a great work to be done, and we want every one to be in their right position and to do their part of the work. We are laborers together with God. Now, God expects us to have a living experience as laborers together with Him, and He wants every one of us to be in working order. We are careless; we are too indifferent; we do not seem to know the plan being worked out. When we go on the cars, there is one who comes through with a great package of papers. We could read them, but what are they good for? We may find a little news in them, but what we need is the Word of life, and to have a missionary spirit wherever we are. The world will never be warned if we take it so easy. We know how it was with the schools of the prophets. We know that they were learning out of the Scriptures, and that they were praising God. Because they understood the Scriptures, God was glorified. And when Saul was searching for David, he came right up to the school of the prophets, and behold, the first thing they saw, he was prophesying right with the prophets. The school of the prophets was a special school to get the endowment of the Holy Spirit of God, and then go forth into the dark places of the earth and seek for those who would listen to the testimony that they had to bring.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 12)
We are not half awake. We are not to be honored ourselves.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 13)
I was so astonished when I came back to this country, after we had been gone nearly ten years in Australia, to see scarcely anything being done in San Francisco and Oakland. I tried to enquire into it, as to what this meant. They said they had men out. “How many have you? How many will it take in the manner you are doing the work?” Well, they said they had other duties to do, but they did not tell me what they were. There was only one man going around visiting and doing the work they should be doing, and he was not competent. He did not have the experience needed, though he did the best he could.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 14)
God wants active men. He wants men that will work. He wants men that will understand that there is work for them to do. They can go in and give Bible readings. We know because we have seen it accomplished. We have advised it, and it has been done, and the Spirit of the Lord has blessed their efforts. But not one-thousandth part of the work has been done in these cities that ought to be done. That is what is presented to me.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 15)
Now. I want to tell our brethren that there is a work we are to do, and that work is to be interested in the cases of others. There are cities all around us, and when I was in Australia, how glad I would have been if I could have gone around where the people were, as you can here. Christ said, Go everywhere and preach the Word. It is the Word they must have. It is the Scriptures they must have. We do not want these papers that are coming into our parlors. I have told those in our family that if they missed their papers, they need not inquire of me, for they would not find them. I said, If you miss your papers, you can find them where you can, but I shall not take any charge of them, except to put them out of sight where nobody will see them. The news of the day we have sometimes.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 16)
But I want to tell you that there is a great work to be done in our world, and we feel intensely like doing our part.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 17)
In the fourteenth chapter of Romans we read, “Him that is weak in the faith receive ye, but not to doubtful disputations.” And in the eleventh verse, he gives us this intimation: “For it is written, As I live, saith the Lord, every knee shall bow to Me, and every tongue shall confess to God.” Everyone must give an account of himself to God. Are you prepared for it? Are you prepared to give an account of yourself before you go to sleep in the night season? Have you called to mind what you have done to glorify God?
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 18)
Now here is this institution. We are glad that we have it. We want to act our individual parts every one of us that believe in Jesus Christ that He is our Saviour. We want a faith that acts. But there are many who, as soon as they come to the place where they can be of service, they grow to such proportions that they cannot handle themselves nor anybody else. What we want is to be humble workers for Jehovah.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 19)
We have to face the future realities. And we have obtained such buildings as these as we could obtain them, that we might give instruction to those who come to these institutions, that they might have light and physical help and understand how to treat their own families and their own sick when they return to their homes. And no doubt there are many of them who appreciate this and consider it a great advantage. Now, every one of us can be workers together with God, and while we are here, we can watch to see if we cannot speak a word in season to this one and to that one. The blessing of the Lord will rest upon us just as surely as we will try to bring ourselves in right relation to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 20)
(Reading from Testimonies to the Church, vol. 6, “Praise Meetings,” page 62, to “Revival Efforts,” page 64.)
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 21)
We had to work wonderfully hard before our institutions were established. We went from place to place, and as we saw the cases who needed help, we would take right hold and give them treatments. It would be a good thing if more of this kind of work were done now, notwithstanding we have this institution. There are a great many who cannot come here for lack of means or lack of disposition to do so. But if you go into the homes of the people and treat the sick that need help, this will link you up with them and they with you.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 22)
Now what is Satan doing? He links himself up with every discordant element in our world. Satan and his vast numbers of those that fell from heaven who are disobedient to the heavenly commandments, will misrepresent the things that were of great importance there. They will give them to understand that they understand all about it and that they can do this and that.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 23)
We are not building up what we should inside and outside of our churches. That is the very work that the Lord wants us to carry forward. We have every endowment and every facility provided for discharging the duties that devolve upon us, and we should be grateful that we have these advantages.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 24)
Now here are the sick. It may be that you could go into their houses and take your Bible in your hands, and read some of the comforting things that are in our books. We must not give ourselves up to ourselves. This institution must spread as a great blessing, and we must every one of us act our part outside as well as inside. And teach the children what to do. This is a good school for children if you make it so, but if you do not, it is worse than if they had not been here. We want to be in a position where we can honor and glorify God every day. What are we doing here in this world? What have we this sanitarium for? It is that we might bring relief to the sick, and then point them to the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of the world. This is carrying our mission just as it should be carried, and the Lord wants every one of us to be in working order. If we will come under discipline to God, we will be as happy as we can wish to be.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 25)
We see the devil working on his side, and he will bring in the most entrancing things of heaven with which he is acquainted into his own workings. We can have a great deal more knowledge of these things than we possess, and we can be the happiest people in God that are in the world. Right in this institution we can be continually working on the right side. Do not fall back and look on the dark side. If you have children, here is a good place for you to learn to educate them, to learn how to bring them up, to teach and guide them. You can do this right here, but that is not enough. There are other places, the towns which are around you, and we have seen these places being worked and are thankful for this. We suppose there is work being down all around here.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 26)
What every one of us needs is to keep the Saviour in view. He said to His disciples, instead of mourning at what was before them, “Let not your heart be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in me. In my Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that were I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know.” [John 14:1-4.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 27)
He had been telling them about it and just what He was going to do, and yet the unbelieving disciples said, “We know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way?” [Verse 5.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 28)
I want to tell you that we must bear our own individual experiences for ourselves, and we cannot enter heaven unless we have that experience. We may have our names on the church book, but have we a daily experience in the things of God?
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 29)
“Let not your hearts be troubled,” He said. [Verse 1.] He would comfort and encourage His disciples with the cross right before Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 30)
Our dear Saviour says again, “I am the true vine.... Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit.” [John 15:1, 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 31)
Now, we want to know what fruit we bear. We have a world to save, and we want our hearts to take right hold of the ministry of Christ on the earth. We want to advance that ministry, and we can do it if we will. You have very many advantages here. I thought when I first saw this place what a blessing it would be if we could only get it; and now I am thankful that we have it. The advantages that we have in this very place mean a great deal. But there are places around us that need help. Let every one that can take their Bible in their hands and see what missionary work can be done. Let them carry with them some of our little books, and if people do not want to buy them, leave them with them, and tell them to see whether they want them or not; and if you want to give some away, give them away. There are chances to work all around us.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 32)
Satan has the advantage in many things. He can quote all those glories that he had in the heavenly sanctuary just as though they belong to him, and he will quote these things. He is working upon human minds, and he will bring in all the sophistries that he can bring before them, and he will mix in with some of his wonderful, wonderful learning and agency that he had in the heavenly courts. And they think he is certainly excellent. You want all these excellencies, with yourself undefiled, and you can have them.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 33)
Now the light of truth is to develop and shine. Satan will present the light that he had so that others may think, Now that must be a very intelligent being, a very good man, and then he will lead them right on to perdition. Now, we have a truth, and we have a God, and we have a Saviour. God wants us to make this institution a perfect success. He wants us to take hold of the work intelligently and to praise His holy name, and we can do it if we will.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 34)
Every time that you go into a meeting where they have not the light of truth, Satan is present, and he is constantly working upon human minds. And as we have the truth, we want to be in a position that we can present it in its beauty and charms. We want to be full of usefulness. God can make a success of this institution, and it depends upon us to make Him all and in all.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 35)
“Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily, and delight to know my ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God.” [Isaiah 58:1, 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 36)
Now you see, there are those that do not believe in the commandments, but the Sabbath commandment is to bring us rich blessings. Some do not believe, but we want to be in a position that we can live these commandments, and our very living will teach the people that we are what we profess to be.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 37)
I want to say we should be in earnest and intensely interested. We have a grand review before us. People are watching us everywhere, and they are watching to see how much higher our piety is than the piety of those that have no connection with such an institution. We want to be in a position where we can let our piety bear fruit outside of the institution when we have opportunity. There will be opportunities. You cannot neglect things here, but you can find opportunities where you can let the light of this institution shine forth. God wants you to do it, and I believe you will try to do it. What we want is living, working faith. It is just like this: If we will show forth the praises of God, what He has done for us and what He will do for us, it will have as much influence as any treatment that you can give. Let us all come into that position where we will lay hold upon Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 38)
There is a grand review to take place only a little time from this, when there is to be an examination of what we believe and what we are. Are we preparing to be transferred to the higher course, to the higher school where Christ will lead us to the tree of life and there will educate and teach us in regard to the advantages of that tree, and where we shall take the lessons from His lips? Are we preparing for that grand review? Are we fashioning our characters after the divine similitude? God help us that we may be Christians in every sense of the word.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 39)
Angels will be round about us wherever we go. Every one of us needs to have a connection with Jesus Christ, and to do the works of God. We want to be wide-awake, full of zeal and love for God, advancing step by step heavenward. Are we prepared for the grand review? It is coming on. Satan is gathering up his grand knowledge that he had when he was an angel of light, and he is coming in to deceive the very elect with that very knowledge. We want to be in a position that we can work intelligently, we can work in faith, we can work outside of just our little compass and bring to souls a knowledge of the truth. Satan is preparing his company for the review that will take place when he tells them that he is going to take all the world for his subjects.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 40)
Young men, young women, teachers, doctors, do not put on a pompous air that you know everything that is worth knowing; but you ask the Lord to let His blessing rest upon you so that you can give it to others. If you do that, the salvation of God will be received, and it will follow you wherever you go. We have but half enough of Christ, for He is a whole Saviour. And He can save everyone that comes unto Him. You have not half that working faith—believing, intelligent faith—that it is your privilege to have.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 41)
If we will walk humbly with God, if we will walk in the Spirit of Christ, no one of us will carry heavy burdens. We shall lay them on the great Burden-bearer. Then we shall experience triumphs, and every camp meeting will be a love feast because God’s presence is with His people. All heaven is interested in our salvation. The angels of God, thousands upon thousands, and ten thousand times ten thousand, are commissioned ministers to those who shall be heirs of salvation. They crowd against evil and press back the powers of darkness that are seeking our destruction. Often there are apparent difficulties in our path, but the Lord Himself is our Helper.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 42)
“Sing, O daughter of Zion; shout, O Israel; be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem. The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, He hath cast out thine enemies; the King of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee; thou shalt not see evil any more. In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing.”Zephaniah 3:14-17.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 43)
This is the testimony that the Lord desires to bear to the world. His praise should be continually upon our lips. Such testimonies will be an influence in the world. We must show them that we have something better than that which they are seeking. When Jesus talked to the Samaritan woman, He was not reproving her for going to draw water from Jacob’s well, but He presented something of far greater value. He presented the fountain of living waters.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 44)
If we prayed as much as we ought to pray, if we realized that there is an open connection between God and us, we should be in an altogether different position than we are. We shall be cheerful, and we shall see that there are a hundred blessings all around, no matter whether we are connected with this institution or another one. You will see that you can speak a word for Christ in different places. We have work to do, every one of us. Time is short. We have but a little time now.
(25LtMs, Ms 79, 1910, 45)
Ms 79a, 1910
Talk to the Students at Loma Linda, Calif. By Mrs. E. G. White Loma Linda, California April 5, 1910 Variant of Ms 79, 1910.
Luke 13:11“And behold there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity eighteen years, and was bowed together, and could in no wise lift herself up. And when Jesus saw her He called her to him and said unto her, Woman, thou art loosed from thine infirmity. And he laid his hands on her, and immediately she was made straight and glorified God.” [Verses 11-13.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 1)
Thank God for this! That we can have such manifestations!
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 2)
“And the ruler of the synagogue answered with indignation because that Jesus had healed on the Sabbath Day, and said unto the people, There are six days in which men ought to work; in them therefore, come and be healed and not on the Sabbath Day. The Lord then answered him and said. Thou hypocrite, doth not each one of you on the Sabbath Day loose his ox or his ass from the stall, and lead him away to the watering? And ought not this woman being a daughter of Abraham, be loosed from this bond on the Sabbath day?” [Verses 14-16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 3)
Consistency is a jewel and we all want it.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 4)
“And when he had said all these things his adversaries were ashamed”—and well might they be—“and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 5)
Then said he, what is the kingdom of God like, and whereunto shall I resemble it? It is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took and cast into his garden; and it grew and waxed a great tree; and the fowls of the air lodged in the branches of it. And again he said whereunto shall I liken the kingdom of God? It is like leaven which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal till the whole was leavened.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 6)
And He went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem.” [Verses 17-22.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 7)
We want to have just such a work that we shall take up after Christ's example. That is what we need. We need much more of the baptism of the Holy Spirit of God than we now manifest and it is our privilege to have it.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 8)
“And he went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem. Then said one unto Him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And he said unto them, Strive to enter in at the straight gate; for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able.” [Verses 22-24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 9)
Why? Why, because they trust to uncertainties. They do not read the Bible. They do not understand what the Word says. When they read the Bible and understand what the Word says, let me tell you, there will be a hundred fold more accomplished by our churches, by the ministers, and by those that are teachers, and by all men in office, and they will then see of the salvation of our God. What is the matter with us? We haven't a love from above. We do not make a business of serving God.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 10)
“And he went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem.” [Verse 22.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 11)
Teaching on the way. He did not go right straight along. He was teaching on the way and when He saw persons who needed help he would take their cases and represent them in his teaching.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 12)
“Then said one unto him, Lord are there few that be saved? He said unto them, Strive to enter in at the straight gate for many I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able.” [Verses 23, 24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 13)
What is the matter? Why, they are not living their faith. They seek to enter in but are not able because it requires earnest effort for every one of us to walk in the narrow path that leads to eternal life.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 14)
“When once the Master of the house is risen up and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us; and he shall answer and say unto you, I know ye not whence ye are; Then shall ye begin to say, we have eaten and drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in our streets, but he shall say, I tell you I know you not whence ye are; depart from me all ye workers of iniquity. And there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and all the prophets in the kingdom of God, and you yourself thrust out. And they shall come from East, and from the West and from the North and from the South, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. And behold there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 15)
“The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, saying unto him, Get thee out and depart hence for Herod will kill thee. And He said unto them, Go ye and tell that fox, Behold I cast out devils, and I do cures today and tomorrow, and the third day I shall be perfected. Nevertheless, I must walk today, and tomorrow, and the day following; for it can not be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.” [Verses 25-33.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 16)
“O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee; how often would I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings and ye would not. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate, and verily I say unto you, Ye shall not see me, until the time when ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.” [Verses 34, 35.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 17)
We see there is a great work to be done and we want everyone to be in the right position and do their part of the work. We are laborers together with God. Now, here God expects us to have a living experience as laborers together with God and he wants every one of us to be in working order. We are careless, we are too indifferent; we do not seem to know the plan being worked out. Now I see when I go on the cars, there is one comes thru with a great package of papers. We could read them, but what are they good for? We may find a little news in them, but what we need is the work of life and to have a missionary spirit wherever we are. The world will never be warned if we take it so easy. We know how it was with the schools of the prophets. We know that they were learning out of the scriptures and that they were praising God; because they understood the Scriptures, God was glorified. And as Saul was searching for David he came right up to the school of the Prophets and behold the first thing they knew he was prophesying right with the prophets. The school of the prophets was a special school to get the endowment of the Holy Spirit of God and then go forth into the dark places of the earth and seek for those who would listen to the testimony that they had to bring.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 18)
We are not half awake.... I was so astonished when I came back the first time after we had been gone nearly ten years in Australia, to see nothing being done scarcely at all in San Francisco and Oakland. There was so little being done! Well, I tried to inquire into it,—what it meant. “Oh, well” they said, they had men out. “How many have you?”“How many will it take in the manner you are doing the work?” Well, they said they had other duties to do, but they did not tell me what they were doing, and there the very work they ought to be doing—there was only one man going round and visiting, and he was not competent, he did not have the experience he needed and was a man of incompetency. But what right had that minister to do as he did, unless he would take a company and with them get out and hold meetings in different sections. God wants active men. He wants men that will work. He wants men that will understand that there is work for them to do. They can go in and give Bible readings. We know, because we have seen that accomplished. We have advised it and they have done it and the Spirit of the Lord has blessed their labors, but not one thousandth part has been done in these cities that ought to have been done. That is what is presented to me.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 19)
Now I want to tell our brethren that there is a work we are to do and they are to be interested in the cases of others. There are cities all around us, and when I was in Australia how glad I would have been, if we could have gone right around where the people were (as you can here). Christ said go everywhere preaching the word. It is the Word they must have. It is the Scriptures they must have. We do not need these papers that are coming into our parlors. Those who have never been used to our house sometimes don't know where to find their papers, but I say, If you miss your papers, you must find them where you can. I do not take any charge of them whatever only to put them out of sight. We may want to know the news of the day and we may have some excuse to just run thru them and see what it is. But I want to tell you there is a great work to be done in our world and we feel intensely like doing our part.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 20)
Romans 14:1: “Him that is weak in the faith receive ye, but not to doubtful disputations.... ”Verse 11.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 21)
“For it is written, As I live saith the Lord every knee shall bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 22)
“So then every one of us shall give account of himself to God.” [Verse 12.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 23)
Are you prepared to do it? Are you preparing? Are you preparing to give an account of yourself before you shall go to rest in the night season? Have you called to mind what you can do to glorify God? Now, here is this institution and we are glad we have it. It is just what we wanted and now we want to act our individual part in it every one of us. We believe in Jesus Christ that He is our Saviour and that He will bear our sins and we want to glorify His name. But many who are coming into position just as soon as they consider that they are looked upon as those who can help—they grow into such large proportions that they cannot handle themselves nor anybody else. We want to be humble workers for Jehovah. We have to face the future of this work; we have to face it. We want those who come to this institution to obtain just as much blessing as they possibly can obtain. We want them to receive instruction, and light and physical health and understanding, so that when they return to their homes they can treat their own families and their own sick, and no doubt many consider this a great advantage.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 24)
Now, every one of us can be workers with God and while we are here we can watch to see if we can not speak a word in season to this one and that one and the other one. And we shall have words enough to say. The blessing of the Lord will rest upon us just as surely as we try to bring ourselves in right relationship to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 25)
“In our campmeeting services there should be singing and instrumental music. Musical instruments were used in the religious services in ancient times. The worshippers praised God upon the harp and cymbal. Music should have its place in our services. It will add to the interest. And every day a praise meeting should be held, a simple service of thanksgiving to God. There would be much more power in our campmeetings if we had a true sense of the goodness and mercy and longsuffering of God, and if more praise went forth from our lips to the honor and glory of His name. We need to cultivate more fervor of soul. The Lord says whoso offereth praise glorifieth me.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 26)
[Reading from 6T 62, 63:] “It is Satan's plan to talk about that which concerns himself. He is delighted to have human beings talk of his power, of his working thru the children of men, but by indulgence in such conversation the mind becomes gloomy and sour and disagreeable. We may become channels of communication for Satan thru which words bring no sunshine to the heart. But let us decide that this shall not be. Let us decide not to be channels thru which Satan shall send gloomy disagreeable thoughts. Let our words be not a savor of death unto death, but of life unto life, in the words we speak to the people and in the prayers we offer. God desires us to give unmistakable evidences that we have a spiritual life. We do not enjoy the fulness of the blessing which the Lord has prepared for us because we do not ask in faith. If we would exercise faith in the word of the living God, we should have the richest blessings. We dishonor God by our lack of faith; therefore we cannot impart life to others unless we ourselves bear a living, uplifting testimony. We cannot give that which we do not possess. If we will walk humbly with God, if we will walk in the spirit of Christ, none of us will carry heavy burdens. We shall lay them on the great burden-bearer. Then we may expect triumphs in the presence of God, in the communion of His love. Every camp meeting may be a love feast from the beginning to the end because God's presence is with His people. All heaven is interested in our salvation. The angels of God, thousands upon thousands, and ten thousand times ten thousand are commissioned ministers to those who shall be heirs of salvation. They guard us against evil and press back the powers of darkness that are seeking our destruction. Have we not reason to be thankful every moment; thankful even when there are apparent difficulties in our pathway. The Lord Himself is our Helper.”
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 27)
“Sing, O daughter of Zion; shout, O Israel; be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 28)
“The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, he hath cast out thine enemy; the King of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee; thou shalt not see evil any more.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 29)
“In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 30)
“The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing.”Zephaniah 3:14-17.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 31)
This is the testimony that the Lord desires to bear to the world. His praise should be continually in our hearts and upon our lips. Such testimonies will be an influence upon others as we seek to turn men from their self-indulgent efforts to secure happiness. We must show them that we have something better than that which they are seeking. When Jesus talked to the Samaritan woman he did not reprove her for coming to draw water from Jacob's well but he presented something of far greater value. In comparison with Jacob's well he presented “the fountain of living waters.” [Jeremiah 2:13.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 32)
If we prayed as much as we ought to pray, if we realized that there is an open communication between us and God, we should be in an altogether different position than we are. We should be cheerful, and we shall see that there are a hundred blessings all around no matter whether we belong to this institution or a different institution you will see that you can speak a word for Christ in the different places. We have a work to do, every one of us, and time is short. We have but a little time now! And we want that Satan shall not take the victory of the whole world. He is at work—the devil and the fallen angels. You remember that.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 33)
They too, rebelled in heaven with Satan and were turned out of heaven. Now, they have the highest efficiency and power. They have the highest efficiency and they want to hinder every one of you from obeying the Lord. They want to hinder every one of you that they can, in building up coldness and indifference between you. Now, we have work to do every one of us, and I need not tell you of it. But men may be doing all they can and still there are many on the lost side. In these books I have here—[reads from Vol. 6:]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 34)
“His praise should continually be in our hearts and upon our lips.” Now, as I read, in comparison with Jacob's well He presented the fountain of living waters. “If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink thou wouldst have asked him, and He would have given thee living waters.” [John 4:10.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 35)
We had to work wonderfully hard before our institutions were established. We went from place to place giving treatments. There are a great many who cannot go to the sanitariums, but we may go right in where they are and see the sick and tell them how to treat themselves. That is the way my husband and I would do, and we took them right into our house, he would take the men and I the women and work that way. What is Satan doing? He links himself with every discordant spirit in the world. Satan and his vast, vast, numbers who are disobedient to the heavenly commands, and they will represent these things that are of great importance and give all to understand that they know all about it and that they can do thus and so. We are not building up what we should outside of our churches, and this is the very work the Lord wants carried forward. We have every endowment and capability and every facility provided for discharging the duties that devolve upon us. We should be grateful to God for these advantages.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 36)
When we went to Australia I cannot begin to tell you and you can't understand how little were the advantages there, compared with the darkest places around here. It was hard to gain a foothold for the work there. Here you are better situated. Here are the sick and you can go into their houses and take the Bible in your hand and take some of our books along and read some of the comforting things in these books and some of the encouraging things. We must not give ourselves right up to ourselves. This institution must spread as a great blessing.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 37)
This is a good school for children if you make it so; but if you do not make it so, why then it is worse than if they had not been here. We want to be in a position where we will honor and glorify God every day. Why are we here? What have we this institution for? To bring relief to the sick. This is according to our mission and just the work which should be carried on and the Lord wants every one of us to be in working order. And if we will come under discipline to God we will be as happy a people as you will wish to see. Why? We see the devil working on one side, and that is his side, and he can bring the most entrancing things of heaven that he is acquainted with. He brings these things into his work, but we can have a great deal more knowledge in these things than we possess and we can be the happiest people of any in the world. And right in this institution we can be continually at work on the right side. And do not let us look on the dark side. If you have children, here is a good place for you to learn how to bring them up and how to teach them and how to guide them. You can do this right here. But that is not enough. There are other places and other towns. We have seen these places being worked and we have felt thankful for it and we expect there is a work being done more or less, all around. What you want every one of you and every one of us is to keep the Saviour in view. Jesus told His disciples just before He left them, not to mourn about it, but he said “Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in me. In my Father's house are many mansions; if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you and if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you unto myself, that where I am there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 38)
Well, now He tells them just what He is going to do. We want to say we are a people now that have to have a religious experience for ourselves, and we can never enter heaven unless we have that experience. We may have our names on the church books, but have we a daily experience in the things of God? “Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in me.” [Verse 1.] And thus He comforts and encourages them with the cross right in view.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 39)
Our dear Saviour says again, “I am the true vine and ye are the branches and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit He taketh away; and every branch that beareth not fruit he taketh it away.” [John 15:1, 2.] Now we want to know what fruit we are bearing. We want our fruits shall be right before the world in the ministry of Christ on the earth, and they can be if we will. We have all these advantages and how thankful we should be. The Lord brought this place right into our hands. What advantages we have in this very place! But there are other places where they need help, and let everyone who can, take his Bible in his hand and see what missionary work he can do; carry with him some of the little books that we have published, and if the people do not want to buy, leave the books with them, and tell them to read them whether they want to buy or not; and if any of you want to give some away, just do that. There is a chance to let our light shine and we want to do so. Now Satan has the advantage in many things. He can quote those glories that he had in the heavenly sanctuary just as though they belonged to him, and he will quote these things. He is working upon human minds and he will bring in all the sophistries that he can bring in, and mix it in with some of his wonderful learning and agency that he had in the heavenly courts. The world will certainly think that he is excellent. We want all that excellency and power, but we shall have the light of truth which is to shine. But Satan will present that light that he had in the heavenly courts, and many will think that it must be the truth, and they are intelligent men and good women, and he leads them right along to perdition.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 40)
But we have a Saviour who wants to make this institution a perfect success; He wants us to do the work intelligently, and He wants us to praise His holy name. We can do it if we will. Satan grasps the minds every time we come into a meeting where they have the love of the truth in its beauty and its charms. We want to be full of usefulness every one of us and God can make a success of this institution, but it depends upon us to make this all and in all.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 41)
“Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily and delight to know my ways as a nation that did righteousness and forsook not the ordinance of their God.” [Isaiah 58:1, 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 42)
Well, now you see those who had not believed in the commandments of God. They did not believe in the Sabbath commandment. They did not obey this. We want to be in a situation where we can live these commandments; so that our lives will teach the people we believe just what we profess to believe. I want to say that it will be well for you to become acquainted with these books—[the Testimony volumes].
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 43)
We have seen the application. We have been placed where we had to see it. God meant we should see it.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 44)
A lady was passing by—one of our highest teachers in Battle Creek, and it was icy and she didn't know how to drive and neither did her husband, and the sleigh slipped and jerked the lines right out of their hands. “Jump, jump,” said the husband, and she jumped and was caught right on the side of the sleigh and struck her head on the ice and the blood poured out of her ears and nose and eyes and they thought it would be impossible to save her, but we gathered her up and took her into the house. We said we will take care of her but it is a question of how long she can live. There must be no noise around anywhere. It may be possible we can save her life. The doctor was sent for and when he said, “What are you doing?” We said, giving her a hot foot bath right under the bed clothes.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 45)
Well, he said, you know better than I, and he turned on his heel and walked off and that was the last we saw of the doctor. Well, we kept her for four weeks and we had all the roosters removed from the neighborhood and every bit of noise excluded. And we succeeded in saving her life. Five years later in passing a woman who looked like this same teacher, when she saw me she grasped me in her arms and said, “You saved my life and the life of this child, the only child I have, and I feel so grateful whenever I hear the name of Ellen White mentioned.”
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 46)
From this beginning they founded the institution in Battle Creek. It takes a great deal to break down prejudice. Tepid water will not melt cold tallow. We cannot make much impression on cold tallow with warm water.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 47)
Well, now I have talked with you long enough. We are intensely interested. We have a grand review before us. People are watching us everywhere and they are watching to see how much higher our piety is than the piety of those who have no connection with an institution. We want to be in a position where we can let our piety pour over the outside when we can. There will be opportunities. You cannot neglect things here; you cannot do that; but you can find opportunities where you can let the light of this institution shine forth. God wants you to do it. I believe that you will try to do it. What we want is a greater work of faith that we may show forth the praises of God in what He is doing and what He will do for us. If we will show this faith, it will have as much influence as any treatment you can give to those who are looking on to see what we are doing. Let us get into the position where we will lay all on Jesus Christ, for there is a grand review to take place; only a little while and there is to be an examination of what we believe and what we are. Are we prepared to be transferred to higher grades? To a higher school where Christ will lead us to the tree of life and there will continue to teach us in regard to the ages of the eternal life. Are we prepared for that grand review? Are we fashioning our characters to that divine similitude? God help us that we may be Christians in every sense of the word. If we will obey God let me tell you the way is already open; the angels of God will be our representatives wherever we go. The angels of God are round about us. Every one is in communication with Jesus Christ; they are one with Him and we want to do the works of God. We want to be wide awake, full of zeal, and live for God and advance step by step heavenward. Are we prepared for the grand review? It is coming on. Satan is gathering all of his beautiful knowledge that he had when he was an angel of light and he is coming in to deceive the very elect with that very knowledge, and we want to be in a position where we can work intelligently,—where we can work in faith and bring souls to a knowledge of the truth of the grand review that will take place when he tells them that he is going to have the whole world as his subjects and they will gather under his banner, but we must stand higher. Young men and young women, teachers, doctors, do not put on pompous (manners) positions, as tho you knew everything worth knowing, but act as little children coming to ask God to let His blessing rest upon you, that you may teach others; for if you do that the will of God will be revealed and it will follow you wherever you go. We have a whole Saviour. He is not a piece of a Saviour. He will save every soul that comes unto Him. Now, let us have that working faith, have that believing faith, have that intelligent faith that it is our privilege to have.
(25LtMs, Ms 79a, 1910, 48)
Ms 80, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on Revelation 19 Loma Linda, California April 7, 1910 Previously unpublished. Incomplete.
Revelation 19:1-5. That makes us co-laborers with Jesus Christ. We are right on His side, and what we want is to be in a position so that we can honor and glorify our Saviour.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 1)
“And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to Him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready. And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints. And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.” [Verses 6-9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 2)
We are being called in all the efforts that we make that we may ourselves be in right relation to God, where we are helping others.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 3)
Now we want ourselves to be taken into that close relation with God so that we may make no mistake in our life character. There are some things I am going to bring before you, and I want that you should understand them as much as possible, and they are what will be in the future. We have the written Word, that we are to follow on to know the Lord, that we are to be prepared; we are to be washed, and we are to be certain to live on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace. Now, here is just the work that we have to do, for if we do these works, it is plainly stated we shall never fall. So now the work is laid out before us, to live on the plan of addition, and we are to remember that the Lord Jesus understands our infirmities. And if we tell Him our weaknesses and live on the plan of addition, He says we can never fall, “for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 5)
Now, these are the things that should give us courage and hope and faith, and we want a great deal more of it than we have. We want to be constantly looking unto Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of our faith. He is not going to leave us. He is going to give us the help that we need. But we want to be united in seeking the Lord with all our hearts.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 6)
Fathers and mothers, you have never seen the time when publications of the character that are now being printed were going so broadcast over the world as they are today. We are trying, as a people, to bring the light before the people and let it shine. Every one of us have this work to do. If you are a follower of the Saviour, there is work for you to do, and that work is to give by your words and intelligence that which you should have always ready for those that you meet. And while you speak a word in season, there will be impressions made that you do not count upon. These impressions are made by the angels of God. Do you think that angels of God will not be round about us when the evil angels are working will all the power that they possess to get hold of human minds? Let us be armed with the Scriptures; let us be fitting up, for the time is at hand when He that is to come will come, and will not tarry, and we want to be ready for Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 7)
When the rebellion took place in heaven, it was led by the angel that was next to Christ because he could not have the position of Christ. He desired to be first, and therefore there was created a rebellion by that beautiful angel that had everything, apparently, that could be desired. There was a desire in him to be first, and he therefore applied himself to this angel and that angel and the other angel to get them to understand that that first position was his, that he should be where Christ was; and this work which he began went on and on, while angels that were loyal tried to quell it, but it seemed like an impossibility; and it extended more and more, and the enemy gained more and more victories until the battle came. He would not yield, and those that were with him would not yield, and therefore there was war in heaven. You will read of how that angel thought he ought to have the first place, and other angels told him he should have it, just as though the Lord did not know what should be. And a good many of us think that we know better than the Lord does.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 8)
Well, there was war in heaven, and all the disaffected ones were overcome and cast down to the earth. I want to tell you that that wonderful Lucifer who wanted the highest place, lost his hold of heaven. He would not repent, and therefore there are two parties in our world. There is one party that is striving that they may be overcomers by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. The party that rebelled in heaven had intelligence and knowledge, and they used them on the wrong side, to build up opposing elements. That is how they used their knowledge. Do you think that that party would have no influence with the highest parties on the earth? They felt perfectly capable of handling matters, and here was the work going right on in the earth. There were agencies that came from heaven. Why, they had intelligence, the greatest intelligence. They did not lose their intelligence all at once. But they had not the power, the connection with God, the power of discernment, to understand that if they repented, they could be brought back again.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 9)
Now what does Satan propose to do? He proposes that he is capable of changing this Bible. These parties that fell understand all about heaven, and that they can bring in the different sentiments from the Bible, and they are going to have a revision of it. You will see they will make revisions of the Bible, but every one of us needs to stand intelligently on the Word. We cannot afford to be careless, but we must have that simplicity of godliness that is a virtue to us. We must have it.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 10)
To think that the most wicked parties that act have no intelligence is a mistake. They have intelligence, and especially the ones that were shut away from heaven. They work upon high men; they work upon wealthy men; they work upon various parties, and if we feel that we are perfectly safe, if we do not watch unto prayer, we shall be overcome because the most wonderful sentiments will be brought out. That is what is the matter with Dr. Kellogg. He has linked himself up with teachers, notwithstanding all the warnings that have been given. We want to stand true to principle, every one of us, correct in everything, that the enemy cannot use us as his tools to disaffect. Now, it may seem that these fallen angels are the ones that do not know anything, but is a great mistake. They take the lead of the parties of the world, and although they will not own Christ, they will present sentiments that are so beautiful and so attractive that they will take with the people.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 11)
We want to educate our children to have a true understanding of the Scriptures, and this point I wanted to bring before you: that we shall have just as truly to meet the powers of darkness as it is possible; but we want, every one of us, to be in a position where we can help others who are around us. When you see the beautiful sentiments that come from those that are practicing wickedness and not godliness, remember there is a class of fallen angels that have the highest class of education that can be given. We want to be where we shall appreciate every advantage that is given us in this line to help those that need help the most. We are not to neglect the children in the school.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 12)
There is a great work to be done in our churches everywhere, and I am so astonished that there is not more interest to spread the knowledge of the truth. Let it circulate; make every effort possible. When I used to be traveling, when I was better than I am now, I used to carry quite a number of my books, and I would give them to individuals. Afterwards I would hear from them. I would hear from them that they had from these writings received ideas that they never thought of. Now our work is to take right hold where we are, and right here in this place we can work.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 13)
You have perhaps a good deal to do, and so you have, but in the very doing of the work here, ways will be opened so that you can build up the work of God in many ways. I feel such an intensity that I cannot sleep. It seems as though I am talking to people that need help, and then I think of those that can go. I am in my eighty-third year, and I am much better than I was when I came here. Before coming I had been laboring very hard. I talked at Lodi four times, and there I felt that the Spirit of God was in the midst if they would say by any movement made that they would advance and take hold for themselves.
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 14)
Now, I told them like this: There are children of all ages here in the Lodi school, and you speak to those who have an interest in religious things, speak a word to keep on watch, and when they should see the youth getting into difficulty, why just speak a few words to them, and you will leave a blessing behind and so it may be in many places where we are. I know there is a work to be done, and I feel so intensely that I can hardly keep myself from putting on the harness and going right out. Now I am ... [text ends here.]
(25LtMs, Ms 80, 1910, 15)
Ms 81, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on John 15 San Fernando, California April 9, 1910 Previously unpublished.
(Discourse by Mrs. E. G. White at San Fernando Academy.)
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 1)
As I look at this company, I remember a letter that came to me when I was in Los Angeles, I think it was, telling me of this place. They tried to give some little description of it, and the word from me was, Secure the place at once, for light has been given me that there are to be places all around that will be, as it were, forsaken, and nothing doing in them. They are for you. I do not know in just which room I spoke here first. I think it was a room above this one, a little chamber, to a little company which you could easily count. There were very, very few, but yet that did not disturb me at all, because I was sure that the Lord meant to work this field, that there was a field to be worked. And therefore I spoke a few words to them and told them what the Lord could do for them if they, on their part, would act their faith and carry out the light that God had given that He had places selected through these different sections where they were not being used, and that God would bring these into our hands.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 2)
Well, now we see this large company here in just one section of that which was presented before me. I am very glad to see you all, and I want to say to you that to every one that will follow on to know the Lord, it will be known that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Now when you see the preparation of the morning, it does not blaze right in upon you all at once, but it comes gradually until the sun shines out in its beauty. I want to read to you a few words from John 15.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 3)
“I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away.” [Verses 1, 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 4)
I hope there will not be one here that will have to be taken away, not numbered with God’s people.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 5)
“And every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit.” [Verse 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 6)
Some do not like it, but that is the very process that is going to bring everyone in right relation to God. Associating with the world, and in the world and carrying on the work more or less with the world, you need every one of you to have a living connection with God. Why? He gave His only blessed Son for you and for me and for every soul upon the earth. He gave His only beloved Son, and you know to what. Christ laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed Himself with humanity and came a babe, to live the life on earth from babyhood up to His crucifixion. And when we consider what a sacrifice He has made, then we may consider that all the sacrifices we can make are of but very little estimation.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 7)
I will continue to read. Verse 2. He brings some trials upon you, and afflictions, to draw your mind to God and to heavenly things. Every soul He purchased with His own blood. Behold Him hanging upon the cross, the nails driven through His hands and through His feet, and there He hung while those who had caused Him to hang there were mocking and deriding Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 8)
Now, we want to come into a condition where we shall glorify God. We want to be in a position where we can honor Him and show that we appreciate Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 9)
Verses 1-5. Then how important it is that parents should educate their children from childhood up, that these children shall be submissive to the parents, and the parents submissive to God. From the light God has given me, we want the reformation in our homes, so that the entire household shall be sanctified to God. Verses 6, 7. Now these were among His very last promises before He was stretched on that cross of crucifixion.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 10)
“If ye abide in Me.” Mothers, children, students, all hear this: “If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you,” because you will not ask amiss. With an abiding Christ, with the glory of God in view, you will not make any mistake in asking the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 11)
Verse 8. Now you can consider what the fruit is in words, in actions, in efforts to help every one that is around you, whoever they are, to help them to see more distinctly, to discern Christ more distinctly, and let your words be of such a character that you will not be ashamed to meet them when you meet Christ. “Herein is My Father glorified”—that is evidence of your discipleship.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 12)
Verses 9 and 10. It is no play work, no haphazard work, that the Christian has to perform. It is a solemn, sacred work from day to day, that he may give the right teaching and mould to the character of his children that shall be brought into the world. Christians are to be laborers together with God; as Christ has labored for us, we are to be laborers together with God. This is the very work, to bring your children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. I know there are some parents that carry the burden; I know there are some parents that plead with God in the morning, at noon, and at night. I know they plead with God most earnestly for their children, that they shall have the right mould of character, that Christ can look upon them with pleasure, that they will love Christ, and Christ will love them.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 13)
Verses 10 to 12. What a Saviour we have! If we love one another as Christ has loved us, if we are trying to serve Him and bring souls to Christ, we are laborers together with God, even though we have never set our foot in the pulpit. It is not the ministers merely; it is parents, fathers, mothers, brothers, and sisters that are to work and walk in the family relation to bring that family relation before God in such a way that the Lord will hear their petitions, and then labor right in the line of your prayers to bring them where they can honor and glorify Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 14)
“This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verse 12.] “This is my commandment,” Christ says, and I hope that this congregation will carry that out to the letter. Why? Because you will be happy in this world; you will be happy under affliction; you will be happy in doing your best; you will be happy because you will appreciate the love of God, and gratitude will go out from your heart continually in thanksgiving to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 15)
Verses 12-14. And if you work right counter to the way that Christ worked, you are not His friends. God wants every one of you; Christ died for every one of you. He was crucified for every one of you, that you might have an entrance into the city of our God, that He might meet you there.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 16)
“Henceforth I call you not servants; ... I have made known unto you.” [Verse 15.] He brought it to you. It is in the world—the Bible.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 17)
“Ye have not chosen me, ... should go and bring forth fruit.” [Verse 16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 18)
All heaven will come to your help. Angels of God will be round about every one of you who will try to work in harmony with the instruction of Jesus Christ, and they will preserve you from accident and harm, many times when you know it not. And I want to tell you, afflictions will come as they came upon Christ, but you will remember the words, “Ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in my name, He may give it you.” [Verse 16.] Now let us consider that. Let us consider every promise, that we are not asking merely in our human strength.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 19)
If you could have seen what has been represented to me concerning the evil angels that have fallen from heaven because they would not concede to the God of heaven! They are in this world, and they are working unseen. They are hearing what I am saying today. They are right around about us, but God calls for a company that shall have faith that lays hold upon eternal realities and that study His Word and search the Scriptures, and He will work from the little child up. He will use them.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 20)
Parents must be careful how they deal with their children. Deal with them in such a way that they will remember that they are God’s property and that they must not allow Satan to take possession of their minds and characters, because their characters must appear as God wants them to appear—in harmony with the One who has given His only begotten Son for the life of the world. He came down into this world as a child, and He gave His life because sinners would not let Him live. He gave His life, and He wants you to read this Book. He wants you to put away all your novels and lovesick stories out of the house. I will not let one remain if I see it in my house. Why? Why, I have a voice here. I have a lesson book. I cannot afford to bring this trash into my mind. I cannot afford it. I have only one life to live, and that life will determine my future, eternal life in the kingdom of glory. If I ever get there it will be through humble obedience to do the will of God, not to have my own way.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 21)
Teach your children that they are not to have their own way. But it is not by pounding their flesh that you will teach them that they are not to have their own way. Take them aside, kneel down with them, ask God to soften and subdue their hearts, ask God to let the presence of His angels be round about the children as they go out and come in. Unless He kept them, you have no idea how things would come out with them. Angels of God are appointed to guard the children. Parents, will you act your part in the home? Will you pray with your children, and teach them the way of the Lord? God help us that we may be converted daily, and then we shall understand the working of the Holy Spirit of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 22)
“This is my commandment, that ye love one another.” [Verse 12.] Will we remember this? We must remember that all are God’s property, and we must not hate anyone, but try to help them, everyone to help the next one. We are not to love their evil works, but it is the “one another,” the living agency, that God is speaking of, and He wants these living agencies to be brought into harmony one with another, to help one another as best they can. We want all the power that God can give us, and He can give us power that will make impressions.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 23)
“How do you feel?” says one, often and often. “Do you feel strong enough to reach the several hundred that have come out to hear?”“No,” I say, “I do not. I do not depend on myself. If God does not give me strength when I get upon my feet, I will sit down and say I have not strength to speak.” But I want to tell you we have too little trust in God, too little faith. I do want God to be glorified. I want that we shall have an increase of faith, that we should lay hold upon that One who died on Calvary’s cross. When one thief was berating Christ with the words, “Save thyself and save us,” the other one said, “Lord, will you remember me when you come into your kingdom?” He said, “I say unto you today, thou shalt be with me in paradise.” [Luke 23:39-43.] He honored his faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 24)
[John 15] Verse 19. That means the world. There are those that respect them although they have no religion themselves. But I want to tell you that it is best for every one of us to hide ourselves in Jesus Christ. I want to tell every one of you to lay hold upon the hope set before you in the gospel. If Christ has not given you instruction enough, I want to know where you can get it.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 25)
Now, there is a great deal in that chapter, and we want every one of us to respect Christ, to have faith in Christ, to lay our helpless souls in hope upon the promises of Christ, and then act out those promises to the world.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 27)
I have an intense desire that every soul possible shall come to a knowledge of the truth. If I had not, I would not have continued my labors East and West, in foreign countries, although I am now in my eighty-third year. Yet I have faith. I know Him. I know Him, and I know that He will never leave me. If I go forward in His name, He will be my support. I have wrestled all night in pain sometimes, and it seemed impossible for me to go before the people. But I dared not show unbelief, and God has helped me. Only recently I have stood before them when it seemed that I could not stand upon my feet, and the Lord has sustained me every moment. I know Him, because He has fulfilled His word to me.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 28)
And I want to say to you, parents, Do your duty to your children, for there are a great many who neglect their duties to their children. Do not scold and fret at them; that will not save them at all; but take them right away and pray with them. Ask God to help them, and He will hear your prayers, and it will impress the children more than all the whipping that you could give them. It will help them, and God will unite your hearts with theirs.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 29)
Oh, let us seek with all our hearts to represent Christ in our lives. Begin at home, and let the home life be a sacred one where God can come in and where He can let the influence of His Spirit rest upon the children and where they will be under the influence of the Spirit of God. But if you show any passion, lifting your hand to the children, it would put the devil into them and they would not care what they did. Now the enemy is at work for the children, and let the parents work with all their powers and their influence to train the children. This is quite a company of children, and what intense interest should be in the minds of the parents. God wants you, children.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 30)
When the Master was upon earth, upon one occasion they brought the children to Him. We cannot tell what the burden was that was upon the mothers but they felt that they could not bear the trouble any longer, so one family after another gathered up their children, and they would meet their neighbors and tell them where they were going, and another and another would join them. And when they came up, there was Christ teaching and educating in the field. Do you suppose He did not know who was coming to Him? The disciples were sending them away, saying that the Master could not be troubled. Here He is giving a discourse to the people. Christ catches it, and He says, “Forbid them not. Let the children come to Me, for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 19:14.]
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 31)
I thank the Lord that we have a Saviour. I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that we have a Saviour today, and He knows every trouble and every affliction that comes upon the soul, and He is ready to help you if you will be helped. I see life for us, and I may have the opportunity to speak to you on some other part of it.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 32)
The enemy is gathering up all his forces and powers to work at the present time to divert minds, and there will be woven into writings the most precious, intelligent words. Well, you will say, how do you do that? Who are they? Angels fallen from heaven. The highest angel rebelled because he could not have the highest place in heaven, and therefore there was war in heaven, and he was turned out upon the earth; and I suppose he is hearing what I say today. Do you think that these evil angels cannot weave in the knowledge they had in the heavenly courts? They will put in the most intelligent sentences here and there. People will say, Do you think that any one that can write like that, that can put in such beautiful sentences, is not a Christian? They will make that as a plea, and it is coming to the time when the world will be filled with such publications. They will take this Bible and pick out sentences, and put something else in the place of these. They are going to do this.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 33)
I tell you that Lucifer who fell from heaven, is a busy workman. He is working with all his power, and so are all those fallen angels; and they are highly educated. Did they lose all their education? They took their education and brought it along with them, that they might use it to grasp souls. They can make the plea of their wonderful intelligence, and we want to become intelligent, too, that we may be able to meet the powers of darkness, not by changing the Word, but by the very Word of God we can meet them.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 34)
In Second Peter we have the assurance that if we comply with the requirements, adding to our faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and brotherly kindness charity, that we shall never fall. Now remember that. There is the everlasting insurance: “Ye shall never fall,” if we live on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace. [2 Peter 1:5-10.]
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 35)
We want more religion, more humility, more meekness, to lay right hold of the Mighty One, and you can have it if you will. God gives it to you, for an everlasting inheritance is prepared for those who will follow on to know the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 36)
I want to say to every soul, Let us be converted daily. It is a daily conversion that we need to meet these powers of darkness, and if we have a daily conversion we shall never fall. Why should you not follow on to know the Lord? He is everything to you. His power, His grace, His godliness are all to you. He will work for you, and He wants every teacher that is here today, who instructs the minds of youth, to keep the heavenly agencies awake in their minds in such a way that it will have an influence upon them.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 37)
I want heaven. I want to see the King in His beauty. I want to behold His matchless charms. I want the crown that I can lay at His feet. I want the harp, that I can sing His praises. I want to enter in through the gates into the city, and have right to the tree of life. I want that He should lead me under the tree of life, and that He shall place the fruit in my hands, and in your hands. I want you to be there. And now I will not hold any longer, but I will say to teachers, Remember, do not leave a wrong impression on the minds of scholars.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 38)
I say to the parents, Bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, and let the love of Christ abide in the heart, and angels of God will manifest themselves unto you and unto the one you are trying to save. Salvation, salvation, salvation is worth everything to us. Do not make littleness of heaven. I beg of you to bring heaven into your hearts by studying the Scriptures. May God help every one of you. Will you try? If you will, rise to your feet. Amen and Amen. Now I will offer a word of prayer:
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 39)
Heavenly Father, we present these souls to Thee as those that have expressed themselves that they want to be Thy children and Thy servants. Encircle them in the arms of Thy love, I beseech Thee, and make an impression on the minds and hearts of they people by the words that I have tried to give them. And I ask of Thee to teach fathers and mothers how to lead their children to the very God of heaven by their instruction, and that at last they will be transferred into the city of God, there to see the King in His beauty. Amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 81, 1910, 40)
Ms 82, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on Revelation 21 San Fernando, California April 10, 1910 Previously unpublished.
Revelation 21:1-6. What are they athirst for? It is a thirst for the heavenly, not the earthly. It is the things which shall be given to us when we shall come into possession of our inheritance, because we have made Christ our friend, and we have given our life to Him, to follow Him. Thank God. “He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son.” [Verse 7.] Now I wanted to read that to every one of you, because we want it. That is just what we are after. That is why we are having these meetings.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 1)
That is why we have this building, and I think none of you regret that we have this building. Just such places in different parts are being provided, that we may present the truth as it is in Jesus. We are preparing and we want to understand it, for just this thing. We are getting ready for it. We are to be fitted up for it. We are to be sanctified through a belief of the truth; therefore we are very anxious not be found in heresy, but in the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 2)
“I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.” [Verse 6.] What a blessed promise! Now let every one of us take it. Do not keep in a state of hesitancy, not knowing whether you are the Lord’s child or not.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 3)
Verses 7 to 11. I am glad that these children can hear this. That is worth striving for, children, that you may have a place in that city. Every one of you can have a place there, and I want to meet every one of you children that are here, and my brethren and sisters.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 4)
I will not read all of this chapter because I want to say a few words, and yet it is very beautiful. You can read it when you get home. It describes the city and the gates, and I want to meet every one of you in the city of God. I mean to be there. I do not mean to fail, because God wants me to be there, and if He did not want me to be there, He would not have given us Jesus. He knew that they would not bear Him on the earth. Who would not bear Him? The very ones that were turned out of heaven because they would not accept Jesus as their Head, and God as their Father.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 5)
Now we want to be in that position that every day we shall feel a gladness of heart. Why should we not? It is Christ that has given His life for us. Why should we not feel a gladness? Should not we be in hope and courage and faith? Why should not we be praising God a great deal more than we do? Why should we not show our gratitude to God for all this?
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 6)
Verses 22-27. And it goes on showing what beauties there are.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 7)
“And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.” [Revelation 22:1, 2.] Now mark this, for it is something which has been presented to me, that I have marked decidedly and never can forget.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 8)
“And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him: and they shall see his face; and his name shall be in their foreheads.” [Verses 3, 4.]
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 9)
Well now, let every one that understands this work honor the Lord and glorify Him. While we are not trying to make everything around us expensive, remember that the truth is to be carried into all parts of our world, and every one of you from the oldest to the youngest is to seek to honor the Lord and glorify Him here. And seek with your means and with your sanctified influence daily to exert such an influence through the atmosphere about you that the Lord Jesus will be glorified through you. We want every soul to feel that they can have the sanctifying influence of the Holy Spirit (for heaven is full of it) imparting all the time, and yet there is a heaven full of it still, never to fail. We want all of you to consider that we have a heaven to gain and a hell to shun.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 10)
I want to say to this company that I look upon, I want to meet every one of you in heaven. I mean to be there myself. Although I am in my eighty-third year, if God spares my life, I mean to go east and west, north and south, to give the message, to tell the people that they have a heaven to win. Every one of you today are under obligations to win it. And then what? Why you will help all that are around you. Keep that hasty word to yourself. Do not let it come forth from your lips, but seek earnestly for the Holy Spirit every day.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 11)
I touched upon the subject of the fallen angels, those that wanted to be first in the place of Christ. God did not mean that they should be first, and they showed by their very actions that they were not the ones that should be first. They are at work and they are going to work in every way possible, and I will tell you what they will do. They will present the knowledge that they had in heaven; they will speak in beautiful language that knowledge that they had there, and they will through their influence make merchandise of many to the loss of their souls. The beautiful language they will present in heresies in books. That is where it will come, and we want that every one that is here, and in every place where we shall go to warn them that these beautiful things that seem to be so expressive and wonderful, shall not be deceived and allured as some have been, and a good many that I could mention. We cannot afford it. They have had their warning, but they chose to follow their own way and judgment, and it will lead them so that they will have no part in this inheritance, and it makes my heart ache.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 12)
Now I would say, Let every one help the next one. Refrain from that word that would cause a disturbance in the heart. Think that good angels and evil angels are right around you. Say, Whom shall I please, the good angels or the evil angels? And I want the children to consider that Christ Jesus was always helping children and He delighted in speaking words of encouragement to children. There are many youth in this congregation, and I want to urge upon you that you should sanctify the words that shall come from your lips; and these words God will sanctify if you will speak them properly.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 13)
Be kind, tender, courteous. We would have almost a heaven upon earth if we would do this, and every man and woman will have to do it, and the children will have to do it, if they enter through the pearly gates into the city of our God. It is best to begin as early as possible and see what a heavenly atmosphere you can create around you. See what a blessing you can have in speaking kindness, and helping this one that needs help and that one that needs help. We can have a little heaven here below, preparing for that grand entrance: the gates of the city are to be swung back upon their glittering hinges and the nations that have kept the truth enter in. Fathers and mothers that have taken such care with their children, and the children that have accepted that care and kindness and have tried to respond and help the parents in their training, why, we can have a heaven right here below. Is it not worth while to stop that hasty temper, to ask God as you go out and as you come in, to give you words to speak in your family that shall not discourage and lead to despondency and gloom. Because it is just the influence that you reflect upon your children that is reflected back to you. Now we are asking these youth to be washing their hands in innocency. We asked these children to pray as they have never prayed before. Why, all heaven is looking upon this company to see what kind of characters you are forming, whether you are fitting for the courts above.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 14)
When I saw this place in the vision of the night, before it was purchased, it was as this place, only some more should have been added to it. But make the most of what you have. We are almost home. The end is very near, and He that is to come will come and will not tarry. I ask you every one to be fitting up for the higher courts. Let not your lips speak guile. Let your characters be kept without spot or wrinkle or any such thing, because you can not enter heaven above unless you are purified and refined.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 15)
Revelation 22:17. How long will we reign? Forever and ever. Is there any end to that? Just enter the gates of the city of God and have the name transcribed upon you. There shall be no night there. Oh, let every one of us seek to glorify God! You are deciding what position you will occupy in the heavenly courts. The reward to every man is to be according to his works. Read this whole chapter.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 16)
Now I would say that I have a deep interest in you all here. I shall never forget the beginning of the work at this place. There was but a handful gathered together in this building, and I spoke to them then. Now here is this company I am speaking to. Let us thank God, and let every one of us purify his soul by obeying the truth. I will say, God bless you all. Pray for me, and pray for my laborers. I have a company of laborers to do all the time as the Lord told me, and that is to keep a record of the light as it came day after day, and I am doing it all the time. The Lord bless you, is my prayer. I shall remember this place, and now I will say, Good day.
(25LtMs, Ms 82, 1910, 17)
Ms 83, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on Deuteronomy 4 San Diego, California April 16, 1910 Previously unpublished.
It will be well for us to consider that if we make the move toward God, if we make the advancement to come to Him, He understands it, and He will be to us a present help in every time of need. “Keep therefore and do them”—not profess merely to do them—“for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for?” [Verses 6, 7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 2)
God waits to have us call upon Him, and if you call upon Him, He will draw nigh to you. He will impress your minds; He will speak words through His servants to you. What we want is a humble, understanding, contrite heart. It is not the great pretensions that we make, but it is the relation in which we stand toward God that we honor Him, that we glorify Him, that we will do His will. And when we do this, we shall realize impressions upon our minds and hearts that will give us courage, that will increase our faith, that will bring us into a right relation to Jesus Christ, who has given His life for us.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 3)
The nations were watching to see what was meant by bringing these people away from Egypt. We want the impression made upon the people wherever we are that we have a right relation to God and that He is our understanding and our strength.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 4)
“And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons.” [Verses 8, 9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 5)
There is something He gives them to do: “Teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons.” [Verse 9.] There is our work plainly laid before us. Do we do it? Do we realize, fathers and mothers, the importance of the work that is given us to do, to sanctify the Lord God in our hearts, in our words, in our actions, and on every point to realize that we are under allegiance to God, under allegiance to Jesus Christ? Do we realize that every individual soul of us is to understand the right relation that we have toward the children, our own children and also the children that shall come under our supervision in our schools that we are establishing?
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 6)
Every soul wants to have a decided heart interest in these schools, to fulfil their part of the contract, and when they have filled their part of the contract, you may be sure there will be a response. The power of God will rest upon you, and will rest upon those for whom you are working. It is not we ourselves individually that make the impression, but it is the God whose commandments we are trying to obey in carrying out the directions that He has given us toward all that are around us. We call upon Him, we pray to Him, we draw nigh unto Him, and He draws nigh unto us. Are you not grateful for this, that you have the Creator of the universe pledged that if you will comply with the conditions He will fulfil to the letter His part?
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 7)
(Verse 10): “Specially the day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb, when the Lord said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.” There is a great work neglected there. When every soul of us shall realize what we might have done, when we come up to the preparedness that we must have in order to glorify God, I want to tell you there will be more careful working on our part in the home life, in assemblies that we shall meet with, to give the trumpet a certain sound, to tell the truth just as it is in Jesus. What we need above everything else is reality and humility. We need a reality in all that we do, and it will set its stamp upon the people. They will understand it, because there is no certainty that is carried in the Christian life but that it makes its impression.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 8)
We want not to be found wanting in the day of God. We cannot afford it. I want that life that measures with the life of God. I want that preparation that I must have if I see the King in His beauty. And every one of us wants to humble ourselves, not to exalt ourselves, not to feel that I am superior to everybody else around me, but you just take right hold with the humblest souls, and if you are earnest and true and realize your responsibilities, it is God’s angels that make the impressions. They are right around us. They are here today, and not only the true, good angels, but there are angels here today that rebelled in heaven, and they are watching every opportunity possible to gather to themselves the people with their deceptions.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 9)
You know how it was. The angels got to quarreling in heaven. They wanted the highest place, and were determined to have it. Just so they do on the earth. Just so they do in our churches. What we want is to walk humbly with God, in prayer to seek Him, and then when we walk humbly by faith, the evil angels cannot touch us. The angels who fell had been so exalted that they knew what righteousness was and what unrighteousness was, but they wanted a place that was higher than the one they had in the place of fulfilling the very work that they could do; and in this they sinned.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 10)
They fell from heaven, and they are on this earth today. And the intelligence that they had in heaven—do you think it is all gone from them? No, indeed. They are working every plan now in this st issue that is coming to the world, that they shall have the supreme advantage, and they have beautiful sentiments that they had in the heavenly courts, that they will use, the most beautiful sentiments. I have seen and heard them as they were using these very sentiments. And I have asked our brethren who were in peril, Do not you suppose that these fallen angels can present things in the most wonderful light to the people? They certainly can, and if they mingle in their works these sentiments, which they will, and which they are, people will get the impression that that is just the truth they want when it is just the thing they do not want.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 11)
What we want is that every soul of us should walk humbly with God—no exaltation of one man to feel that he is capable of carrying everything. Just as soon as we begin to know that these angels that fell from heaven are at work upon human minds, we are to walk humbly with God, and when we will do this, the sacredness of the truth will be so impressed upon human minds that they will co-operate with us and co-operate with God. When I have seen individuals that want the highest place and highest glory, I have said, Poor souls, you are losing all. I have felt so sad I could not express it to them. And I have felt intensely sad because those angels that fell from heaven have intelligence; they did not leave their intelligence, but kept it. They can do a work that appears to be genuine, and they are doing it.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 12)
Now what we want is a religious experience individually, an experience through humble prayer and working by living faith to help others that are around us, humbling our souls not to be the biggest one, but to take right hold to help the feeble and those that need our help. Angels will make the impression, heavenly angels from the courts above. But we do not want to mingle with those that wanted to be so high they would be equal with God. What we need is humble, unperverted religion, and characters that can reach the very ones that need to be reached.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 13)
There is a great work to be done in our world. We have looked at San Diego again and again, and we have felt that there must be a work accomplished here, and that while many people were moving in here, we must be moving very cautiously and tenderly toward them to see if we cannot win them to see the beauty of truth. God will help us.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 14)
What a work is before us, and we want that work to be carried out intelligently.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 15)
“(For the Lord thy God is a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them.” [Verse 31.] There He was, holding that for those that were obedient. Will we be obedient? Will we consider that we are wholly dependent upon God?
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 16)
“And because He loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt; to drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou art, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day.” [Verses 37, 38.]
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 17)
He brought them out from Egypt, and there was a cloud that accompanied them everywhere they went, that encircled Christ Jesus. He drove out the nations before them. Now there is to be no self-exaltation, no boosting up of self, but you stand humbly with God, and see how much good you can accomplish for those that need your help, and angels of God will come right in to make the impression.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 18)
“And the Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the Lord our God, for our good always, that He might preserve us alive, as it is at this day. And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the Lord our God, as He hath commanded us.” [Deuteronomy 6:24, 25.] That is the very position we must be in.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 19)
Here is a mutual agreement. Man agrees to give his heart to God; man agrees to study the light of God and His teaching, lest he shall depart from it.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 20)
“When the Lord thy God shall bring thee into the land whither thou goest to possess it, and hath cast out many nations before thee, the Hittites, and Girgashites, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites, and the Perizzites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites, seven nations greater and mightier than thou.” [Deuteronomy 7:1.] Now all these nations God will deal with if you will place yourselves in right relation to God, that He can work your mind so that His blessing can be received before all these people.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 21)
“And when the Lord thy God shall deliver them before thee; thou shalt smite them, and utterly destroy them; thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor shew mercy upon them.... For thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set his love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which he had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God.” [Verses 2-9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 22)
Now that is what you are to know. That He is God, that He is to be honored, that your characters must be brought into harmony with God. You are not to be fretful, even in your own family. You can speak kindly and teach them without being cross and irritable. We believe you can do it. I have taken children from many families, child after child. Brother George Amadon, in whom we have so much confidence, was a mischievous boy working on the tow path with the horses. And then there was another one that his mother could not do anything with. She said that his salvation depended upon his being with someone that he respected. She asked me if I would take him, and I said, Certainly.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 23)
We would take these boys aside and tell them what we took them for. We told them that we wanted them to be prepared to stand in review before God. We wanted them to stand where they would have strength before God, and could call Him their Father. They are alive today, and when I go into Battle Creek, there is a hack that comes up, and these two gray-headed men meet me, and call me Mother; and they say, Where should we have been today had it not been for you? That is all the pay I want. I thank God we can help one another.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 24)
Deuteronomy 7:8-18. Now you can read this, and all of chapters seven and eight, and go on and study more than I have time to read.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 25)
The Lord is dealing with His people, and the one point I was afraid you would never know is that the angels that strove in heaven for the highest place have to be shut out of heaven, and now they are determined to war against God and those that are seeking to obey God. Now let every one of us today make a covenant with God by sacrifice. If such pains are taken to bring the people into right relation to God, to preserve us from these fallen heavenly intelligences, they fail, and then they change their course to do the mischief toward God.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 26)
We want to stand faithful to our God and true as steel to principle. Will we do it? Or will we go on as some have, to think they should have their own way in everything, and they will wrestle for it and wrestle for it, and God will wrestle counter to them, and yet they will wrestle for it with all their might. Now, they would better change, or they will lose their souls. What we want is a living connection with God, and He will soften and subdue our natural temperaments, and as we pray and believe and draw with all our power in harmony with God, He will accept us with pleasure.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 27)
I am so glad that I can speak these words to you. Since I was fifteen years old I have been engaged in public labors, giving a message here and there and somewhere else. I am now in my eighty-third year, and I want to say, My love for God, my reverence for God has not diminished. I want to exalt my Saviour, and I want that every one of you should exalt Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 28)
Fathers and mothers, connect with your children. Pray with them. Encourage them. They need encouragement. Why? Because the fallen angels will bring the most beautiful things to present before them in various ways, and they will think that is the highest education. If they can get that education, they will think it is the very highest education that they can have. The highest education that we can have is to be God’s obedient children. It is to have a mind subject to Christ, who laid aside His royal robes and kingly crown and came into our world as a little child to bear all the infirmities of children, and He gave the evidence to all that He had the mind of God, and was doing it. He made all that sacrifice, and at last He was stretched on the cross at Calvary. But before that He was in prayer.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 29)
The thought that He was taking the sins of the world upon Him seemed as though it would crush Him; it seemed so in the humanity of His nature, and yet never had He failed on a point. In His agony He said, “If it be possible, let this cup pass from me,” but if not, strengthen me to drink it. [Matthew 26:39.] And as He prayed, the great drops of bloody sweat moistened the sod of Gethsemane. He went to His disciples, hoping to find them watching, but they were asleep. Are any of us asleep? God help us! We are facing a crisis. Christ was facing a crisis then. We shall have conditions that we do not dream of, and we will need to be in close relation with God.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 30)
As Christ was suffering in agony, a mighty angel came from glory and strengthened the divine sufferer to bear all that. He said, “Not My will, but Thine be done.” [Luke 22:42.] Taking the cup trembling in His hand, it seemed that the destiny of the lost world was balanced, as I viewed it. But the strength came from heaven to go through the ordeal, to die in our behalf. What are you willing to suffer for Christ’s sake in order to help others that are weak and trembling and do not know what to do? Shall we every one of us brace ourselves up? Shall we seek to be humble before God, and meek and lowly? Shall we seek for unity? God grant that we may.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 31)
But the divine Sufferer hung upon the cross, and while there, there was one that prayed while another was mocking Him. One said, Master, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom. And Christ replied, “Verily I say unto thee, today”—stretched there upon the cross in agony—“thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:43.]
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 32)
I have much matter which I would like to bring before you. Let us trim our lamps and have them burning. Christ was not left in the grave. Angels from heaven were sent to roll back the stone from the sepulchre, Christ’s life came from heaven, and He walked forth from that sepulchre, proclaiming, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] Thank God! We have a living Saviour. Do not act as though He were dead, because He has the same power, and we are having a living issue here in this world, and we want to be in a position where we can grasp infinity by a living faith.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 33)
When they came to anoint the Saviour, they said, He is risen! He is risen! They could not believe it, but it was a fact. The mighty angel had rolled back the stone, and He had come forth from that grave a mighty Conqueror. “I am the Resurrection and the Life,” He could proclaim to every one of them.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 34)
My heart feels so earnest at this time that every one of us should come in right relation to God. We cannot afford to lose a day. We cannot afford to lose our time. We must do our very best by sacrifice and self-denial to bring a knowledge of the truth before the inhabitants of all these cities that are right around us. Time is short. We are facing eternal realities, and we are to take up this work as we never have taken it up before. I lie awake hours and hours in the night, while the representation is given me of what we might be and of what are not, and that is why I have consented to come here today to speak to you. We want the help of every one of you. We do not want to exalt you and we do not want any to exalt themselves, but we want you to come in the humility of Jesus Christ and seek to save perishing souls.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 35)
We want you to work for souls as those that must give an account, and if you save one soul, why it is just one soul saved to Christ. And if you are a winner of souls, as they come into the city of God, with the crown upon their heads, as they look upon you they will know just what you have done for them, and they will lay their crowns at the feet of Jesus, and then touch the golden harps and fill all heaven with rich music and with songs to the Lamb. We want the victory. We do not want to stop short of it. We have a heaven to win, and a hell to shun, and we want the help of every living soul to bring souls into the truth.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 36)
I may have an opportunity to speak here again. They have appointments out for me in Los Angeles, to speak in a hall, and I shall go there from here. But pray for me. I believe in prayer. I believe that our faith and humility can grasp the hand of infinite power. Satan is watching with all his bribes to get us into a position where we shall bring no glory to God. Will we come up to the help of the Lord against the mighty?
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 37)
I do not know how to stop. I ask you in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth to help me and to help others. Every one that will live a life of humility and meekness, every soul that will do this, rise upon your feet. May God help you in this matter.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 38)
Praying: I thank Thee, heavenly Father, I thank Thee for this pledge. I pray Thee to give a large amount of Thy Holy Spirit to these souls that they may follow on to know the Lord, that they may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. God will give you strength. Amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 83, 1910, 39)
Ms 84, 1910
Talk/Thoughts on Deuteronomy 4 Los Angeles, California April 23, 1910 Previously unpublished. +
(Discourse by Mrs. E. G. White at Simpson’s Auditorium, Los Angeles, California. This copy includes Ellen White’s handwritten corrections.)
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 1)
Deuteronomy 4:1-20. I have chosen my subject, expecting but a small company to be assembled together, but I want this subject still to come before the people. It is the word of the living God, and I want to present it to you. I want every one of you to understand that I am a simple, humble old woman, not depending upon myself for strength. I am in my eighty-third year, and I have been in almost constant labor in the field of service since I was 15 years old, and yet I do not depend upon myself. I know unless the angels of God shall be here, and unless they shall make the impressions, it will not be of benefit to any soul. But if I walk in the fear of the Lord, I leave all the results with Him.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 2)
“In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountains, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine: and ye shall be unto me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel. And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him.” [Exodus 19:1-7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 3)
When we receive from the Lord His mercies and His blessings, we may know that the Lord means that we should observe and appreciate all His instruction for our own good, and thus do honor to His name.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 4)
“And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord. And the Lord said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee forever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Verses 8, 9.] What a wonderful condescension on the part of our holy God and carefully should Israel cherish this wonderful manifestation.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 5)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them today and tomorrow, and let them wash their clothes, and be ready against the third day: for the third day the Lord will come down in the sight of all the people upon mount Sinai.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 6)
Now here is a very peculiar lesson that shows that the Lord has an interest in all that He requires His people to do, that they may carry out the principles of His Word to the letter. No impurities in their clothing must there be when they come before the Lord. No impurities must come near the Lord. God is going to talk with Israel. He comes in the thick cloud so that His glory shall not destroy the people. And there a sanctification took place, to bring them into a sacred nearness to God. We want, every one of us, as we listen to the Word of God, to be in a position that we shall understand what the Lord saith unto us, and take heed unto His instruction.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 7)
“And the Lord spake all these words, saying, ... Thou shalt have no other gods before me.” [Exodus 20:1-3.] Will we obey it? Are we obeying it, giving it every sanctified impulse of mind and soul and strength? We are living in the very last days of this earth’s history. If it were not so, I would have said today, I have not strength; I cannot come; I cannot speak. But if there is one soul that will hear the word of the Lord and will be wrought up in heart to obey His word, [even] if I should lose my life I would have nothing to regret. For the Lord God means all that He hath said.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 8)
“Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; and shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love Me and keep My commandments.” [Verses 4-6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 9)
Now we want to understand that it means everything to us whether we will listen to the Word of God and obey His requirements, and whether we will obey the Word of God to the letter. It means everything to this congregation to whom this message is repeated. We want in every way to bring ourselves under discipline to God, to heed the Word of the Lord and depart from all iniquity, from [all] sin. We want to take the Word of the Lord into the mind and heart, to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. This word of the Lord is right from God. Here I read it out of His Book, even as He spoke it. It means everything to us whether we are coming into right relation to God.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 10)
“I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me.” [Verse 5.] Of course, He could not promise and pledge Himself that He would let His blessing rest upon the fathers and mothers and the children when they were transgressing His requirements, which are plainly written in the Book that He has given us, and forbidden that anything should be changed in that Word.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 11)
“Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain; for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain.” [Verse 7.] “In vain”—that means something to every one that has a tongue and a voice. We are to remember that there will be a settlement with every case to decide whether they are worthy, whether they have sanctified heart and soul [so] that they will be fit to come into the presence of God, whether they will see the King in His beauty, whether Christ, whom He has given to the world, has died in vain for them.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 12)
Oh, if we can only be overcomers! If we can only understand that there is to be a grand and critical review by the God of heaven, of every case, that there shall not be a second rebellion in heaven. He says, “Shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments.” [Verse 6.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 13)
Every one, every soul that keeps the commandments of God, has a guarantee that he shall have a place in the kingdom of glory, and I have taken my position that I will stand obedient on the commandments of God. I will warn the people by precept and example; I will go East and West, North and South, until I shall lay off the armor at the feet of my Redeemer. Now I want to tell you there is joy and gladness and peace in the service of God. Think you that I would have taken the responsibilities that I have taken in my youth and carried them through to the present time if I had not the confidence day by day that I was working out of the will of my heavenly Father?
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 14)
“Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.” [Verses 8-11.] This is the Sabbath that God has ordained. After He had created the world in six days, He rested the seventh day, and then what? Why, His people were standing in review before God, as obedient children, and thus we are to stand.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 15)
“Honor thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 16)
“Thou shalt not kill.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 17)
“Thou shalt not commit adultery.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 18)
“Thou shalt not steal.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 19)
“Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 20)
“Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s house, thou shalt not covet neighbor’s wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor’s.” [Verses 12-17.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 21)
Now suppose that we obeyed that requirement. Suppose that in our large cities they believed in the commandments of God as they are given. What a change there would be in our cities and in the whole world! He tells us directly what to do.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 22)
“And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightning, and the noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they removed, and stood afar off. And they said unto Moses, speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die. And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you, and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not.” [Verses 18-20.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 23)
The Lord graciously proves His people. He gives them messages; He works with them on the right hand and on the left to prove them, that His fear may be before their faces that they sin not. He does not want you to sin, because with every sin there is a crime. God does not want you to sin against Him or against the people, or against anyone in your house. Fathers and mothers, how important it is that you understand that you are not to bring sharp words into your speech in the ruling of your children. They are the Lord’s property. If you do, there is something in their hearts that rises up to resist injustice and to do the very thing that you told them [they] must not do. But if you talk to them kindly and read to them the Word, and tell them what God says about it, they will be impressed when they are very young, for angels are helping to forward every righteous action.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 24)
The mother is never to lift her voice in anger to her children, because you are educating them, and if you do that, if you strike them and speak in anger, as I have seen many do in the foreign countries, and in our own country, you make an impression, give a mould, that you may never be able to efface. Mothers, do not do it any more. You will feel pleasanter by speaking pleasant words, and the Lord knows the influence of every word. He understands its impression, and He has given us His Word that we may follow it with success.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 25)
“And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die.” [Verse 19.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 26)
They knew that they were a rebellious people; they knew that they moved from impulse. No fathers and mothers who are true Christian will give way to passion. They may be church members but they must be reconverted, because they can never enter the city of God unless they can bear the test and examination of character. They will not be introduced into the city of God, into the heavenly courts, where it [might be] possible for [them] to rebel.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 27)
There are the angels, the beautiful angels exalted in heaven, but where sin sprang from in them it is impossible to tell. Those very angels that fell from heaven may be listening to me in this congregation unseen, because they are working in every city to bring in their temptations and trials so that they will provoke God who cast them out of heaven because they would not be obedient to the laws of heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 28)
Let us begin to show forth obedience right here. Let everyone of us fear the Lord our Creator. A grand review is to take place before long, when the case of every soul will be decided. When I think of that, I never refuse any such call as is made to me today, if I have strength to stand upon my feet. And I want to tell you, when I consider what there is to gain if we bear the signature of heaven, I feel as though I wanted to speak to the whole universe, to work in unity with God. It seems that I could not hold my peace, because it is presented to me in many visions that God has given me of heavenly things, and therefore God is my Keeper. I trust in Him, and when my work is done, I shall be thankful to rest.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 29)
I want to tell to every man and woman, God has given you His work, and if you will just read the Word and see how much God has done for you, then you will try to obey God, not according to your imperfect ideas, but according [to] His Word, that you may not offend God and grieve His Holy Spirit. Fall down upon your knees and plead with God to have compassion upon you that you may not grieve the Holy Spirit of God and drive it from you. You cannot afford to do this. It is too expensive a matter that you should be careless in forming your character in this life for the eternal life. The Lord Jesus gave you His example right in this life, and lived a perfect pattern for every soul that will cooperate with Him in His work.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 30)
There is a world to be saved, a world to be warned, and we want every one of you here present to get into place that you may begin to act your part in giving this warning message to those that are in these cities and towns and wherever people are, that they may be prepared to meet their God. You cannot afford to neglect the light given you even for a day. Give your heart to God in all simplicity, and then ask the Lord Jesus to mold and fashion and convert your soul, and He will do it.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 31)
[Verse 18.] Here it says that “when the people saw it, they removed, and stood afar off,” afraid of God. “And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die.” [Verse 19.] How many would plead that today? How many who are here would plead that if they were in that very company today?
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 32)
“And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you, and that His fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not. And the people stood afar off, and Moses drew near unto the thick darkness where God was. And the Lord said unto Moses, Thus thou shalt say unto the children of Israel, Ye have seen that I have talked with you from heaven. Ye shall not make with me gods of silver, neither shall ye make unto you gods of gold. An altar of earth thou shalt make unto me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt offerings, and thy peace offerings, thy sheep, and thine oxen: in all places where I record my name I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee.” [Verses 20-24.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 33)
Now let us consider how we stand. Oh, let us consider whether we are prepared to meet the requirements of God! That is why I felt that I would not let this occasion pass by, weak as I am, but would come before you. Then He enforces His requirements that they must conform to.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 34)
I want to say to you that it was for your sakes that Christ gave His precious life. Do you appreciate the gift? He left the royal courts; He laid aside the royal crown and the royal robes, and He came as an infant here in this world to carry through the very work that He was to do, to warn the people. He was the Son of the living God, God’s only begotten Son, but He gave Him for you to be your example. He gave Him that He should come, and go everywhere to educate, educate, educate, and yet there was no sin upon Him, not a stain of sin. When you consider this, I want you to realize that God appreciates every such occasion as this. That is why our brethren felt that perhaps some soul might be convicted, and know the value of the saving power of the Lord and what the truth is.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 35)
The world is becoming more and more corrupt, and we have only a little time in which to work. We have it signalized in San Francisco, in the city that was nearly destroyed. Instead of this experience making them better, it seems that Satan’s agencies have more firmly taken possession of the whole city. It is a terrible thing. It makes our work, to express the value of the truth in practical godliness, tenfold harder, yes, a hundredfold harder, because it seems next to impossible to reach the people. And what does it mean? It means that when the angels came to claim the highest place in heaven, above the only begotten Son of God, it was not given to them. And because they did not receive it, there was war in heaven, and those that wanted a higher place, to crowd out Christ Jesus, were cast out of heaven because they would not repent and accept the rule of God; and they may be listening to me today.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 36)
But I want to tell you, one thing is certain, there is a living God, the Creator of the heavens and the earth, and He will be with us if we will be with Him. There were those beautiful angels, as you will find described in the Word; but they lost heaven because they would not listen to the highest authority, which was God Himself. How many are doing this kind of disobedience today? The angels would have their own way. And they are in this world. They have that beautiful language, the most beautiful language given the angels. These evil, fallen angels will use [it] when it suits their purpose. And they will bring in that language. Learned men are deceived, and people will think that because they can represent things in this beautiful language, that they are just what they represent and claim to be—heavenly beings. They present these things before those that will listen to them, and tempt them, and tell them this and that the other thing in regard to God and in regard to their brethren.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 37)
We must strictly guard ourselves with the Word of God as we have never guarded ourselves before. Why are you building sanitariums all around in different places? Why are you preparing meeting houses? Why are you establishing schools in many different places? We have to do it under a pressure of debt, but we work away at it, denying ourselves of many things because the purity and beauty of the cause and work of God must not be hindered in its advancement. We do all we possibly can [to] bring light and truth to human minds, to convert souls. That is what we are doing. And these very subjects I present before them again and again at certain times. And then they ask why, if our people are being educated, they should not receive the highest education. That is the very thing we are trying to do to elevate, ennoble, and sanctify the souls of believers. We have the highest education that there is to be had in the world. What is it? It is to obey God according to the letter of the Word. That is the highest education that there is to be had in the world. That is the education that is going to save the souls in our world.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 38)
I present before our people and before all to whom I speak, that the higher education is to fashion your souls in living obedience to the Word of the living God. You take that Word and follow out its teachings, and the first thing you who have enlightened intelligence will do is to awaken men and women conscientiously [to] responsibilities. [This] is just what we have been doing. The Lord has said, “And houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not.” [Deuteronomy 6:11.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 39)
And we have found these very things in taking up our responsibilities in the work right here. We have found them in such places as at Loma Linda and other places. Then what are we to do? After we have been some time teaching, those who have had the old ideas want to go to the physicians and learned men of the world to get the “higher education.” They always come out with the lower education. The higher education is to fasten the mind and soul to the Word of the living God, just as it reads, and when you have done this, there are angels that are round about you to make impression upon the human mind, working with human minds that they may not be kept under deception.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 40)
What we want is salvation, for in a little time this world will be in such a commotion as you never dreamed of. I want to tell you that it is high time that we understood that the higher education cannot be obtained by committing yourselves to be educated by leading men who do not obey God’s commandments. Leading men, praying men, seeking counsel of God, will be taught of God, and led and directed of God in their work and efforts. But some think they must attach to the worldly sort of men that claim to be physicians, or to some other soul that is not submitted to God. They do not keep His Sabbath, God’s appointed day that He has sanctified and blessed. “Verily my sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations,” says the Lord. [Exodus 31:13.] Where will they get their higher education?
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 41)
I have not come in here to force anything upon any one, but only to present the Word of God, and let that Word be our counselor and not have it shut away from the people. We want to say just now that we do not wish to harm any soul. We have come to let light in, we have come to enlighten those that are in darkness, and we want to say to you that there is a heaven of bliss open to you. “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.” And what overcoming He did! He was crucified; He was hung upon the cross; He was mocked; He was derided. He travelled on foot from place to place. The people would follow Him wherever He went, and His voice with such melody [in] it would reach the people’s hearts where they were, and they would listen to Him. And we want our voices to be tempered into harmonious melody, if it is possible.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 42)
There is a living God, and although the world is going into wickedness, it is not the higher education that God wants us to have. The higher education is that which yields to the Higher Will, the Higher Power, and that will improve the character that will receive it. That is what we want for the people. We want you to have peace of mind; we want you to have grace; we want you to have salvation, because you have [the] minds of your children that you are training up in the way of the Lord. Never, never speak to them in a sharp, harsh way. You cannot afford it. Just take them away and talk to them tenderly. I have taken children that were not my own, and trained them in this way, and they are believers and alive today. Every one of us should work out our own salvation with fear and trembling.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 43)
We read in Deuteronomy four: “Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you.” [Verse 1.] It is our life to be obedient children of God. This is the highest class of education. “Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish aught from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you.” [Verse 2.] Now mind that. Men are changing the Bible to conform to the ideas of higher education, and they have those special ones that fell from heaven, that were so enlightened, to help them in making it a very grand thing, but it will be so grand that there will be very few who accept it that will ever enter heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 44)
“Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor: for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you this day.” [Verses 3, 4.] Now when he would make that representation, there would be a voice to respond, Yea, yea, yea.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 45)
“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it.” [Verse 5.] There was the blessed land that they were trying to get to, and He wanted them to become acquainted with their relation to God that they might carry it out in coming into the possession of these lands. Here was their only hope.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 46)
“Keep these commandments therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for?” [Verses 6, 7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 47)
“This is your wisdom.” Is not that the highest education that human beings can obtain? Is there any higher? Tell me where it is. If you will come in submission to God, you will realize the converting power of God every day.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 48)
“And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?” [Verse 8.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 49)
Is not that the higher education? That is why we purchased Loma Linda and Glendale and Paradise Valley Sanitarium, and other similar property. That is why we are established in Washington, having our school and physicians at work in these sanitariums that we have established, and we are trying to bring all over the world the higher education. It is not to be confined to one place. Why? Because we want the people to understand what the only safe higher education is. It is to be in submission to the will of heaven. There is no higher education that can come to any mortal but to listen to the Word of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 50)
“Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons and thy sons’ sons; specially the day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb, when the Lord said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children. And ye came near and stood under the mountain: and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness. And the Lord spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only ye heard a voice.” [Verses 9-12.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 51)
And why was there not a similitude? Because they would go to patterning after that similitude. We do not need one-hundredth part of these pictures that we have been fashioning in our books as a great addition. We do not need to spend our money for many things for which we spend it in creating pictures. We are getting ready for a life that measures with the life of God. We are getting ready to see the King in His beauty. Christ came to our world to carry out the purposes of God. He ministered to the people until wicked men took Him and crucified Him. But He did not stay in the grave long, for a mighty angel came and rolled back the stone from the door of the sepulcher. And the men that were watching the grave became like dead men. The light came so strong that it took away their strength. Christ Jesus came forth from the grave, and He proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 52)
There was Christ, risen from the dead. He had suffered death. You can suffer no more. You cannot suffer any more than your Saviour suffered; but He proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [Verse 25.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 53)
He who has proclaimed Himself to be “the resurrection and the life” has “declared unto you His covenant, which He commanded you to perform, even ten commandments; and He wrote them upon two tables of stone.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 54)
“And the Lord commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go to possess it. Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day that the Lord spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire: lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female.” [Deuteronomy 4:13-16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 55)
God was giving them these lessons. We want heaven. We do not want to lose heaven. We want to be brought into right relation to God. We want to see the King in His beauty, and we want to be partakers with Christ in His sufferings, that we may in character be lawfully partakers of His glory. The Lord He is God, and what this great person or that great person may say should not affect us. They may say most wonderful things. Bear this in mind, because the fallen angels were educated in a wonderful manner by the Lord God of heaven. They wanted to be first and take Christ’s place in heaven. Let every one of us be a partaker of the divine nature, that we may overcome the temptations that are in the world through lust. Now, we do not want to be the biggest men or the biggest women, but we want to be those that believe the Word of God just as He has given it to us. We do not want to glorify anyone, whatever may be their work, or lift up any human being, but we do want to encourage a faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 56)
Fathers and mothers, I beseech you, educate your children not with scolding or fretting, or anything of that kind, but teach them what is before them in the formation of their character if they ever expect to wear the crown of life, and let no human nature be your judge of your fine capabilities, to exalt yourself and [thus] lose the crown of life. The Lord alone can judge any mortal’s value. I ask you in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, that you will listen to these words that I have spoken to you.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 57)
I want to say that our God is a living God. In the fifth chapter of Deuteronomy are words which He wants us to heed:
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 58)
“Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain: for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain. Keep the Sabbath day to sanctify it, as the Lord thy God hath commanded thee. Six days thou shalt labor, and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thine ox, nor thine ass, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; that thy manservant and thy maidservant may rest as well as thou. And remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, and that the Lord thy God brought thee out thence through a mighty hand and by a stretched out arm: therefore the Lord thy God commanded thee to keep the Sabbath day.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 59)
“Honor thy father and thy mother, as the Lord thy God hath commandment thee; that thy days may be prolonged, and that it may go well with thee, in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” [Verses 11-16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 60)
And so He goes on with His commandments. Let us walk humbly with God. And when we speak to one another, do not let it be in a scolding way, do not let it be in scolding and fretting at your children. Just take them, and kneel down and pray with them, and you will find that there will be a surprising change come to them. Why? Because heavenly angels are sent [to] work with [the] father and mother and they do a work you cannot do.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 61)
It is for the purpose of doing a work in the name of the Lord that we have purchased institutions in many places. We are doing a work in school education, and in our sanitariums where the sick and suffering are brought, and we know it to be true that many souls have been converted in these very institutions, and many more will be converted if you all blend in harmony. We want to tell you that the Lord He is God, and we are going to serve Him to the letter. We want to help you, if it is possible, that you may take your position for the Lord God of Israel. We thank you that you have been so patient to listen to what a feeble woman has had to say to you. When I am on my feet, as I was before thousands in public in Washington, I know no weariness. I stand and speak to the people, and the Lord gives me strength; He gives me people’s ears to hear, and He has preserved my life.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 62)
I want to see that there are many becoming true to God my Saviour, that when the gates of the city are swung back upon their glittering hinges, they may enter in and the harp be placed in their hands and the crown upon their heads, and what is the best part of it? They go no more out forever. There will be no more tempting devil to come in and tempt them away from God. We want you to be saved with an eternal salvation. We want you to see the King in His beauty. We want you to bring your children into the city of God, and we want to see the crowns on their head, and to hear their voices in praise for Him who gave His life for them. You ought to want to hear it. So let us all unitedly strive for victory till the word in heaven comes, It is done; the warfare is ended.
(25LtMs, Ms 84, 1910, 63)
Ms 85, 1910
Sermon/Lessons from the First Chapter of Daniel Berkeley, California August 20, 1910 Previously unpublished.
(Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at Berkeley Camp-Meeting.)
“In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it. And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand, with part of the vessels of the house of God: which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his god; and he brought the vessels into the treasure-house of his god.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 1)
“And the king spake unto Asphenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain of the children of Israel, and of the king’s seed, and of the princes; children in whom was no blemish, but well favored, and skillful in all wisdom, and cunning in knowledge, and understanding science, and such as had ability in them to stand in the king’s palace, and whom they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans. And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king’s meat, and of the wine which he drank: so nourishing them for three years, that at the end thereof they might stand before the king.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 2)
“Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: unto whom the prince of the eunuchs gave names: for he gave unto Daniel the name of Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, of Shadrach; and to Mishael, of Meshach; and to Azariah, of Abed-nego.” [Daniel 1:1-7.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 3)
The king of Babylon changed the names of these captive youth, in harmony with his general policy of changing former conditions with which they had been familiar, so as to gain a controlling influence over the minds.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 4)
“But Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king’s meat, nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself. Now God had brought Daniel into favor and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs. And the prince of the eunuchs said unto Daniel, I fear my lord the king, who hath appointed your meat and your drink: for why should he see your faces worse liking than the children which are of your sort? then shall ye make me endanger my head to the king.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 5)
“Then said Daniel to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days; and let them give us pulse to eat and water to drink. Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the countenance of the children that eat of the portion of the king’s meat: and as thou seest, deal with thy servants.” [Verses 8-13.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 6)
This was a very short space of time in which to make the test; but the Hebrew youth were willing to venture it, even in that short time.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 7)
So Melzar “consented to them in this matter, and proved them ten days. And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children which did eat the portion of the king’s meat. Thus Melzar took away the portion of their meat, and the wine that they should drink; and gave them pulse.” [Verses 14-16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 8)
And what was the result?
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 9)
“As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.” [Verse 17.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 10)
From this experience we may learn that we may all preserve our spirituality, if we hold firmly to the position that we will not live in harmony with the world’s wrong habits and practices, but that we will walk in the path of self-denial. Thus we may keep unobstructed the channel of communication between us and heaven, and there will be given us the strength and the power we need in order to understand the Scriptures and the deep movings of the Spirit of God.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 11)
The four Hebrew captives knew that by co-operating with God they would be enabled to maintain a close relationship with Him, and their senses would not become perverted. They did all in their power to keep their mental faculties in the best possible condition.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 12)
It is the privilege, yes, the duty of every soul before me today to give careful study to the principles of health and temperance in the daily life. Those who do this will learn how to keep their brain nerve power in a healthy condition, and will be able to distinguish between truth and righteousness. And this means everything to those who are striving to gain life eternal.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 13)
Those who place themselves in right relation to God are learners in the school of Christ. Daily they are learning what the Lord requires of them. Daily they stand in such a position before God that they are able to discern between light and darkness. Time is short. Earth’s history is soon to close. There is no time now to indulge in perverted appetite, or to be anxious all the while about the cares of this life. This is a time when all should seek to stand in right relationship with God. It is truth and righteousness that enables men and women to distinguish between light and darkness.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 14)
“Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king’s meat.” [Verse 8.] He well knew what effect the food served on the royal tables would have on his physical and mental powers, if he were to partake of it. And so he purposed in his heart not to do it. Herein he revealed his loyalty to right principles. How many there are today who would say: “It would be a wise policy for us to forego our personal ideas, and try to come into harmony with the customs of the country into which we have been brought through no choice of our own”?
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 15)
How many there are who would think best to try to live as nearly as possible like the other students with whom they were to be associated in school life! But not so with Daniel and his three companions. They determined to be true to the God of their fathers, even while living in a strange land and surrounded with all the seductive influences of court life in the palace of the king.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 16)
The record of the experiences of Daniel and his faithful associates reveals the outcome of their determination to be true to God. “God had brought Daniel into favor and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs,” and the request was granted for a simple diet for ten days, as a test; and at the end the time appointed “their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children which did eat the portion of the king’s meat. Thus Melzar took away the portion of their meat, and the wine that they should drink; and gave them pulse.” [Verses 9, 12-16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 17)
The result is told in the words of the next few verses:
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 18)
“As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. And the king communed with them; and among them all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: therefore stood they before the king.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 19)
“And in all matters of wisdom and understanding, that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm. And Daniel continued even unto the first year of Cyrus.” [Verses 17-21.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 20)
The Hebrew youth who were faithful to right principles of temperance reform were, in the providence of God, raised to positions of high honor in the Babylonian Empire. They were placed where they could have large influence. Never would they have been exalted to these positions had they not refused to indulge.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 21)
There is much comprehended in temperance reform. Right habits of eating and drinking have a great deal to do with right habits of thinking. A large variety of food taken at one meal has its sure effect on the brain.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 22)
God’s cause today is in need of faithful men and women whose purpose it is to be true to Him under every circumstance of life. Every believer is to occupy some position of usefulness in the Lord’s work. Some may act a humble part in a line of work that is easily understood. Others may be able to carry larger responsibilities. All are to act as laborers together with God. Everyone is to trade upon the talents lent him of the Lord, and preserve his body blameless.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 23)
But if every one was in that position where parents would understand how to treat their children, we should see a very different complexion upon the countenances. We should see a very different understanding as it is represented here by the course of keeping out of their mouths and out of their stomachs things that would quarrel.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 24)
We put a great deal too much of different kinds of food into our stomach when we set out our table. Let us have one class of food in the morning, and another at noon. But don’t have half a dozen kinds of things in your stomach at once. That stomach will rebel. Then you hear the complaint, Somehow my head aches, and somehow I have trouble. Well, you just try self-denial, and see what you can do in the line of self-denial in eating and in drinking, and in every way possible you do your duty. Do what you can to preserve health.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 25)
I am glad to see today that the ladies now have very simple habits in their dress. It is very nice. I feel thankful to God when I see them with their worsted dresses, just straight down and plain. Hold to it. Don’t get rid of it for some other kind of a fashion. When you get a good fashion, hold it. It is simple; it is just as God would have it. He wants you to be simple in dress. He doesn’t want you to put on your bodies those things which will be a detriment to your influence, if you intend to work for the salvation of souls, because they will imitate you.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 26)
And now we want every dollar, and we want every particle of health that He can give us, for there are schools being established, and on the right order. There should not be a large company in one school. Never. Cut up the school, and let it be under teachers that can take care of them, and that can understand and read from cause to effect. What we want is intelligence in teachers; what we want are those who can work with their students in taking the Bible in its simplicity and present the Word to their students.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 27)
I talked to them in Lodi, gave them an hour. I talked to them in other places, in Mountain View, and gave them an hour three or four times over. And I felt as though the little intelligence that was manifested on these occasions was tremendous. It was tremendous to me, for it has kept me out of that work. I dared not speak to the public; and I have just come on a venture today.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 28)
I dared not venture to speak in all that time; it was quite a good many weeks ago; but I suffered tremendously with the heat inside. It was cold outside, very cold; but inside there were the stoves, and having to draw in those heated, poisonous breaths from the big crowds which packed in houses of worship, it seemed to me I could not get through it. But I talked my hour four times; I stood it. But I have not been able to stand, or dare to venture, but two or three times since. I was afraid for my life. But it need not have been thus at all.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 29)
If men and women would just take care, and see that they place themselves in the right position, it would be well. I could not help myself. They had gotten the house heated up so, because of the cold, not realizing that all these breaths were giving the heat, poisoning the atmosphere for the speaker. It has cut me away from my work for months. That is what it has done. And I want to tell you, God wants us to have a little more common sense, and He wants us to have that common sense sanctified to His service.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 30)
Now I did not expect to speak about this out here today, but I felt that I must give something on this line. We can do for ourselves what nobody else can do for us. We can deny our appetites; and the father and the mother that have children, in the place of indulging them, talk with them; tell them what effect this would have on their stomach; what effect the other would have; because you have learned it. You have got to learn it.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 31)
Now these young men had been brought up in just that way, to fill some office of usefulness as long as they lived. That was the work they were to carry out; and therefore they made these conditions.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 32)
You can do very much for yourselves, in placing yourselves with a clear mind, and in right relation to God, to deny the indulgences that will be brought in. Oh, continually it will be, indulge, indulge, indulge, in eating, in drinking, and in dressing. But our ladies, with the exception of the hat part of it, I think are doing excellently well. And I want to tell you that I look upon simple dress, not full, but simple dress that you wear—I look upon that dress as very becoming, and I believe God looks upon it in the same light. Well, let us, every one, speak an encouraging word to a fashion that shall come in to be right; let us approve of it.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 33)
Well now, we want to place ourselves in right relation to a community, and we want to place ourselves in right relation to God. We want to be in that position where our intelligence shall be educated. Now remember that. It belongs to every one of us to make the very best use of our intellect, that we may help others in the same direction. Let every jot of our influence go on the right side of the question, and then we will see that there will be reformations in our churches.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 34)
Now we want the truth to spread all through our cities here, all around, and wherever we go we want to bear the clear, decided testimony of what God approves.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 35)
When we get in right connection with God, His blessings will rest upon our efforts, because our course of action will not deny the truth that we profess.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 36)
No wine, no beer, no rum, nothing that can disturb our brain. We want a temperance meeting on these grounds, and pledges taken. Let alone everything like fermented liquors, or drink. Let it alone; and do let us try to consider that this body is of some account to us, and it is some account to the community. If we will carry out our simple principles, we will certainly have time that we can open the Scriptures to those that shall be in different houses.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 37)
Do you know your neighbors? Have you learned about them? Have you visited them? Have you tried to present before them that life which measures with the life of God? Have you tried to instruct them in the precious words of truth that God has given us?
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 38)
Now I feel intensely over this matter. I thought I should go on to some other striking things, but I am not going to in this discourse, because I want to speak again. And I do not want to weary myself as I have done, and then have to lay aside for months, and to suffer, impossible to sleep, because of the situation. But we will change the situation another time.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 39)
I want to say, I thank God that we can have air here! Praise His holy name! And I am so grateful to the Lord for all the privileges that He has given me. I will rejoice with heart, and I will rejoice with soul, and I will rejoice with my common sense that I can say, Arrange things, that they will have an influence on those that are around me. What we want is religion. What we want is acknowledgment from on high, and we can have it.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 40)
(Daniel 2): “And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, wherewith his spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him. Then the king commanded to call the magicians, and the astrologers, and the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans, for to show the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king. And the king said unto them, I have dreamed a dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 41)
“Then spake the Chaldeans to the king in Syriack, O king, live forever: tell thy servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation. The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The thing is gone from me: if ye will not make known unto me the dream, with the interpretation thereof, ye shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill. But if ye show the dream, and the interpretation thereof, ye shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great honor: therefore show me the dream, and the interpretation thereof.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 42)
“They answered again and said, Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation of it. The king answered and said, I know of certainty that ye would gain the time, because ye see the thing is gone from me. But if ye will not make known unto me the dream, there is but one decree for you: for ye have prepared lying and corrupt words to speak before me, till the time be changed: therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that ye can show me the interpretation thereof.” [Verses 1-9.]
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 43)
Well now, as we read on, we find that the Lord came right in to His servants. They were to be destroyed. They were going to kill them all, and Daniel with them; but the Lord gave the interpretation, and they understood it, and therefore their lives were spared.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 44)
I am not going to go any farther in this chapter, but I will speak again of some other things. I want to tell you, we do not arise to our high positions to have intercourse with that power that is above us, which is Jesus Christ. We want to understand the truth that will stand the test of trial and of judgment. We want to know what is truth. If you study, you will find that God requires every soul of us to keep His commandments. And His commandments are wisdom; and it is truth in righteousness. We want that every one should come into right relation with God, and your eating and your drinking are to come into that position that you are an example in your home.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 45)
The smoking, the using of tobacco, it is poison, it is poison. But here intelligent men will put into their lips this poison, and then they will scold, and then they will fret in their houses. What you want is to let tobacco alone. In all cases it is a poison. I know what I am talking about.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 46)
We have had to work, to go out and open various places for settlements, and the blessing of God has rested upon us and upon them. I went several miles to visit that new country, that had been poisoned by tobacco. The gray-headed father and mother were apportioning little spots to leave their children. They had been converted to the truth. We had sent our teachers, and they were converted. And now, they questioned, what shall we do with the children?
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 47)
Well, the gray-headed father took me and led me around to see the little spot of a farm they had, that they were going to divide up to these children. But, said they, “It is so hard to get out the poison of the tobacco that they have been cultivating; it is so hard. The ground is poisoned; and now we have to work with all our might to get this poison out, if we can, and settle the wives right on this place.”
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 48)
There were two or three married women and their young men, noble-looking young men, to go out and carry the gospel to the regions beyond to those that have never heard it.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 49)
Here is the tobacco that they are smoking, and they are chewing. Did God want them to do it? No, indeed; He wants us to warn the world of what they may be and what they may do. We are to come right to them in the gospel message and tell them, Every power of your being belongs to God. You are robbing God of the very work you should give to Him. Tell them that Jesus Christ has given His most precious life to a shameful death, to the crucifixion, that He might stand in relation to the world as their Redeemer, to come here and preach the gospel to all nations, and that He might save them.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 50)
When we were in the South, we went into Nashville, and went around into the different places, and there we saw what might be—we saw what might be; we saw that the trees might be cultivated, and that they might be beautiful farms; but farm after farm was passed by—poisoned with tobacco raising.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 51)
We want all to understand that we must take the platform, and we must talk to the people, good common sense. What we want is religion. What our family wants is a crucified and risen Saviour; and what your young men want is to become acquainted with Him. Put them right into the schools. We have one here in St. Helena, just a few miles from where I live. I have spoken to them several times; and we want that these schools should be built up upon the very highest principles, so that they shall not have that education to destroy instead of to build up. We want heaven; we want eternal life; we want that life that measures with the life of God, and we can have it if we will follow on to know the Lord, that we may know His goings forth are prepared as the morning.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 52)
And you should see what delight these people had. They had my books, Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy, that we had sent to them in these lands. Now, said I, you go around. You get all you can to listen to the truth. Write to me, and I will furnish the books that shall give them the knowledge. I have the books upon every point they should have, And we sent them books (to Portland).
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 53)
They were getting ready to meet -----, and one old lady they wanted to introduce to me. She came out with Patriarchs and Prophets in her hand. “Well,” said I, “do you feel that you understand that book?”“I am trying to,” said she, “and I am making progress in it. Why, it is wonderful, wonderful.”“Yes,” said I, “it is because it had come from a wonderful God. He has given light on these subjects.”
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 54)
Now, I want all these books circulated. I have given packages of books to those who were teaching school, that they could teach their students the principles that the Lord would have them to do. We want to be fitting up for heaven, and we want every one of you to be fitting up for heaven. There is a heaven to win, there is a hell to shun. If you stand and take your position as one intelligent human subject, you may have to overcome habits and practices, but God will give you strength. God will help you in every movement you make on the right. Let the light shine in the hearts and minds and souls of your children.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 55)
What are we doing to our world? What are you doing to bring light to your neighbors? Are you letting them alone, or are you going to them with Bible in hand, showing them, just as I have been showing you, how God works with humanity and humanity works with God; and thereby the light of heaven will come into every place on earth.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 56)
What we want in this world is means. Well, then don’t spend means for things that you can do without, but invest it in talking to your neighbors. Don’t say, I don’t know what their names are, and what they believe, for you are to find out. You are ministers of the Master; you can teach others the way of salvation. You cannot afford to lose precious moments, but take hold of the work and labor with every power of your being.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 57)
I am now nearly 83 years old; I shall be, after November 26, 83 years old. Yet night after night, night after night, I cannot sleep for hours; I am wrestling with God in prayer that He will open the eyes of the people to their opportunities if they can only improve them, to have a life that measures with the life of God in the heavenly courts. Do you want it? If you do, act your own individual part. The Lord wants us to come into line, and He will work with us and He will work by us and He will work through us.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 58)
Now I want to say, We are going to do the very best we can in these meeting; we are going to see people converted; and we are going to see those right in our own ranks that shall come out and take a decided stand to labor with us in our work. We want heaven. We want to honor God. We want to present Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 59)
The Son of God has given His own precious life that they might be saved. Will we help Him? Will we help our Saviour? Will we teach those that are around us, our neighbors, to lay hold upon the hope set before them in the gospel, which is an eternal life of happiness in the kingdom of God? Can you talk it? Can you work it out before them, so that they will understand it, that every foolish habit that takes money must be given up? You want that money for the school.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 60)
We have a school out here about six or eight miles from our sanitarium; and we want that school to prosper; but we have got to have help. We have got to have strength. It is right in the most beautiful settlement right in the woods; and we have advantages of every kind. But they could not hold it, because they were imposed upon by the community from the cities that would come out and be treated and yet give nothing for it.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 61)
And now we want to say that that place needs help, and we mean to give it, and if anyone has change that they want to put in the cause, they can give it to help that place now. They need help, and God will help them. The grace of God will be given to those who have means, and your means will work to the salvation of souls around you. They are doing everything they can. They work their school hours and then they work their own hours to build their houses themselves.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 62)
Well, they are a little bit discouraged, and I want to tell you that Christ wants them to look up. You tell them so, you ministers. You tell them so, Brother Irwin, and you that know them; you just tell them to look up in faith. You touch the hem of Christ’s garments. You ask the Lord to let His blessing come upon these schools. Why, you see, to buy these schools, it costs something; but we are going to have them out of the cities, not in the cities. It is going to be out of the cities. These cities will be a hard place in a little while—all the wickedness that will be developed.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 63)
We want every soul of you to take your position now in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, and we want you to go to work for the Master. We are working for the saving of souls. You can do it. You can act your part to your neighbors. You can go in and talk with them; you can pray with them; you can open the Scriptures to them. That is the very thing that will help your religious life, and it will give you a confidence in the One that heareth prayer.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 64)
We want souls. It is souls that we are laboring for. We want men and women to be converted; and those that have means to expend it as I have expended mine, and am expending it all the time in the book making, and in every way possible, that I may bring souls to Christ. I want light, life, light for the righteous; I want light to win souls to Jesus Christ; and just as long as God sees fit to spare my life, I will bear the message of mercy to the world. May the Lord bless you.
(25LtMs, Ms 85, 1910, 65)
Ms 86, 1910
Sermon/Lessons from the Fifteenth Chapter of John Berkeley, California August 21, 1910 Previously unpublished.
(Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at Berkeley Camp-Meeting, Sunday, August 21, 1910.)
[John 15:1-4 quoted.] Now that is the plain statement.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 1)
Verse 5. Will we take that into consideration—“Without Me ye can do nothing”—in the line of soul-saving?
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 2)
Let us bear that in mind. We must have a living Saviour. We must be in a position where we can exercise that right that Christ gives us, so that we bear fruit in Christ. “Without Me ye can do nothing.” And if we realize our advantages, and if we will claim the promises of God, we shall see the salvation of God just as surely as it is represented here.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 4)
What more can we expect than to have a living connection Christ? There we have the promise that is full, “Ask what you will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verse 7.] Now where is our faith? Do we walk out by that living faith that claims our advantage? We are losing a living sense of Christ abiding in us every day of our life; we are losing the most precious experience which it is possible for us to have. Well, then, the simplicity of it is brought right in here. Now a word of it but what you can understand it. And mark you:
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 6)
Verse 7. Now there is no need of our going crippling along, and thinking we are half saved, and that is enough. We want the fulness that is to come to us through a crucified and risen Saviour. He is pleading in our behalf.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 7)
“If ye abide in Me.” The “if” is there. “Ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” I think how oft we disappoint our Saviour, when if we recognized Him, when if we would come to Him in humility, we should see so many difficulties removed that loom up before us in our religious experience. The fathers and the mothers want that living faith that will bear the test, and we cannot afford to be without it.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 8)
We want that living connection with Jesus Christ that it is our privilege to have, and you can take in what I have read; it is simple enough to be understood.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 9)
I thank Thee, Our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ, that Thou hast given us assurance upon assurance, lest our faith should weaken. Help this people to lay hold on this. Help this people that are in this congregation to be baptized with the Holy Spirit of God, and that the sinner may be convicted, and that the sinners may be converted. This is the prayer I offer to our Father now through Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 11)
Well, now, if you feel that you have not much faith, you just take the Bible in your hands, and say, Lord, I am a weak, feeble mortal; but I come right to Thee with Thy Word. I present it to Thee, and I ask Thee to bring me in a sacred nearness with Thyself, that I can speak forth understandingly and intelligently to those that I am trying to win to Thee. Now this is the prayer that you can make.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 13)
(Verse 8, verse 9) to “so have I loved you.”
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 14)
Here Christ came to walk on foot from place to place, and the multitudes followed Him. And then there were so many and they were weary, and He just called them aside, and He said, Prepare a place for these; they are weary; and they prepared a place. There were five thousand, and all that large company was following Christ. They were drawn by the impressiveness of Him that was teaching them. “Herein is My Father glorified.” Now, then, we know how our Father will be glorified.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 15)
“That ye bear much fruit, so shall ye be My disciples.”
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 16)
Now this is said to every one of us. It is left for us in the Word, that we should take this Word, and we should believe the Word, and we should accept the Word. And we should in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth claim large blessings, and then we will have the large blessings to bestow. God wants us to increase in faith, in love, in knowledge, and in rejoicing in the God of our salvation.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 18)
Now here are the conditions; here are the provisions made for us. There are none of us who need to go complaining and feeling that we are really having a hard time. Well, you do not need to have it. There is the promise. Do you believe the words of Christ? If you do, take Him into your family. Teach it to your children, the trust that we can have in One that left the heavenly throne, and came down into our world to meet Lucifer, who was playing the game of life with the souls of men. And here He came to withstand the power of Lucifer, who was cast out of heaven because he wanted the place of Christ and could not have it.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 20)
“If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.” [Verse 10.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 21)
Now I want every one of you to have your ears open, and to understand what it is: “This is My commandment, that ye should love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verse 12.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 23)
Is that a possibility? Would He require anything of us that was impossible? Oh, the Lord wants to do great things for us, if we will let Him; if we will only take our position as Christians, humble Christians, not Christians that are one day on the mount, and the next day in the valley. We have got a present Saviour; and therefore we must speak to honor that Saviour, to glorify that Saviour. Every one of us has a character to form for eternal happiness.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 24)
We are passing through the test now. We are passing through the trial, and we are developing character for the future, immortal life, if we accept of Jesus Christ as an abiding Saviour, and take His words, and know that if we know the Lord, we shall know His goings forth are prepared as the morning. Shall we do it? Shall we act like Christians, or will we act half and half—today on the mount, and tomorrow away down in the vale, scolding and fretting because things do not go right? Well, now, if we hide in Christ, and Christ abides in us, we are having the victory every day; and what we want is a living Saviour.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 25)
“If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verses 10, 11.] Brethren, what can we ask more? “That my joy might remain in you, and your joy might be full.” What do you think would be the influence if that should be the representation? What would be the influence, I ask, if that should be the representation? Well, it is our privilege to make it so.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 26)
We want to put away our unbelief; we want to put away our pettish feelings. We want not to speak out because we feel disturbed in our minds. We want to sensibly carry forward the idea that Christ is abiding in us, if we will let Him come in and we are abiding in Him. We want to see victories here in this meeting. We want to see the salvation of God revealed here.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 27)
We want your faith to grasp the living promise. We want your faith to walk out so that it will be demonstrated to believers and unbelievers that your life is hid with Christ in God. Shall it be so? Will you grieve the Saviour that left the royal courts? What did He do it for? Well, Lucifer, he was striving; he had glory in the heavenly courts, but he was striving for Christ’s place next to God. Next he wanted to be God, but he could not obtain that.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 28)
Christ was the only begotten Son of God, and Lucifer, that glorious angel, got up a warfare over the matter, until he had to be thrust down to the earth. He knows what I am saying today. He knows whenever there is a company assembled together as you are here. He knows when we are making efforts in every way possible to reach out to win the minds of the people. He has his agencies appointed so that after this meeting will be over, circumstances will arise and the enemy will try to gain the victory.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 29)
Now if you are converted here, if you have evidences that Jesus Christ is abiding in you, if you take that to your homes and with your children, you just bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. We want to meet them in the heavenly courts; we want to see these children. Christ has paid the price of His own blood, that He could bring these children to the heavenly courts, to this eternal life. When you are welcomed into the city of God, and the gates are thrown back upon their glittering hinges, the nations that have kept the truth are welcomed in.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 30)
But if you serve the devil half of the time, you will lose heaven entirely. There is a grand review ahead of us. It is going on now. The time will come when we shall understand what our destiny is—whether we shall enter the courts of the Lord, or whether we shall be forbidden to have any part there.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 31)
Every one of your children could be educated to recognize that the Lord Jesus will cleanse them from all sin. When the parents dropped the burden, when He was upon the earth, they felt their need of help. One family after another came and united together. They came to where Jesus was, and Jesus knew all about when they had left their homes. After they had walked on their long way, the disciples were sending them away. But Christ is teaching this company that is here. He cannot be interrupted. “Forbid them not,” says Christ. “Let the children come unto me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 19:14.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 32)
Well, now, let parents take that in. Let them educate and train their children for the future, immortal life. Let them seek with all the influence and ingenuity of the mind to win these children, so that Christ can let His rich blessing rest upon the children. Well, let us take in all of these things. Every one of us that are to act the part of Christians at home and abroad, we want the light of heaven to shine upon our pathway.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 33)
What a requirement is that! The commandment is to love one another, and here we see professed Christians that know the truth, and we see them getting up little differences, we see them not in harmony. It causes our heart such pain as we consider that Christ has written this beautiful chapter for every living soul that is connected with the church in any capacity. We want to be in connection with the children. We do not want to set them aside; I know we do not. I know we do not. I know there are efforts made to bring these children to the love of Jesus. There are children that understand the truth—many of them have a knowledge of the truth. Let us work intelligently in this line; let us not repress it.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 35)
“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you.” [Verse 11.] Now you see it is not a hopeless, it is not a complaining, spirit, but “these things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” God help us. “This is My commandment, That ye love one another. As I have loved you. Greater love hath no man that this, that a man lay down His life for his friends.” [Verses 12, 13.] And now here He comes right to the point, where in a few hours he would be in the hands of the persecutors—Lucifer working with all his power that he should in some way get the victory over the Son of man. “Henceforth I call you not servants, for the servant knoweth not what his Lord doeth ... for all things ... I have made known unto you.” [Verse 15.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 36)
Will you search it out? Will you bring it into your mind? Will you exercise your reasoning faculties to do the very things that Christ came into the world to make you capable of doing? Shall not every one of us at this meeting get such decided victories that we will be able to glorify God in this tent, and there will be a unity that will destroy this disunion and this hedging one way and the other way, and every one wanting his own way. We thank God that there are many of our people who stand decided, and are trying to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 37)
He took special pains to correct every evil, knowing just what His lot would be, that they would take Him, abuse Him, and He would move straight along in the channel that was marked out, to do the very works that He should do. Shall we show Christ today that we appreciate what He has done? Shall we do it? Shall we take hold and repent of our sins, and shall we be converted, and shall we lay hold on God? May the salvation of God go through our encampment, that many souls will be brought to the knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 39)
He says: “I have called you friends.”
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 40)
Now mark this promise: “That whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in My name, He will give it you.” Oh, thank the Lord with heart and with soul and with voice.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 42)
This chapter should be taken to your hearts. There is a disposition in us—lack of love, lack of resignation to bear any cross or any difficulty—but if we just come in sacred union with God, we shall see the salvation of God in a remarkable manner. The Lord Jesus is to do a great work for us before we can stand that grand review where we shall be reined up at the Judgment. Let us get ready right here on this campground. You need not wait to get home, but right here humble your souls before God. If you would seek the Lord, confess your way where you are wrong, and let your light shine forth because the Lord is working with you.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 44)
Lucifer will come in and he will tell you every kind of theory. Lucifer was determined to have the place of Christ; therefore he worked against Him all the time that He was upon the earth. And he is working for every soul. Fathers and mothers, educate your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. The admonition is here in this chapter. You will find it in many ways, and you will find that it requires strict discipline in love. Don’t scold, don’t fret, because you gain nothing by it. But just present to them that Christ gave His life for them. I have always gained the victory in that way.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 45)
I have tried to approach children, presenting how Christ loved them, how He took children in His arms. And when those mothers came, the disciples wanted to send them right off. “Why, the Master is teaching,” they said. But Christ catches that word. Did He not see those children come from home, and in the dusty path, and calling on neighbor after neighbor, and neighbor after neighbor? Did He not observe this? Certainly He did. He caught the word. He said, “Suffer little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Luke 18:16.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 46)
Now, little children and large children, we want every one of you to be determined that you will strive for the victory over your passions. See that your parents won’t have so hard a battle to bring up their children. They do not want to cause them pain. But do try, for Christ’s sake.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 47)
We want the victory at every step, and those who are older, if they want to enter the kingdom of heaven through the gates into the city, they must put away all disunion. They can do it, if they will. But the idea to have one’s own way seems to be a great victory for them to gain, when if they should gain it, it would be at the loss of their own souls. Now let us, every one, strive for the victory; let us every one follow on to know the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 48)
Let us seek to help one another in the way to life, eternal life; and let me tell you, the grand review is to take place. Are we ready for it? You know not how soon Satan’s battle may be set in array, bringing in the most difficult heresies for us to overcome. God help us to help one another, and may we see the salvation of God that shall be revealed. But I want to see fathers and mothers coming to the Saviour, and I want to see them in unity and in harmony and in love, and when we shall come into the meetings the glory of God shall be revealed, because the principles of heaven are being carried out.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 49)
But we have got a work to perform right here in this world. Men that are grown, men that have had an experience, we want to seek the Lord in these meetings. We want the shout of victory to go up from this place. We want to humble our hearts before God, and we want to be reconverted, because the enemy and the powers of darkness are striving against us. Lucifer, who was next to Christ, because he could not have Christ’s place, is working the very best he can to deceive and to lead souls to destruction.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 50)
Well, I am glad we have got a Father in heaven. I am glad we have got a Redeemer. I am glad that Christ lives. I am glad that Christ has disciples here upon earth. I am glad we can work in companionship with the heavenly host together, if we will. There is a heavenly host that is working in our behalf against the power of Lucifer, that was condemned to the world because he would not obey the government of heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 51)
But let us now obey this chapter. I don’t know but that I have said enough on it; but we want, fathers and mothers, never to get into a scolding line. You will never gain anything by it in your home. Just try to bring the children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord in the home. Try to teach them the love and nurture and knowledge of Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 52)
Remember that there is a vast host, a vast host, that is working every device possible, so that souls may perish in discouragement. But shall we join them or shall we join Christ? Think what He suffered. He was not exalted. He traveled from place to place on foot. He walked, and was weary, until His parents and His friends felt that they must take Him by force, and yet they hardly dared to do it. Christ saw their design, and He slipped out in a boat. He went away, and thought He would have solitude, but there they were; they would come right around. He could not get rid of them. He wanted to keep His work going.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 53)
Well, I want to tell you we have got a Saviour on our side. Will you be on His side? Who will be on Christ’s side, we ask you? Who will be on Christ’s side, to work with Christ, just to the best of your ability, to overcome the temptations of the enemy? Who will work that they may enter in through the gates into the city? Whoever will, stand up, right up on your feet, if you can. We want to know. We want life, eternal life, that we may enter through the gates into the city, where there is no more death, there is no more sin, there is no more temptation, there is no devil; there is no Lucifer. I hope you will carry out the purpose that you have in mind. I hope you will carry it out to victory.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 54)
May God put His Spirit upon you, and upon our ministers. Let us labor unitedly and heartily for the victory at every step; and if we do, the Lord will reveal Himself to us as Christ is represented by the chapter that I have read, that we are never alone. We are working, working, for the victory, working for heaven, working to see the King in His beauty. You want your children to have beauty of character, that they can be welcomed in through the gates into the city, and have right to the tree of life, and it will only be a little while now, only a short while now and the history here now earth will be closed.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 55)
Brethren, let us do everything that we can, and our very best. That is all we can do—leave our cases in the hands of God. We will have perplexities to the close of time; we shall have it. Souls are deciding one way or the other. May God help us to lift up our “voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily, ... as a people that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinances of their God.” [Isaiah 58:1, 2.]
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 56)
Well, now, let us stop all this parleying with the devil. Let us come right up to the help of the Lord. Let us talk faith; let us work faith; let us pray in faith. There are souls that have been hesitating, who will gather up their responsibilities; they will take their stand on the side of God. Amen.
(25LtMs, Ms 86, 1910, 57)
Ms 87, 1910
Synopsis of Interview on the Work in the Cities St. Helena, California June 19, 1910 Filed in DF 151.
Ms 88, 1910
Diary/Fragments NP circa 1910 Previously unpublished.
Ezekiel 26:12-14. Read the history and study these statements closely. There will be the fulfillments in our world. The fulfillment of these statements will come to be a temptation to those who have accepted the truth, and some will fulfill the statement. Satan will lay out his plans to practice bribery in the spirit of commercialism. I am much agitated to give the warnings to our people. Those who claim to believe will play at games to obtain property—in some respects as games of cards. [They can be] classed with gamblers. Such a state will come in that those who are drawn into these kinds of games will lose their bearings and reproach will come upon the ones who lost in the game.
(25LtMs, Ms 88, 1910, 1)
-----
We are to maintain the inspiration of the Scriptures religiously and zealously, in a period of the world's [history] when men who claim to be religious are not religious as far as the sacred Scriptures are concerned. They are a pretense. They would change the Scriptures into an unreliable production and bring in forgery as the Word of the Lord.
(25LtMs, Ms 88, 1910, 2)
The Lord Jesus revealed Himself to John. Read Revelation 1. Here is the correct representation as God designed. For all these important [revelations] were given to John for him to give in truth and righteousness to the people in words of warning. Read from Revelation, the first chapter. Mark every verse. This first, important, solemn chapter is to be clearly understood, because it is explained definitely in the Word the Lord Jesus was to give to all who will be alive on the earth to hear and receive representations that shall be made. Let every heart be opened to take in the true meaning of the vision. The Lord Jesus would have us just as solemnly be affected and humble as the representation claims. Make no mistakes in the interpretation of Scripture: “The revelation of Jesus Christ which God gave unto him, to show unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass.” [Verse 1.]
(25LtMs, Ms 88, 1910, 3)
-----
Isaiah 40 and 41. Read these chapters and pray and put away your unbelief. We need daily counsel from God, and [we need] to appreciate the Light of the Word. There is altogether too much commercialism woven into religious experiences. We need the refining influence of the Holy Spirit.
(25LtMs, Ms 88, 1910, 4)
Ms 89, 1910
Diary Fragment Lodi, Calif. [February 2, 1910] Previously unpublished.
We came to this place from Mountain View yesterday. It was a beautiful day, but decidedly cold in the evening. We have had a singular experience in the night. We are in a new home that is not completely finished. I was thoroughly wrapped up, but my left lung troubled me, and the night was very clear but very cold. I sneezed and sneezed and decided I was taking cold, for my left lung was suffering. It is this lung that seems threatening, but I put my trust in the great Healer.
(25LtMs, Ms 89, 1910, 1)
Ms 90, 1910
Jots and Tittles Loma Linda, California April 1910 Previously unpublished.
I am very much pleased with what I see in California. I have some things which I wish to present before you. [Ezekiel 28:11-18 quoted.] Strange things have come, especially has it been thus in America since the destruction of San Francisco by fire. Such strange things have been repeating the works of Satan. He commenced war in heaven for the preeminence, worked with the angels until they were deceived, and concluded they would war against God. But the [loyal angels] would not yield the point that Christ should have the preeminence next to God. And there was war in heaven.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 1)
***
I wish to present to His people some jots and tittles, which the Lord has presented to me. Our people are not all walking and working in safe paths, and I wish to speak decidedly that a decided message is to go forth all through [the church], to every man who has accepted the important position as captain over the Lord's hosts. Everyone who is seeking for leadership needs to work, and work diligently, with God; for Satan will seek every ingenuity to corrupt your souls so that you will walk in strange paths.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 2)
The fact that they are to be men chosen to bear important responsibilities, it should be decided whether [each] is fitted to bear these responsibilities. If his home atmosphere is not sanctified then there is danger. The Lord requires in the position of sacred trusts, that the one to whom is committed responsibilities shall himself remain under the special guidance of the heavenly angels. He is to be first taught of God, to follow on to know the Lord, that all may know His going forth is prepared as the morning. He must draw from a higher power than that which is furnished in the home atmosphere.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 3)
Lucifer was the most beautiful angel in the heavenly courts next to Jesus Christ, but Christ was one with God, assimilated to the image of God to do the will of God. Satan, knowing that Christ had the first place next to God, began to insinuate to the angels that he should be next to God. His great beauty and exalted position made him feel that he was not receiving due honor in being second to Christ. Therefore he would suggest this to the angels, and this suggestion [began] to be communicated to the heavenly angels, and finally [it was] brought before God that Lucifer was the one who should be next to God. Thus the seed was sown and the result was that angels sympathized with Lucifer; next, there was war in heaven. Lucifer's beautiful appearance was constantly exalted and the Lord God of heaven [saw] that Lucifer and his party were very strong against Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 4)
War came and the result was that Lucifer, with his party, was thrown out of heaven; and thus there has been in our world a rebellious party ever since. Let no man suppose that these angels became saints. Through satanic agencies, the great exaltation of certain ones became united to have a change in the divine order. The efforts made to correct the evil matter were not a success. There was war in heaven and the rebellion was overcome. Heaven was closed against them.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 5)
The very same will be repeated in our world in the future through the inhabitants of the earth who receive not the truth. This warfare will result in Christ, the Captain of the Lord's host in the courts of heaven, coming to our world to save the inhabitants. [This is made possible] only by the true Son of God meeting the satanic agencies. The Word of God gives the history.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 6)
But this is not the end. Christ was one with the Father. The mighty, loyal angels guarded that sepulcher. The chiefest powers in heaven came to that sepulcher, rolled the stone away from the door, and the brightness of the glory from the heavenly courts laid the Roman guards as helpless as dead men. The mighty angel spoke to Jesus, “Thou Son of God, Jesus of Nazareth, Come forth.” And the Roman guards could not but be helpless in the exceeding brightness of the glory that came to that sepulcher in the words “Jesus, Thou Son of God, Come forth.”
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 7)
Christ obeyed the voice and proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” The whole earth was shaken as with an earthquake, and the Roman guards beheld and heard the words of Christ, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] And they fell as dead men to the earth. They could not for a moment resist the power by which He spoke.
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 8)
***
There is a testimony I have to bear. Read Mark chapter 10. Read and publish the whole chapter. Read and understand. [Verse 1 quoted.]
(25LtMs, Ms 90, 1910, 9)
Ms 91, 1910
Diary/The Responsibility of Parents NP Circa 1910 Previously unpublished.
Fathers and mothers, are you both converted? Do you love the Lord? Do you keep His commandments? Parents, fathers, mothers, guardians of children, I have had a special charge [given me that you are] to educate your children according to the light of the words given in the Bible. Fathers and mothers, while working with your hands you can keep the teaching of the Scriptures before you. You have equal responsibilities to fit your children at home to receive the benefit of an education, in carrying themselves properly in the home life—doing home duties and bearing responsibilities—that will make them fitted to bear the responsibilities that come in school life. Do not forget this, fathers and mothers. You are to speak words to your children in the home that will guard them when away from home.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 1)
Every class of people are to be favored with the evidence from the Bible of truth, saving truth. Do not talk or act discouragement. Now is the period of time when we must not speak smooth things. It is now, just now, that all the messages to be proclaimed must be the genuine gospel. A solemn responsibility rests upon the fathers and mothers. Unless they realize the solemnity of their work, to be themselves converted daily, their self will rule without daily sanctification. This is the work that needs to be done. Humble your hearts in prayer, for we have a most wonderful, definite message, and as rulers in the household we need the conversion and sanctification of our own souls. The remnant people of God must walk before Him in all humility.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 2)
How we can work to help all classes of people in the right way is a problem. There cannot be charity or benevolence exercised indiscriminately without doing positive harm to a large number. There is a class of people inclined to poverty through no fault of their own, and there are a large number who have not been educated from their childhood to know that selfish indulgence will spoil their character. The Lord calls all parents to guard religiously their children's habits and inclinations, that they shall not become warring elements against truth and righteousness. We are not, as parents, to permit the evils which if indulged will become a warring lust against Christ who gave His own life to save the souls of youth and children, that they shall become helpers together with Jesus Christ.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 3)
Mothers and fathers, awaken to your responsibility to discern the first coming in of Satan to tempt your children to become self-centered. In many families children are indulged to be fond of dressing, and pride is fostered. Can you consider, parents, the sure results? Just as soon as possible teach your children to practice self-denial, and in the place of their spending time in mere self-indulgence and amusement, give them the easy lessons of doing. Teach boys and girls to help mother and father and sister and brother so that in their increasing cares the children, if instructed, will have plenty of physical exercise. Keep them in a right intelligence of how to exercise with a purpose—to help father and mother in every way possible. Thus they become adept outdoors and indoors. Tell the children that as a family—fathers, mothers, and children—they are to consider they are helpers, partners, in the family firm, that each is to have his part to act to be a pleasant help in carrying the lighter burdens, for the home is the first school. This is their school of education from their earliest childhood through the first ten years of their life. The association with children of all kinds of characters before ten years is a mistake. Their lessons in education are to be given first by their parents in the home life.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 4)
Fathers and mothers are bearing large responsibilities, not scolding but educating [children] how they can employ their hands and their active brains with something to do. Keep before them your own spoken words, and take an interest in their active plans. Carefully show them how they can be helpful and be a blessing to relieve the situation in the home. If you have to reprove, speak without excitement, and pray with them every day, just by themselves, for it is not enough to let your praying be done in the morning and at night. You have in your children a garden to cultivate to keep out the growth of weeds in precious lives. You are laborers together with God, and you have an earnest work to do for the Lord—the saving of souls ready to perish.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 5)
We have the history of the Lord Jesus Christ to study. Study His life. Behold the shame of the cross—[Christ crucified] on the cross as a criminal. Look at the apostle Paul's conversion, and trace out his life. “But God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.”Gal. 6:14.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 6)
The danger is that of the neglected work in the very family. Many things are done as essential that are not thus. The first great work that is not to be neglected is the true conversion of every member of the family. The work must be thorough.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 7)
All who know the reasons of our faith must be a converted people. Morning and night seek the Lord most earnestly. Do not let your children sin against God without a sense of what constitutes sin. I am charged to present before our people, and especially members of our own family, that they have a life of constant watchfulness lest they shall grieve the Holy Spirit of God. We have a most wonderful message to practice decidedly for ourselves. Not a passionate word should come from the lips of parents to their children. Let not fathers and mothers be satisfied unless their children shall be guided in the safe path that leads from wrong to the light. I was instructed that we have, as families and church members, been altogether too loose and careless and inattentive to the conversion and sanctification of the souls of our children. There is a strength that comes through obedience. I am charged to keep before our people their responsibilities as fathers and as mothers.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 8)
All who claim to believe in health reform, and do not practice the same, are not walking in the light but cook as they choose and work counter to the light, rejecting the light the Lord has given. Working counter to health reform, [they] will see the effect of their course of action in their own household. It is essential that we walk in the light while we have the light, lest darkness come upon us. Those who claim to believe in health reform and yet do not practice it are not only injuring their own souls but their example is leaving a wrong impression upon believers and unbelievers. A solemn responsibility rests upon all who claim to be health reformers but do not practice their belief. These make objectionable presentations. There is a most solemn work to be done. The words were spoken to me to give the truth to all of this class, for unless their lives shall be brought into practice in the light, they will become more and more estranged from truth and righteousness. A solemn responsibility rests upon all our sanitariums. I am to repeat the words given me: Deny thyself and walk in harmony with the light God has given upon health reform.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 9)
“Behold the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him.” [Matthew 25:6.] Many are in this class; they have a knowledge of the truth but have no oil in their vessels with their lamps. It is not merely an assent to, or a professed belief in, the third angel's message while not coming into harmony with the truth. We must have the oil of grace in the vessel with their lamps. Our faith must not stop at this period of this earth's history. For those who know the truth, all their works must correspond with their faith. Then, through sanctified lives, their works will testify decidedly to their faith. Sensible of the work to be done to sanctify their lives, they will sense the fact that indulgence of the appetite is a snare.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 10)
The words come to us with striking force, “Repent and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.”Acts 3:19. “But ye denied the Holy one and Just, and desired a murderer to be granted unto you; and killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised up from the dead; whereof we are witnesses. And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong, whom ye see and know: yea, the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers. But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled. Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you. Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began.”Acts 3:14-21. Read this chapter attentively.
(25LtMs, Ms 91, 1910, 11)
Ms 92, 1910
Talk/To the Students at Loma Linda Refiled as Ms 79a, 1910.
Ms 93, 1910
Visit to Pacific Union College in Angwin, California St. Helena, California February 23, 1910 Previously unpublished.
We see by San Francisco paper this news, “Cold weather rules in Mountain Region. Denver temperature drops 35 degrees in two hours. The Colorado Midland passenger train, due at Buena Vista yesterday at 5:30 p.m., is fast in a snowdrift at Haver, 30 miles from Buena Vista, and the snow plows sent to their relief are also tied up. Other trains on the Midland are waiting until traffic is opened.”
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 1)
Thank the Lord for this freedom we have from freezing and drifting snow, blocking the way of travel. We have no snow in St. Helena. I keep up a moderate fire in my fireplace on the cold days in my good sized chamber. Let us all be grateful.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 2)
We visited last Sabbath the Angwin place where our school is located. Elder Corliss was present. Opened the meeting with prayer. We were pleased to see the number of students, all intelligent and promising. I spoke from Daniel 1. I was very thankful to have this privilege and to see the buildings so well occupied. Let all our schools improve the lesson given in this chapter. All our schools have lessons to come home to [the students], to practice self-denial in their eating and drinking. We can see in the book of Daniel that the Lord gives an important account of the history of these three youth. Please read this chapter until you have the facts of what gain there is in self-denial of appetite. Let all our students take in the lesson that the Lord is honored and glorified in the students who are on trial to excel in the line of brain power, seeking knowledge.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 3)
They need to become wise how they treat their blood-making organs. They must be careful in their diet.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 4)
We see that our young men and women in the school have their apportioned hours of exercise in putting up their own buildings, which is essential. There are trees to be felled, lumber to cut from the hills, and worked up in necessary buildings. They have the sawmill being prepared to saw the lumber and make their own dwellings. They have before them several buildings which are good houses for the students, and this we appreciate. The main building was for a summer resort for city visitors, and we honor the good judgment exercised in the plan of the building for the students. They occupy the buildings all prepared and appreciate them, and yet there are many more that must be built. All are busy in their exercise hours to prepare the lumber from the large trees, and they will learn the lessons of how to build to the best advantage. This is the advantage to be had in this place. The students may learn the lessons of how to build which will be a great blessing to them in their doing missionary work when this school term is finished.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 5)
We wish every school would teach their students to build, but this cannot always be done. But here are lessons to be learned just now in house-building as well as the book knowledge. I am so thankful that the students have an opportunity to obtain their physical exercise in this way. This is the way we worked in Australia, in Cooranbong, to establish our schools. The efforts made in accordance with the laws of life and exercising their muscles, they will find to be profitable, for the physical muscles must be used if the body is to be kept in health.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 6)
We have great advantages in all this kind of physical exercise, for the young men are being educated how to build and create conveniences, but I cannot specify all the advantages. We can thank the Lord the youth are not tempted with the unhealthful foods being placed before them. The students will have here good, healthful foods prepared in a wholesome way. We thank the Lord for the knowledge of health reform. There are no flesh meats that come on the table, and the milk is prepared in various ways they know is wholesome.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 7)
I do not know of a better place that could be found to have the conveniences of this place in the mountains. I shall be ever thankful as long as the Lord spares my life for this excellent place out of cities, away from the temptations of our cities. We have a number of good buildings already with little changes. The work has been done and seats prepared which answers for a school room, also for a meeting house until we can do better. All buildings will be prepared in these mountains as a lesson in education. The exercise will be an education in learning how to put up buildings which are simple and useful to accommodate the students, thus the educational art of building. There is excellent chance here for an all-around education miles away from the settlement of cities and villages where there are the temptations to form acquaintance and learn the habits of those who, unless converted, will not see the heavenly courts. We need to be thankful, parents, that we have such a blessing with so many buildings which are good. The main building is so arranged with all the modern conveniences of toilet and bathrooms but not any superfluous arrangements.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 8)
I wish to express to the ones who prepared these buildings so thoroughly, so much in accordance with the real needs—I would have the ones know who designed these arrangements—we appreciate [it] so much, that all these preparations in all these buildings can be put to best use. The orchards bearing their treasure of fruit will, with gratitude, be enjoyed this very first winter. The large treasure of canned fruit makes us grateful, and the Lord shall, we hope, be sincerely honored by the use made of the buildings which we could occupy with making a few changes. I hope that every student of this school will understand the Lord made it possible to bring this school [and its] advantages into our possession. Let us be thankful and continue the same useful simplicity in all our buildings essential for us to have. Not any sum should be expended for unnecessary display—there is a world to be saved.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 9)
I have written this by lamplight, I could not sleep after one o’clock, and at two o’clock I left my sleeping room to write these lines in my writing desk chair. I am so grateful that it will be made possible to create the means for cancelling this debt. [To] the Lord shall [be] the glory, for a short work will the Lord do in our world. Satan is working, working, for the control of the world. His armies are immense, but all who come to the Lord, humble and penitent, will see the work soon cut short in righteousness. I lift my voice to all to whom my writings shall come. We have come to a time when it is essential for every soul to now work zealously to train their powers, to present to these parties [what] the Lord has kept before them the last twenty years. Let everyone sanctify their brain nerve power and their voice and their entire being to do the will of the Lord. Pray, believe, and grasp the power of the Lord Jesus Christ by a living, holding-on faith. “I will not let Thee go, except Thou bless and qualify me to reach souls perishing in their sins.” Let this prayer come forth from souls who feel their own necessities, that they may meet perishing souls in and through Christ Jesus.
(25LtMs, Ms 93, 1910, 10)